Insidious Meme

4th Turning

4th Turning

4th Turning

Episode Summary:

The book "The Fourth Turning" introduces the concept of saeculum, which are cycles of roughly 80 years, approximating a human lifespan. These cycles consist of four "turnings" that correlate to generational shifts and societal changes. Each turning represents a different season of society: a high, an awakening, an unraveling, and a crisis.

America's current cycle began post-World War II with a period of prosperity and equality, epitomized by cultural icons like Elvis and innovative developments like the first computers.

This high ended with the assassination of JFK, leading into an awakening marked by social upheaval and rights movements.

The unraveling followed, characterized by political and social decay, culminating in economic crises.

We are now in a crisis phase, a period of upheaval and transformation.

The book suggests each generation plays a role in these cycles, with Baby Boomers seen as prophets, Gen X as nomads, Millennials as heroes, and Gen Z expected to be artists. This ongoing cycle influences individuals' roles in society and underscores the repetitive yet transformative nature of history.

#FourthTurning #Saeculum #HistoryCycles #GenerationalDynamics #Crisis #High #Awakening #Unraveling #BabyBoomers #GenX #Millennials #GenZ #Prophets #Nomads #Heroes #Artists #SocialChange #Transformation #HistoricalPatterns #CyclicHistory #GenerationalRoles #Society #CulturalShifts #EconomicCrisis #CivilRights #DigitalAge #Nonconformity #SocialJustice #CulturalIcons #Elvis #Computers #WorldWars #AmericanHistory #FutureGenerations #CulturalEvolution

Key Takeaways:
  • Historical Cycles: The concept of saecula, or 80-year history cycles, frames history in terms of generational changes and societal transformations.
  • Four Turnings: Each cycle consists of four phases—high, awakening, unraveling, and crisis—each resembling seasons and lasting approximately 20 years.
  • Generational Roles: Specific roles are attributed to different generations:
    • Baby Boomers are viewed as prophets.
    • Generation X is characterized as nomads.
    • Millennials are expected to emerge as heroes.
    • Generation Z is anticipated to be the artist generation.
  • Current Phase: The narrative posits that we are currently in a crisis phase, a time of upheaval and significant change.
  • Impact of Generations: Each generation has a critical role during the turnings, influencing the course and outcome of these historical cycles.
  • Societal Transformation: The crisis phase is seen as a catalyst for major societal shifts, where new ideas and systems can emerge.
  • Historical Patterns: Recognizing these patterns can help individuals understand the broader societal dynamics and their potential roles within them.
  • Predictive Insight: The book suggests that understanding these cycles provides predictive insight into what kinds of societal changes and challenges might be expected.
  • Generational Influence: The theory emphasizes the importance of generational characteristics and their collective influence on shaping the future.
  • Cyclic Nature of History: Emphasizes the repetitive nature of history, suggesting that by understanding past cycles, one can anticipate future developments.
Predictions:
  • The current crisis phase will lead to significant societal transformations, potentially altering how society functions at fundamental levels.
  • Generational roles will shape the outcomes of this transformation, with each generation bringing its unique contributions and challenges to the fore.
  • Upcoming generational shifts are expected to rebalance power and influence, potentially tilting towards younger generations as they come of age during and after the crisis.
  • Historical events will continue to unfold in predictable cycles, allowing those who understand these patterns to better prepare for and respond to future crises.
  • The crisis will act as a "forest fire," clearing old growth to make way for new developments in society, economy, and politics.
Key Players:
  • John F. Kennedy
  • Martin Luther King
  • Bill Gates
  • Steve Jobs
  • Elon Musk
  • Malala Yousafzai
  • Bill Withers
  • Toni Morrison
  • Bob Dylan
  • Hank Williams
  • Elvis Presley
  • Little Richard
  • McIntosh (First McIntosh computer)
  • Ronald Reagan
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

4th Turning

For a decade, this spirited man had been reading books, trying to figure out what the hell was going on. His brother, a spirited man himself, told him to read this book, the fourth turning. This book turned out to be the spirited man's favorite kind of book. A mind blower, a book about how and when history repeats itself.

And this is what the book said. History repeats itself in 80 year blocks called saeculum, but we'll just call them history blocks. Not exactly 80 years. This is history, not math, but roughly the span of a human lifetime. Maybe 80 to 90 years.

Within these 80 year history blocks, we have four turnings of around 20 years each. We usually call them generations. This book calls them turnings. Turnings are sort of like seasons, like spring, summer, fall, winter. Throughout our history, we've had these 80 year blocks.

And the 80 year blocks have been remarkably similar to each other. We're in one now.

The first turning, the first season is a high, an upbeat era. The second turning is an awakening, a passionate era. The third turning is an unraveling, a downcast era. And the fourth turning, well, sorry, but fourth turnings suck. The fourth turning is a crisis, an era of upheaval.

We're in a fourth turning right now.

So let's take a look at our seculum, our history block. The history block that we're in the crisis of right now. Our high began after our world War two victory. By our, we mean America's. These are America's history blocks and turnings.

During a high, the getting is good. We had the most even distribution of wealth during our high. You could work at a gas station and afford to buy a house. This high is the period that the MAGA hats refer to. We got Hank Williams and Elvis and Little Richard.

In the birth of rock and roll, we launched monkeys and men into space. This is when the Mustangs and corvettes first came out. Our high ended with the assassination of John F. Kennedy on November 22, 1963. The high is not a high for everyone, of course, America still had a segregated south.

Homosexuality was illegal and considered a mental disorder. The high is a period of conformity. The age of nonconformity and of social justice begins during the awakening, our passionate era. During the awakening, we had Martin Luther King and the civil rights movement, acid Vietnam protests and Vietnam itself. The women's liberation movement, stonewall and the gay rights movement.

Great movies, great music. This is when the first McIntosh computer came out. The awakening is a time of increasing individualism. This second turning, this awakening ended with the reelection of Ronald Reagan in 1984. Things get messy during the third turning.

During the unraveling, we got the fall of soviet communism and the beginning of the russian gangster state. The greatest musicians of the time sang about violence and decay in their deteriorating cities. The LA riots, OJ, the bombing of Bosnia, and the Columbine high school shootings. On the same day, September 11, the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq. Our unraveling ended with the financial crisis of 2008.

A fascinating fact about this book is that it was written during the last third turning, published in 1997. But the book predicts now what's happening now in this fourth turning. And what's happening now is right on schedule.

80 years ago. In the last fourth turning, America had her great depression. Then World War 280. Years before that, the civil war. 80 years before that, the revolutionary war.

Now it's our turn to save the country.

So where do you fit into all this? What's your role? It depends when you were born. Each generation, each cohort, tends to embody a specific archetype, an archetype that will move the society towards the next high. Each generation's archetype is the characteristic that will define the generation in its prime in midlife.

The boomer archetype is the prophet. Bill Gates and Steve Jobs are boomers and prophets. Both predicted that one day everyone, not just big corporations and governments, would own a computer. Gates even predicted a crisis like COVID-19 five years beforehand. The writers of this book are boomers and prophets.

Gen X is the nomad generation, the quintessential Gen xer. Elon Musk builds things that move us from one place to another. Rockets, electric cars, hyperloops, nomadic devices.

But the millennials raised during the unraveling will emerge as the hero generation during this crisis. These are the Parkland high students, the frontline hospital workers, and Malala Yuschafzai. The book says millennials will be the world War two heroes of our history block.

We don't know what Gen Z will do, but they will be an artist generation. From them will emerge the next bill Withers, Toni Morrison, or Bob Dylan, all born during the last crisis, all from an artist generation. The history block before ours ended with World War two and began with the civil war 80 years prior. The history block before that ended with the civil war and began with the end of the revolutionary war 80 years prior. Every 80 years or so, something big comes along and changes everything.

And now we're at the end of our history block, right in the middle of our crisis. We are in the process of changing our world again. The authors of the fourth turning tell us that these crises are like forest fires, unpleasant but necessary. They clear the woods for new growth as we work towards our next high. This crisis will tilt the playing field away from the old and towards the young, they tell us.

But the victory is not guaranteed. We will each of us need to rise to the occasion during this crisis. We will need to develop and fortify our virtues as we pursue a greener pasture.

Our western society was built to foster the potential of each individual within it. The aggregate effort of individuals keeps it going.

The spirited man wonders, what is his role? What verse must he contribute to help extinguish the crisis?

This spirited man is told that his cohort, Gen X, is the repair generation, the one stuck with fixing the messes and cleaning up the debris left by others. Cleaning, fixing, repair.

This particular spirited man from the last pre digital generation, the last of the analogs, just happens to have a particular knack for repair and for fixing.

Perhaps his nomad generation is tasked with ferrying his society from one saeculum, from one history block to another. But where does he start? Well, the zipline at the community center playground has been broken for over a year, and this particular spirited man happens to have the tools to fix it.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Justice vs Law – 04-11-2024

Justice vs Law - 04-11-2024

Justice vs Law - 04-11-2024

Episode Summary:

The text discusses various contemporary social issues, touching on the dichotomy between law and justice, and exploring societal reactions to perceived injustices. It highlights incidents that are seen as manifestations of 'street justice', where people take the law into their own hands, reflecting a deep mistrust in the formal legal system to deliver justice. The author provides a somewhat apocalyptic vision of future societal breakdowns, predicting major conflicts and upheaval in several countries, attributing these to a clash between natives and migrants, which he describes in stark, often racial, terms.

The predictions include violent street battles reminiscent of historical conflicts, suggesting a cycle of violence returning. He claims that these events will radically transform social order and significantly impact younger generations. The narrative is interspersed with personal anecdotes and observations, enhancing the prophetic tone while discussing a variety of global issues including governance, migration, and societal violence.

#Justice #Law #Society #Conflict #Violence #Migration #Predictions #SocialOrder #StreetJustice #LegalSystem #Europe #USA #RacialTensions #Migrants #Natives #FutureGenerations #GlobalUnrest #CulturalClashes #StreetBattles #HistoricalCycles #YouthImpact #PropheticWarnings #Apocalyptic #Governance #Anarchy #MilitaryIntervention #Lawlessness #CivilUnrest #Survival #SelfDefense #CommunityResponse #Emergency #RadicalChange #Security #Transformation

Key Takeaways:
  • Society faces potential violent upheavals due to unresolved tensions between natives and migrants.
  • Street justice may increase as trust in the legal system wanes.
  • The predicted conflicts could radically alter social orders and impact younger generations significantly.
  • Racial and cultural tensions are central themes in the predicted scenarios.
  • The author suggests that law and justice are not synonymous, with true justice often not achieved through formal legal systems.
  • Predictions include severe and widespread societal and racial conflicts across Europe and the USA.
  • Military interventions may play a critical role in controlling or exacerbating these conflicts.
  • The narrative warns of a dystopian future where vigilante justice becomes more commonplace due to failures in the justice system.
  • Concerns are raised about the impact of these events on the psychological health of future generations, especially children.
  • The discourse is heavily imbued with a sense of impending drastic change, urging preparedness for extreme scenarios.
Predictions:
  • Violent clashes between natives and migrants in various countries, especially in Europe and the USA.
  • Major societal and cultural upheavals globally, with a radical transformation of the social order.
  • Significant transformations in social structures impacting future generations, with potential long-term psychological effects.
  • Increased instances of street justice and vigilante actions as public trust in formal legal systems deteriorates.
  • Potential military interventions to control rising violence and lawlessness within nations.
  • Predictions of severe racial and cultural conflicts, possibly leading to large-scale violence and even massacres.
  • Forecast of societal breakdowns that may lead to periods of intense street battles reminiscent of historical conflicts.
  • The emergence of lawless zones where formal governance may fail and be replaced by local forms of justice.
  • Anticipation of severe economic disruptions, including potential market crashes and financial instability.
  • Warnings of upcoming catastrophic events, described as being so severe they could be remembered as marking a significant historical period.
  • Predictions of extreme political measures, such as the banning of dual citizenships or ownership restrictions based on nationality.
  • Forecasts of a major shift in geopolitical power structures and alliances, with specific countries facing internal and external pressures.
  • Predictions of assassinations or executions of high-profile individuals linked to global controversies and conspiracies.
Key Players:
  • President Donald Trump (mentioned as Trump as CIC, which stands for Commander in Chief)
  • Bill Gates
  • Klaus Schwab
  • Justin Trudeau (mentioned simply as Trudeau)
  • Elohim Worship Cult
  • SOC (Self-Organizing Collective)
  • Israeli Rabbinical Council
  • Joe (in reference to "Joe's dream")
  • Whoopi Goldberg
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Justice vs Law - 04-11-2024

Hello humans. Hello humans. We're in the sand car here. It's like a little after eight, like 815 or something on Thursday the 11 April.

Got some good coffee and we're heading down to do a bit of shopping and paying some contractor people. I say we because it's the dog and I, so we may get some little bit of disruption here, barking wise.

Very cold. We usually have cold aprils here on the beach anyway, but you know, we're getting into 34 on the beach at night, so pretty cold.

Alright? So I'm having to move tons of computer equipment and do all kinds of stuff like that. Got all kinds of physical labor kind of stuff I've got to get done. And that's really cut into my schedule for other activities.

I have a few more appointments in these in this coming month inland, some distance away from the coast. So I'll be able to make some more audios, but they're going to be a little irregular because the schedule is not under my control. So we'll, we'll see. Hang on a second. There we go.

Anyway, I wanted to talk about victims. Okay, so we're coming into. All right, so let me back up. There is a law and then there's justice. And the two are not the same, okay?

And in my way of thinking, you can, if you work very diligently, achieve justice out of law, okay? But it's not guaranteed and it's not usual. In the normal course of events, justice occurring out of law is at an emotional level, weaker, okay? At an emotional level on the individuals involved, but also the general population. Justice that emerges out of law is weaker than justice that emerges out of populace.

And so we see this the other day with, there's a video being circulated now. It's on bitchute and it shows a guy in New York City, a black man, bashing an asian woman in the head. And this black man immediately gets set upon by three or four guys. And then it turns out to be about maybe ten or twelve. Over the course of events, everybody takes a shot at him.

They knock him down and eventually knock him out. And everybody comes along and kicks him or punches him or whatever, right? And so that is street justice. He committed a crime. It offended the social body around him.

The toxic males, the protectors of the social order, took action and it was done. It was over. Now, would he ever have been prosecuted? Probably not. And so law would have yielded no justice whatsoever.

This was instant street justice, instant vigilante justice, that kind of thing. Now imagine this same situation of this for whatever motivation, this black man runs on up and bashes an asian woman in the head in a state where there is licensed concealed carry or open carry, and the justice level will be swift, there won't be a need for bashing people. And you'll have to call for a John Wick style dinner reservation. Right? You'll have to call someone to come and clean up the mess, take the body away.

That is coming. I think we're within 40 days or so of that, right? Really? It's about 36 according to the data sets I'm looking at now. But of course, timing on those is questionable at best.

But in any event, it is coming. We're seeing this generalized trend of increasing social justice and reaction this way. And so it was assault when he hit her, when that guy just came on up and bashed her in the head, that was assault. So a crime indeed was committed, but there was no formality or anything. But now we have justice meted out, and the guy essentially very much paid for his crime.

And so look at England. All right, so in England, one of the videos coming out now is of mobs of migrants, okay? Invaders. Mobs of them that are throwing shit at the police. And the police are just not really reacting.

They're just sort of taking a defensive posture near a building and basically taking it all. And so this is a country on the very verge of lawlessness. And so maybe it will be the case of it will start in England and not Sweden. Our data sets had said that the actual war between the natives and the invaders would begin in Sweden. But, you know, maybe technically we can say it's already happened because the Swedes have had to move the military in to quell the gang violence in some of the ghettos, where the invaders from Ethiopia and Somalia had taken over the territory, displaced all of the native population, and are living in a closed ghetto situation where there were gang wars going on and the military had to come involved and be involved.

That technically could be the start of this in Sweden, but in any event. So it'll get to England, it'll get to Ireland. We will see street battles, okay? Like 1870s in New York used to have street battles between the Irish and the Italians and blacks. And they would be big mobs, you know, several hundreds of.

Of people out there fighting several hundreds of men on each side with various kinds of weapons used to go on out in these battles in the east coast cities, a lot of them in New York. And we'll see that again. This time we'll be seeing it coming out of Ireland and England and the street battles in England, I don't know how they're going to go. Right? But in Ireland, it looks like the Irish are going to be fierce enough that there will be a great slaughter of brown and black skinned people in Ireland.

Like, a great slaughter. They're going to kill them and just leave them in the street. In fact, it's going to get even worse than that, because some of my data sets suggest that we're going to have, like, these warning signs. Okay, so in the past, when there was vast quantities of chaos and stuff in Europe and you were attacked, the village would repel the attack. They would kill a bunch of the invaders, and then after it was all done, they would go on out and they'd hang the invaders from trees.

The dead invaders hung from trees by their feet and just left there to hang as a warning to others. We're going to see that again. Okay, so we're going to see areas that will be decorated with dead brown and black people. In Europe, it's going to get really ugly, and that ugliness is coming here to the United States, and we will have many, many, many months of this. All right?

So maybe we will have maybe. Okay, so there's different. You can categorize it in different phases, but maybe our upcoming period is going to last three years of street violence. Okay? But there will be a period of, like, seven or eight months of it that will be like Saigon in the last days.

So it's going to be seriously disturbing to people and very seriously disrupting. There's a real possibility we won't go that route, but that's going to depend on our socket and our self organizing collective that's back there behind all of the Q stuff that supports Trump as CIC, all of this kind of stuff, right? Our continuity in government. So now that could kick in, and if we have a large enough core of loyal military, it could shorten this period of chaos and maybe even eliminate it. If the military gets out there and starts rounding up people in a mass deportation effort and goes through all of that kind of chaos and histrionics, then that will short circuit the need, basically, the need for the populace to do it itself.

So it's indeterminate at this stage as to which route it would go. But the amount of release language and building tension, language associated with dealing with the migrants will escalate and to cover, and it covers either condition. So that escalation of violence could be the government being violent, or it could be the populace. It'll be against the invaders. It's going to get, like I say, very ugly.

We will see a radically transformed social order over the next ten years, and it'll be radically transformed at the core, key levels in generations. So the generation z, I guess they call them, right? That generation and the one that follows it are going to be severely impacted, altered, changed by what they're going to go through over these next five years. Right? It changes you to see people did when you're five years old, to see battles in the streets and that kind of thing.

So we're all Gaza now. We're all Gazans now. And the Elohim, the israeli rabbinical council in Tel Aviv has ordered the immigrants, the invaders, to attack us and seize our country. And so we're going to fight back. Now, the good news for me is that the data sets show that a lot of the people that are responding to this attack, the SAHK especially, are going to be very pragmatic and deliberate and will deliberately target the Elohim worship cult.

They'll deliberately target rabbis. So the rabbinical councils everywhere in the USA right now are under military intelligence observation. Many of them, not the councils, but many of the synagogues and stuff have been infiltrated and are being intensely watched. Okay? So this is not news to them.

They know this is going on. You just don't know it. But it's going to get that. It's going to get that deep, right? So there will be rabbis, you know, pedophiles, enforcers for the Elohim worship cult, whatever you want to call them.

These organized criminals will flee the United States as this shit erupts. Now, my data sets from way back when, like 2006 and 2007, were pointing out that we would have periods of time where whole jewish enclaves were under attack. And it's difficult to sort out the data. You get all different kinds of confusing stuff, and it's only in hindsight that you can say, oh, look, you know, it went this way, not that way. But the language described both in sort of a, you know, it covered both of these developing situations, and it could have gone either way.

And so in this case, we will have a tax, but it could be that we're. We're not having mobs of invaders triggered by the palestinian genocide that the Israelis are carrying out, but rather could be military rounding up criminals within these jewish enclaves. Right? And so we can't tell from the data sets. All it says is, you know, that there's going to be people going and attacking housing subdivisions and areas where there are ensconced, or we might even think of as, like, armored jewish organizations.

And it'll be the organization that will be the target and that it will cause the disruption of these jewish enclaves. So it could be that we're going to have mobs of people out there running around deliberately attacking jewish housing complexes and subdivisions and stuff in more jewish areas in the east coast, or it could be that there are going to be targeted hits in the rounding up and the exportation, you know, the expulsion of these criminal rabbis. If they get rounded up by the military, I don't know that they're going to be expelled. Right? So a lot of them are going to go to jail.

And that's why I think once that starts, a lot will. Many of them will flee rather than hang around and wait to be arrested.

Could be quite chaotic. And this will last all through this year, the rest of this year, and into 2025.

The level of disruption at this stage, anything we say is going to have a tendency to minimize it. Okay? There's going to be quite disrupting at all different kinds of levels. So we'll see some of these people. All right?

So because of who is being targeted and the structure of our social order in this, because of the Elohim worship cult and its control over businesses and stuff through the jewish community, we're going to see a large amount of business disruption. So people will flee to Israel who own businesses in the United States. And then we'll have non jewish senators and representatives who will put forth laws, bills in which will say, oh, you can't be a dual citizen, and you can't be a dual citizen of the United States with Israel. But even beyond that, we'll have things saying, no Israeli can own a business that operates in the United States. And so Israelis will have to have, like, special permission for their business to do business with us.

It's going to get that weird that I expect maybe 2026, 2027, as things really come out, as to what's been happening. So it's going to take us a couple of years to get out and really name names. But we're getting into it now as we get into Falkey and some of these other people being arrested and prosecuted. Holy shit.

Almost killed him.

He was trying to pass. He was a motorcycle going, like, fast anyway, but he was trying to pass a line of about nine cars anyway. So we're getting into this period here where it's going to pop off. And so I'm thinking it's within. We're within 38 days of the pop off point.

Sometime in these next 38 days, which brings us up to about mid May, we're going to have an incident that will spark other incidents, and then we're off and running. It's going to be really weird. It's not going to be like everybody's going to pull guns out and start shooting on the same day. But once the shooting starts, it's not going to stop for a number of years, intermittently. It'll be taking the news.

Right. And of course, you're, you know, Whoopi Goldberg is good at just shit herself with the, you know, number of incidents going down and the way in which it goes down. So you're going to see a huge reaction to all of these events within the dying mainstream media for these next few months that will, of course, you just have to, you know, it's got to be the opposite of whatever they're saying, and you're covered. Right. You understand it?

Look, they're sasquatches. Yes.

So, like I say, gonna be fairly interesting that way.

I've got a lot of data sets here, a lot more data than usual because of an arrangement I had made with some people that are outside our country and outside of the purview of the Elohim worship cult and their effect on things. Anyway, so the data sets are suggesting that July 15 or 16th, it's going to be a UFO episode. More language than you personally experiencing a UFO. You'll experience it vicariously through someone else videoing it, and then all the language and discussion, discussion about it. 15th or 16, July.

Whatever occurs on that date, though, is indicated within the data sets to be a temporal marker, a precursor, indicating that we're going to have these. The riots that have long been forecast, and they'll be showing up in August. Now, these may be fake riots engendered by the Democrats. I just don't know. They're saying the data sets are still describing it as a food riot kind of a situation.

Desperate need desperate people, that kind of thing that then liberates, accidentally liberates documents and understandings about UFO's. Hang on a second.

Got a butt head here driving right on my bumper.

So I don't know what his issue is, but I have to be aware that there are stalkers and people out to get me. So anyway, just on that note, you know, just fair warning, people, I'm always armed, and I'm an old man, so I can't afford to fuck around. I got to take you down as far away from me as possible, because I really don't want to have to risk injuring my body beating the shit out of you. Right. So I'll just, I'll put you down at, you know, however far away you are.

100ft, 30ft, whatever.

Okay, so, hila, it's hell to have to live that way, people, you know, a car comes on up and it's too close to you. Is it just some guy with his own little road rage issues going? Or is it one of these fucking jewish stalkers? And by the way, with it, with one exception, every single one of the stalkers I've had, we've had six so far have been jewish. Now, you know, riddle me that.

How has that happened? Jews are less than 2% of this country. I can't. But of course, I'm pissing them off more than anybody, so that really makes sense at that level.

I've heard that the rabbis think that, oh, well, I won't go into that anyway, though. So. So July 15, some kind of an event? 15th, 16th, I think maybe that's a Sunday. I don't know.

I'll have to go and look on a calendar. But there were data sets, again, indicating that we've got, I mean, it's getting into the day level. So, for instance, our crash in the market is going to be a black Tuesday, okay? Not a black Monday. No, it's not going to take down kryptos.

No, it's not going to take down gold and silver. You know, Joe's dream is Joe's dream, but it's not reality. So anyway, we'll have a black Tuesday. I think it's in May, and I think that's when we get our, the market oscillating, the stock market, NAsdaq, that kind of shit, right? It oscillates up and then crashes.

And that either liberates all of the information about rehypothecation, or the rehypothecation itself causes the crash. You can't tell, right? They're just temporally coincident.

And then, okay, so July 1516, something happens about a month, and five or six days later, we get a brouhaha, which is described by the data sets in such a way that I'm taking it to be a riot. It liberates some documents, and, or there are documents liberated at that time. I mean, it doesn't necessarily mean that the documents are actually coming out of the center of the riot, although they could, we just don't know. But it could be that, you know, at the same time we get these particular riots, we have, you know, Congress releasing a bunch of UFO documents that would satisfy the conditions. So.

But in any event, so it's going to be very event filled summer and lead us into a very serious fucking fall. Now, we now have built into the cake. I shouldn't even use that word, but we now have built into our future. We have famine. Okay?

So there will be areas, large areas, with no harvest this year because of what the Elohim worship calls has done in the destruction of the farms and so on. Now, I think that's what will have Bill Gates be executed. All right? So I think that Bill Gates is going to be assassinated along with a couple of these other people. He's going to be killed.

I don't know if it's going to be an execution or an assassination or what, but we're going to see this kind of thing over these next couple of years. Klaus Schwab, all of these kind of guys are in real deep shit because as this stuff pops off the. The sock, the self organizing collective is savvy enough not to waste our time with the minions. And they're gonna go right after the people on the top. So, you know, there will be orders given from the Elohim worship cult, and they'll say, go off and do this and do that.

Create this chaos and so on. And when the chaos happens, there will be people that will understand this as a temporal marker. And then those people, part of the sock, will go off and assassinate the Elohim worship cult people. And we're not talking just in Austria or Switzerland or wherever. We're talking about full on assault on them all over.

And so this will be part of the period of time when we have the attacks on the synagogues and all of that. So when Klaus Schwab releases it, he wants the attacks on the synagogues, because that's going to favor his program. Right. But what he's not prepared for is this response at the level of the individuals taking out the actual mother wefers themselves. Right?

We know who they are. Wouldn't surprise me to see people like Trudeau targeted. And, you know, all of these people that are listed in the Elohim or listed in the mother weapons, young leaders thing, right? And they're. They're just going to be.

They were so stupid to put their. Their faces out there and do it that way. Anyway, I've got to get the dog out here, and then I've got to go and do my chores. Maybe I can do another one of these on the way back. It's interesting.

And disrupted day. Major clam dig here, all kinds of stuff going on, and it's supposed to rain. You know you had huge chem trailing yesterday. Couldn't believe the number of layers they put up there. And remember, guys, stay safe.

If you can't stay safe, be deadly. And we're coming up to it, guys. So anyway, so keep looking up. May is chemtrail awareness month.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Normie Krazie – 03-19-2024

Normie Krazie - 03-19-2024

Normie Krazie - 03-19-2024

Episode Summary:

The document by Clif High, titled "Normie Krazie," delves into the prevailing issues of mental illness, societal manipulation by elite groups, and the foreseen consequences of these actions on society. High argues that mental illness is rampant, exacerbated by environmental factors and societal structures designed by those in power to maintain control. He criticizes the so-called "Elohim Worship Cult" and associates them with a broader conspiracy to destabilize society through various means, including dietary, environmental, and medical manipulation.

Mental Illness and Societal Impact

According to High, mental illness is not only widespread but also nurtured by intentional actions of those in power. He points to chemtrails, poor diet, and misinformation as tools used to enhance societal instability. High describes a societal pyramid where the elite, whom he claims are mentally ill themselves, exploit the masses, leading to increased mental health issues among the general population.

Manipulation by the Elite

The document strongly criticizes the elite, alleging they engage in practices that harm societal well-being for their benefit. High asserts that these individuals, through their control over media, economy, and health systems, orchestrate events to ensure their continued dominance. This includes manipulating the narrative around vaccines and promoting harmful health practices.

Vaccine Criticism and Predicted Die-Off

One of the more controversial aspects of the document is its prediction of a significant die-off as a result of vaccine administration. High suggests that the elite's manipulation of health narratives will lead to widespread health crises, including cancer and shortened life expectancies. He bases these predictions on what he describes as flawed actuarial calculations and hidden agendas to reduce the global population.

Global Revolution and Societal Collapse

High anticipates a global revolution as the public becomes aware of the manipulation and harm caused by the elite. He predicts that this will lead to a rejection of current governance and legal systems, with the populace turning to common law courts and direct action against those they hold responsible. This societal shift is seen as both inevitable and necessary for the restoration of societal health and justice.

Economic Predictions

The document also touches on economic predictions, foreseeing massive fluctuations in the stock market, a collapse of the dollar, and a shift towards cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin. High views these economic upheavals as part of the broader societal transformation and a move away from traditional financial systems controlled by the elite.

Conclusion

In conclusion, "Normie Krazie" presents a bleak view of the current societal trajectory, influenced heavily by what High perceives as the malign actions of a ruling elite. However, he also sees hope in the potential for global revolution and societal restructuring towards more equitable and transparent systems. While the document's themes are controversial, they reflect a deep-seated distrust of the status quo and a call for radical change.

#mentalIllness #society #ElohimCult #psychopaths #vaccine #revolution #media #economy #Deagle #mRNA #pharmaceuticals #globalRevolution #chemtrails #diet #health #manipulation #conspiracy #governance #stockMarket #cryptocurrency #Bitcoin #fraud #legalSystem #commonLaw #arrests #socialCollapse #EconomicWoes #Talmud #Judaism #spaceAliens #worship #prediction #manipulationTechniques #bigPharma #normieCrisis

Key Takeaways:
  • Mental illness is widespread and exacerbated by societal factors.
  • The document criticizes those in power for manipulating societal structures.
  • There's a detailed discussion on the negative impacts of vaccines and predictions of a major die-off.
  • It highlights the role of media and economic systems in societal manipulation.
  • The text contains predictions about a global revolution and societal collapse.
Predictions:
  • 250,000,000 deaths in the United States between 2024 and 2025.
  • Major societal collapse and degradation of the dollar.
  • Normies experiencing sudden mental illness leading to chaos in summer.
  • Global revolution and rejection of current governance and legal systems.
Key Players:
  • Elohim Worship Cult
  • Pharisees
  • Deagle
  • Babylonian Talmud
  • Bill Gates (mentioned as a comparison, not directly involved)
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Normie Krazie - 03-19-2024

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. It's the 19th. It's about 1030 or so, heading back out.

Let's talk about mental illness for a while. Everybody's got some level of it, and it can transitory, or you could have it as a state of being that it would dominate you all the time. But mental illness is pretty rampant on our planet, especially these days. We are doing things that exacerbate the tendency for humans to develop mental illness anyway. The things like the chemtrails, the bad diet, the seed oils, the chemicals in the food, the fake food, all of this kind of shit, and the web.

Okay, so we live in a social order where the crazies are at the top, and there's a little tiny bulge of people in the middle that are more or less sane, but then you drop down below them, and the pressures on those individuals raised in the lower echelons of financial and social interaction and stuff, that group, that cohort, gets back into severe mental illness because of the nature of our society and how we stratify. But right at the moment, the mother weppers are in charge, and these people are clinically insane. Okay? So they would be diagnosed as psychopaths and sociopaths. So it is true, the insane are running the planet, right?

So the inmates are in charge of the asylum, and that's our real issue at the moment. And so this is what we are addressing. This is what we're going to take apart and get rid of within our social order. Is this lunacy at the top directing everything? So the lunatics at the top are Elohim worship cultists?

They worship space aliens. I'm not shitting you. They worship them. And some of their space aliens would be very easily categorized as Satan or Lucifer or evil or whatever. So these people are evil anyway.

They've done things to fuck up the diet, they've done things to fuck up the air, the water, and so on, quite deliberately, in order to try and induce as much mental illness as possible in the population at large, such that everything is not solid, it's in flux, it has a slightly unsteady vibration, et cetera, so that they can stay in charge.

So they may be mentally ill, but they're not necessarily without the ability to plot and plan. So they're clever. They're not particularly smart. Smart is the definition of applying your intelligence to your own life. These people don't do that.

Okay, so they're not smart, but they are clever. And they're very much organizational beings, and they really do know how to work organizations and create protocols and procedures and stuff that have a tendency to boost their power base. So the Elohim worship cult, who we call Jews, right? So the Elohim worship cult has surrounded themselves by groups of people that are.

That are their shield, okay? And so their shield is that you can't find them within the larger mass of the Jews, and they set it up. So you can't criticize the Jews. Therefore, you can't criticize the Elohim worship cult that's buried in the middle of them, in any event. So we're coming up to.

Or we are in global revolution now. All right? So this started several years ago, as all the people started pushing back against the censorship, the fake disease, all of that crap, right? And so we started getting pushback. That pushback was the revolutionary impulse of saying to authority, fuck you all.

We're not doing that. And they kept on in their plans because they have no choice. Psychopaths are like that. They're kind of like squirrels on a treadmill in terms of their minds that if they get in an idea that they think they need to do, they can't shed that idea. They can't give it up.

Their mind won't allow them to do that. And they spin in on it, and it becomes a very brittle kind of a mindset. But they will reinforce it and reinforce it. This is part of their psychopathy anyway. So the psychopaths in charge of everything are expecting a very large level of a die off, okay?

Their calculations are such that they think that we're going to meet the deagle numbers, which means that over between the next two years, between in this year 2024 and 2025, we will have 250,000,000 deaths or something like that in the United States. In order to reduce us down to the population that Deagle said we would have in 2025, bearing in mind that Deagle is an intelligence agency subcontracting site, right? That this is an op put out by them. It gets really complicated. These people have to do signal magic, which is they've got to state things in order for it to occur.

They need the vibration, they need to discuss it. They need to say it in order that it might be actualized or manifest. These people are not particularly subtle. The Elohim worship cult, the Pharisees, at the core of the Jews. So, basically, you can think of it this way.

Judaism is the Pharisees moving their Moloch sacrificed death cult into, first a polytheistic religion and then a monotheistic religion claim. All right? So the Pharisees hid their evil and they put it into the Babylonian Talmud, wrote it all down, and then have engineered things such that you don't read the Talmud, so you don't know all the shit that's in there, but you think it's a legit religion. Like, you think the Talmud is kind of like the Bible or something. It is not.

And you'd be well advised to go and just peruse it. Just get on yandex.com and haul up a copy of the Talmud in whatever your language is, and start reading it and just jump around and read the various different forms of commentary and stuff and see what it's talking about. Don't take my word for it. I find it quite disgusting and foul, but like I say, don't take my word for it. Anyway, the Elohim worship cult is doing all of this stuff to try and meet these deagle numbers.

They had all this stuff set up. We're on a schedule. That was for 2051, was when we were supposed to go into the great reset. Then they had to move it forward to 2030. Then they had to move it even further forward down to trying to do it within the pandemic.

It wasn't supposed to work that way, right? They were supposed to have the pandemic that would have occupied us all through the. Then lots and lots and lots of people would have died. 465,000,000 is what they were estimating around the northern hemisphere. Then we would have gotten into, as we are now into the replacement, quote, migration, which really they're just putting these people on airplanes and flying them around to be slaves in different areas and do what they're told.

It's not going to work out for them quite like they think. But in any event, we were supposed to have this major die off, and it may well be that we get into that. So I don't have the ability to do giant web scraping the way I used to for a lot of different reasons.

So I only have limited data sets. However, my limited data sets are saying that we're going to be in this year. We are going to experience a major die off that won't reach public attention until probably the end of summer. That's when maybe we'll get some. I mean, a lot of people are aware of it now, all the people dying, cancer and so on, right?

Oncologists, you can't get in. It's months long waits, et cetera, et cetera. But by the end of summer, we should have some level of generalized discussion about the effects on the population of the experimental vaccine. All right, so actuarial tables are now stating that as of, like a couple of months ago, the calculations were that if you took two shots and a booster, you'd taken 24 years off your life on average. Okay, so you had reduced your life expectancy by 24 years according to this actuarial calculation.

Now, the actuarial calculation, this goes back to the idea of don't take this shit on face value. You go and you look into the calculation, you find out that it's only responding to vaccine problems from people six weeks after the vaccine. So if you died in those first six weeks from the vaccine, which a lot of people did, then they're not taking that into account in order in the calculation of the average. Okay, so if you were 20 years old, you took the vaccine and you die within those six weeks from taking the vaccine, then we could say, presumably based on your ethnicity and all this kind of stuff, we could come up with some calculation and say you were 20 and you probably would have died at 65. Right.

Just taking a guess here, just for average kind of things. So you have lost 45 years off your life. Or if you were eight years old and you took the vaccine and you died, maybe you would have died at 70 years and so you lost 62 years off your life. None of these calculations are entering into this 24 year actuarial thing, which is based on you having survived six weeks of the post vaccine, of post booster because you had to have all three in order to get in on this actuarial analysis. So anyway, though, the expectation was and is on the part of the evil ones, the Elohim worship cult, the Pharisees, at the core of the israeli power structure, the expectation is that we're going to have a giant social collapse, Allah Deagle, and that we're entering into it this year.

Now, there is some small amount of information in my data sets that could go towards that idea, but not directly. Okay, so some of the data sets are suggesting that we're going to have these situations where normies are going to literally just go insane in ways we haven't seen before, acting out in ways we haven't seen before, when this information comes to them, that they have shortened their lives by that much in taking the vaccine, potentially. Okay, so a lot of people got saline. There's some estimations that it was at least a third of the quote shots were simply saline.

I didn't get into any of the details. You can really research that on your own. If you want. But in any event, though, so the data was suggesting that a lot of the Normie guys are just going to flip out and do damage. And we've seen that in New Zealand.

There's been what they call a GP, a general practitioner doctor. Who was killed by one of the people that he gave the shot to. When that person started developing cancers. And this sort of thing, right?

This has happened in other areas. It's not being reported. But I'm expecting that we'll have a lot of that kind of acting out, among other things, right? So wouldn't surprise me to see someone go terribly crazy with this kind of news. And decide to react in a political fashion, right?

Like, I don't know, anyway, doing things that would be unwise and illegal sort of thing. But a direct reaction to having been slowly murdered in a terrible way. By the psychological op of COVID Leading to you taking a bioweapon. And in my opinion, by the way, there is no redeeming quality, okay? So there is no redeeming quality to the use of mRNA in any fashion.

And by the way, there was no mRNA in any of these shots. We know this, okay? Because mRNA has to be kept chilled at -80 degrees. And then it takes timed 22 minutes. So you have to time it once you get it out of the freezer.

Because from 22 minutes to 25 minutes, that's your window, right? So that's all you've got with mRNA after a few minutes of it being good. And then just having just, let's say. And add another five minutes on the other side of it. For variation in air temperature and stuff.

That's it. So a half an hour after you pull it out of the freezer, you've got to throw it away. And we note that they're not super refrigerating any of this. There's no super refrigerators in any of these pharmacies. Ergo, there is no mRNA in this.

Now, I know this is the case from having talked with people in the pharmaceutical business. And knowing people in the production side of pharmaceuticals. And they're just as baffled as I am. These guys have never examined any. I haven't even got my hands on any of the stuff to examine.

In terms of actually getting a sample to see what's in there. But if it's not refrigerated, it can't have mRNA in it. At least that's everybody's understanding. That's dealing with the biology here. And it's got to be basically frozen.

I mean, like super frozen. To keep this stuff stable long enough to be able to get it into you and its half life in your body as mRNA is relatively short. That is, it is absorbed and put to use within minutes. Kind of a deal, right? So we don't have, they've got lipid nanoparticles, they got all kinds of shit.

They got DNA in there, they've got cancer causing agents, all kinds of shit. But insofar as anybody can determine, there's no mRNA in there. Plus, okay, so now the thing about the mRNA and its use is that, in my opinion, it's not justified. Okay? So the way that they're thinking about mRNA and using it as a transport vehicle for various different kinds of effective elements to put in the human body, I don't believe it to be valid, but we'll see over time, in any event, though, so the data sets are showing that the normie population is going to really come unglued late this summer.

There will be a bunch of information that will come out, we'll be much deeper into the economic woes and the system collapse. We will have had some very dramatic, um, stuff go on here. Sorry, I get distracted. There's a lumber mill that's operating that hadn't been operating, and they've got a sign out there. So I'm going to have to come back, talk to them about what they're producing, and if I want to buy some of it for my house edition.

And I'm still looking to get an engineering done on it. The first guy crapped out and I can't get hold of him, and he doesn't respond. So anyway, I've got to get that done. Okay, so the Elohim worship cult is expecting this giant bloom of cancers. They're expecting that we'll have 250,000,000 people die off in two years in order to reach the numbers projected by the deagle guys.

Right? And then also that means that most of the rest of the population would be seriously impacted and sick and disabled. It's not really going that way because we don't have anywhere close to the projected levels of shot uptake that they had originally thought would occur. They were looking at a real base at about 80%, and I don't think we achieved that anywhere. A lot of that was basically bogus.

We've thrown away so many doses, and I've seen it here in our local pharmacy. I just happened to see them throw out four boxes of these little vials. Right? I should have grabbed one then. This was some time back, but I didn't anyway.

So we're going to go through that. The normies are going to go crazy once they really start understanding the situation. And it will be a very ugly time this summer. Right? It's going to be quite chaotic at the same time as all that's going on that will participate in the global revolution.

Which is why I'm saying that the data seems to indicate that some of these people that are going to be dealing with a sudden onset of mental illness as a result of the situation, as a result of the circumstances and what's happening to their bodies and stuff, all of this is going to be burdensome to us, but also somewhat sudden in terms of the outbreak. It'll just start showing up in media, because media is going to be changing along with the financial stuff. So basically what's going to happen is that we're going to have continuing degradation of the dollar towards an ultimate collapse point. In the process of that, we're going to have massive stock market fluctuations and steadily increasing pressure on cryptos, gold and silver.

No, I'm not buying into the idea of an April crash, certainly not in cryptos. We always have a particular pattern for bitcoin and the other cryptos relative to the having, and we're there now. So we're in this little pullback now. This is ahead of the having period. You'll note that every time we go through one of these, where they cut the reward for mining, where the algorithm cuts the reward for mining in half, that by the time that that comes around, bitcoin has essentially doubled or more in price, such that the miners are still healthy, still staying even with the whole process of the degradation of the underlying fiat currencies that we have to convert bitcoin into.

So anyway, so I expect that we'll have this right at the moment we're in the dip, and then we'll start rising on up. We'll have the having. It will continue sometime beyond that in terms of rising up, and that will be against the pressure of the stock market going and doing weird shit up and down, up and down, crack up, boom just is hard to say as to how it's going to manifest. Contratif said that they would print, print, print till it all collapsed. The words crack up, boom are from von Mises, an economist, and he had a particular kind of an understanding of.

Actually, it will probably play out as von Mises saw it, which was crazy gyrations leading to many, many new highs, and then they would instantly crash out, and then it come back to that high in the next day or so. So constantly seeking new highs and falling back. And that was his understanding of how it would go. I think that it's ultimately that that's simply a small, minor pattern within contratif's understanding and that while that will indeed play out our larger understanding, our larger pattern is going to be ever increasing highs in the stock market up to the point that one day there is sort of a pullback and there's no buyers. So you can try and sell as much as you want, but there's just no buyers.

This could get real weird because of all the rehypothation, right? So you don't really own the stocks, you just have an account somewhere where somebody said that they put the stocks in your account and there's really no actual trading, so to speak, going on. It's all computer driven, et cetera, right? And it's all related to the quantity of printing of the fiat currency. And so we're coming up to that point where the system simply will not be able to maintain itself that much longer.

During this period of time, as we get into this further reduction in the overall economic structure and the further degradation of the social order, getting up to that point where we have a very energetic summer, we will start seeing the degradation of the governance body. And that's one of my last temporal markers before everything going completely crazy. And then we get into open revolution, right? Where people are forming common law courts, they're constituting arrest warrants, and they'll be contacting sheriffs and the military to run out and arrest politicians for all of the different things, fraud, boat theft, et cetera, et cetera. And so that's coming, we probably start seeing a lot of that, or some of it anyway, develop over early summer and then start really start ballooning up as everybody gets the word and it starts spreading.

Then you'll just start seeing these courts forming everywhere. And we'll start abandoning the maritime court system that we have now. So it won't be any point to suing the pharmaceutical companies in the maritime court system. So someone will take, I can't think of the name of it, but it's a writ of having caused harm. And they will go and they'll arrest all the pharmaceutical guys in wherever the pharmaceutical guys happen to be.

At one point, our data is suggesting that there's going to be some guy, maybe he's into the big pharma, I don't know, but we'll know him, right? So we'll know when it happens, because this is going to be a famous fellow. Know he's already famous. He's gonna get a lot more famous after this happens. But he's gonna land somewhere.

And the data suggested that it was an airport in Texas, Louisiana, somewhere south, right? He's going to land in an airport and there's going to be a bunch of citizens that will detain him and he's going to fucking freak. And there's going to be too many citizens there and he's going to be too hated for his calls for the police to save him to work. And so this guy, maybe, I don't think it'll be anybody like Bill Gates, but it might be someone at that level of fame, right? And they'll just haul him off and put him in a local jail and proceedings will start against him.

And the mainstream media is going to freak, right? They're just going to lose their shit and the police and stuff won't do anything. And there will even at that point be calls for invasions of wherever the state is that this occurs by another state's military in order to free this guy. Now, none of that shit's going to happen. This will all be verbiage, but it's going to be excitatory.

Very exciting about the activity, about this whole process. So we're only a few months away from that beginning. That will continue for years. It's going to take us years to work our way through all of the shit that the mental illness of the mother Weffer psychopaths have put on us. Anyway, guys, I'm here now and I got to take apart one car and put a battery in and get some other stuff going here and also deal with mine and everybody else's mental illness.

So take care. Going to be very energetic summer, spring and summer.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Trivivium – 01-26-2024

Trivivium - 01-26-2024

Trivivium - 01-26-2024

Episode Summary:

"Trivium" by Clif High is an exploration of critical thinking, particularly emphasizing the importance of the trivium – grammar, logic, and rhetoric. High delves into the art of critical reading, urging readers to scrutinize not just the content of texts but also their metadata, creation, and history. He argues that many modern texts fail to meet critical standards, often being misleading or manipulative.

High shares personal anecdotes to illustrate the value of critical analysis in various aspects of life, from professional work to everyday decision-making. He criticizes the current educational system for failing to teach effective critical thinking skills, noting that such a gap has led to a society often easily swayed by superficial or false information. The author emphasizes the need for individuals to be critical in their reception of information, whether through reading or listening, to avoid being deceived or misinformed.

Throughout the book, High stresses the importance of being vigilant about the sources of information, encouraging readers to consider the credibility and intention behind the information they consume. He points out how easy it is to be influenced by content that aligns with one's preconceptions, leading to a narrow and often incorrect understanding of the world.

#Trivium #ClifHigh #CriticalThinking #Misinformation #Logic #Grammar #Rhetoric #Education #Skepticism #Analysis #Truth #InformationAge #Reading #MediaLiteracy #Credibility #SourceAnalysis #MindfulConsumption #Deception #Manipulation #PersonalAnecdotes #ProfessionalSkills #DecisionMaking #EducationalCritique #Society #CognitiveSkills #Vigilance #InformationConsumption #FalseInformation #SocietalImpact #CriticalSkills #NavigatingComplexity #MisleadingContent #IntellectualGrowth #AnalyticalThinking #InformationCredibility

Key Takeaways:
  • Importance of the trivium (grammar, logic, rhetoric) in critical thinking.
  • Need for skepticism and analysis in consuming information.
  • Critique of the modern educational system's failure to teach critical thinking.
  • Personal anecdotes demonstrating the application of critical thinking.
  • Emphasis on evaluating the source and intent behind information.
  • Call for vigilance against misinformation and superficial understanding.
Predictions:
  • The book does not explicitly make predictions about future events or trends.
Key Players:
  • Clif High
  • Jeff Berwick
  • Carrie Cassidy
  • Mark Richards
  • William Tompkins
  • Jay Widener
  • Dustin Nemos
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Trivivium - 01-26-2024

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. 45 minutes later shut this off. Too bad it's warm.

Pretty cold here. It's actually easier to take the cold when we don't have. Or when it's dry. When the air is dry, which we get around here with cold, the air just gets really dry. Then all of a sudden the temperature rises from the mid teens and 20s up into the.

But we get the increase in the moisture and then everybody gets cold because of the moisture in the air.

Usually we're in the upper 80s into the 90s in terms of moisture content. Anyway, so I'm going to keep on with hyper novelty theme for some time as we get into this, right? Because there's so many weird ramifications of it. Boy, pelicans flying overhead. Interesting.

They're bigger than eagles, actually. Anyway, so as part of hyper novelty, we come unhinged.

There could be a lot of untethered heathers running around freaking out, that kind of thing. But also it's going to extend to larger groups, to aggregated groups within our social order. So I expect, as part of hypernovelty, to see the emergence of corporations that are near to nation states or more powerful than nation states. So let us hypothesize that, indeed, it is factual that Lockheed Martin has an alien reproduction vehicle assembly line that is producing tic tac UFO kind of things, or ufos, what we're going to call ufos. It's producing these.

They're human made and they're being used by Lockheed Martin, but they're simply not being given to the government. The government isn't being told shit. Once these people get hold of this technology, they say, fuck you, government. We're more powerful than you, and you guys cannot be trusted. So that cannot be trusted.

Part's really going to be playing into it here in hyper novelty. And you will not believe the ramifications that I'm expecting to appear as a result of this. You guys can't be trusted. Hitting the top down, right? So in my opinion, as we go through this over these next few years, the United States is going to recognize itself in a new state of being that is not federal control, but is much more akin to the early days of the republic, with very little government control at all, and a lot of corporations just going off and doing their own shit.

So let's hypothesize that Lockheed Martin has some of these, and they're not alone. There are other corporations that have these vehicles, different kinds of them. So there's at least two different kinds of technology involved. With alien reproduction vehicles that corporations have. Then we have to ask ourselves, okay, so if you were a corporation and you had ufos, would it be in your interest to go and colonize or explore as a corporation?

Fuck the government. No government involved. So it would be Lockheed Martin's lunar base, right, that kind of thing.

Or Raytheon. Right. These kind of things, right. I actually happen to have a relationship way in the past with Raytheon at a couple of different levels, as did my father, because he was testing Raytheon gear in Vietnam for the Department of Defense as part of his being the military governor of the highlands in Vietnam. War for the Americans, right?

This in the latter stages of the war, the vietnamese government had broken down. And we get to a situation here where us government was actually running the government in Vietnam because of the dysfunction of the corrupt government there. That was basically the cause for everybody wanting to go communistic. It was planned, it was designed, it's a mother weapon kind of thing. But nonetheless, that was the stated reason was the government was so corrupt that they went communist just to get rid of all the corruption, which is what they're trying to do in the United States.

They're trying to say, everything's so corrupt. You're going to have to become a communist thing to get rid of all of the corrupt Das that George Soros put in. So there's 3000 plus counties in the United States. It is estimated that George Soros has put in over 2000 district attorneys and has put in an additional 4000 people into the justice system in terms of locally appointed judges, et cetera. So they actually owe their allegiance to George Soros.

They don't work for the United States government at all. They don't work for you guys. They work for George Soros anyway. So this is going to come out in hypernovelty. And so we may well have a situation now where the activity that I'm seeing on the moon that I can accurately tell you why I suspect that I'm looking at a battle.

So I can say this item, that item, this action, this movement, all of these things reflect an organized strategy and a directed strategic violence ongoing on the lunar surface. So it's not a war because wars are settled by banksters and through negotiation from one bank to another, when they're all done with the killing and stuff and they have accomplished their goals of putting in what population they want, where they want. So it's not that kind of a thing. Right. But it's a contention.

So we'll call it a war for lack of a better term, but these are wars of conquest. I think that I'm watching that someone is attempting to kick off the motherfuckers that are on the moon or to take over a big chunk of the moon in preparation for kicking off the motherfuckers that are on it or in it or both in any event, though. So we're seeing a contention and all of that. And now I have to wonder. They say like, secret space program and all of that, as though the government is in charge.

It's like, hey, guys, that is not necessarily the case. You may have area 51 and s four and all of that, and these guys may have their secret space program and that kind of shit, but hey, people, the corporations are off on their own. It is only because you were born before the years of hyper novelty that you automatically assume that a secret space program, a breakaway civilization, is organized as government, pyramidal, et cetera. It may well simply be corporate divisions. So we may have.

And if that's the case, let's assume that indeed some of what I'm saying is accurate. And we have organizations like Lockheed Martin and Raytheon and some of these other places up there fighting someone on the moon, okay? Fighting something on the moon. They're doing it for their own purposes, the corporations are, and for their own goals, but they may also be contending with each other. Just because Lockheed Martin kicks the people off the moon doesn't mean they're going to welcome Raytheon in their new territory.

So it's going to be a very much more complex world, guys. It's not going to be easily delineated and structured in a paramedical fashion. That's all going away. That is an artifact of the thousands of years of abuse by the Elohim who had that structure, okay? And they impose that structure on all of humanity.

And humanity normally does not operate that way.

Usually humanity prefers to organize itself as collectives of tribes. And this was always the big problem for the royals in Scotland and so on, is that you had to argue with all the fucking tribes to get them to get out there and go to war with know come and help you fight somebody, right? Which is the way it should be. You should not be able to give an order and have all these men go and plunge themselves into death. You should have to really have to work your ass off to argue them into a position that they want to take that risk.

I've got another stop coming up and I'm trying to chug down some vitamins here as I go along. It's been a weird. Anyway, so we may have Lockheed duking it out with Raytheon also fighting the Elohim and also fighting the ringmakers of Saturn, for all I know. Anybody that tells you they know is so full of shit that you need to just ignore them. Right?

This is like Kerry Cassidy or gene decode talking about AI, all right? That as soon as Gene decode starts talking about AI, he's off in fantasy land. This guy has no technical grasp. I doubt he was a technician in the navy. I actually doubt that he served.

To be honest. His language doesn't reflect that. He sounds like a fuck tard and a liar, to be honest. Somebody caught in fantasy land means other people believe him.

What was he? Patriot something. One of these podcasters had Gene decode and Carrie Cassidy on the other day. And it's like, oh, my God, they're both discussing AI. And Carrie Cassidy lives entirely in a fantasy land relative to AI and anything technical, right?

She just assumes that if she's seen it in the movies that that's valid because the movies are predictive programming and they wouldn't tell you about it unless they actually could do it. So it's like, okay, this is not an adult way to go through life. And so her interview the other day with Jay Widener, which is really a good interview from the perspective of hearing Jay Widener talk about this, but in there you see her exact mental situation because she cannot believe that Jay Widener came to this conclusion on his own. And she assumes that he must have been told by some whistleblower or someone with authority. So see, there is what you're going to run into.

Carrie Cassidy is a prime example. She's like the woo version of our untethered Heather Hyen, Brett Weinstein's wife. Carrie Cassidy loves authority. Loves it, just loves it, loves it, loves it. She can't live without that authority.

And hypernobility is just going to kick her in the ass because first off, I don't believe any of her whistleblowers, right? I do not accept she gives these whistleblowers authority. She says this murderer, guy convicted of most heinous murder you can kind of imagine sort of thing, and a group murder, a svengali kind of mind manipulator. Fellow is a convicted prisoner, convicted murderer doing life in prison. And he has convinced Carrie that he has authority.

She's actually just like given him authority because he stated stuff and she never assumes anybody's lying to her. And this guy is doing nothing but lying to her. 100% and she's been there and she's got like twelve interviews with this guy who's in prison because he was in the secret space program and they can't have him out walking around. Well, okay, Carrie, let's be realistic. Just like Jay Widener told her, we're not children.

Let's understand that this guy is lying. That if he actually was in the secret space program and he actually did have knowledge that was so dangerous to the secret space program, why would they allow him to live? They would not. They would just simply kill him. Human life is cheap to the people at the top here.

But anyway, so Carrie Cassidy is super enamored of authority. She has the authority of whistleblowers for everything she says. And so thus she can say all this horseshit and she just assumes it's true because a whistleblower told her and he wouldn't tell her. He would not deliberately lie because he has the authority of having lived through it, done it, or whatever the fuck, right? And it's like Jay Widener was telling know people lie that he worked with Corey good, the butthead who lied day after day after day after day on their Gaia tv shows to everybody's face for years.

He lied. And then the fucker sued me for telling, stating my opinion that he was lying. He sues me, I win the lawsuit, which I'm kind of proud of because of the way I did it strategically, but anyway. And then he had to admit, Corey good had to admit under oath and deposition that it was all lies. And so if Gene decode has to be put under deposition because he gets sued, is he going to admit that all his bullshit is lies?

Now, Carrie Cassidy, she's not lying. She's reporting to you what some whistleblower told her, what some person that she has granted authority to, to have this opinion and to be the backstop for her opinion is saying that XYZ is factual, so she can robustly say this is factual when in fact it's horseshit. All of this stuff about AI is not technically possible. So Gene decode says that AI sweeps the Internet three to 500 times a day. It reads every fucking thing in the Internet.

He's so lame. I mean, it hurts my head to hear shit like that. There's so many different reasons that that is not feasible at all. And then he goes on to give attributes to AI of having willpower and having desire. No, AI has desire.

They don't want to do anything. There's no there there. So Carrie Cassidy judges AI by know she wants this and so on. So she thinks AI is sentient as she is, and that's debatable as to whether or not she's actually sentient at any given point. But that's what she does.

She attributes all of these things to AI. She personifies it, and that's not the case. But Gene decode does that, too. And these people are saying this one guy, this patriot podcast or whatever the fuck his name was, was saying that these were the two people that really knew AI well. They're the two people that are throwing out all kinds of fantasies, but they don't have a fucking clue about.

So in my way of thinking, hyper novelty is going to be really bad on both of these guys because nobody's going to be accepting authority anymore. And if Kerry Cassidy brings up Captain Mark Richards, I'm going to say he's a liar. We can just dismiss what he says. He's a liar. And so she was in a real world of hurt with this interview with Jay Widener, which is fascinating to watch, the psychology of her, as well as Jay describing how he came to this understanding about JFK, which I think is brilliant and is quite factual.

Right. In any event, though.

But Carrie kept going back to this, quote, whistleblower. She kept going back to her authority about all of this. And Jay had to keep reminding her, he's lying, he's lying. He's not telling you the truth. He didn't actually shoot Kennedy.

He was not there. It didn't happen that way. There was nothing for any of these people to be in on. Right. So it was not a giant conspiracy.

And everybody telling her that. Exactly. It was a giant conspiracy is 100% wrong. It was a conspiracy, but not the way we think. Right.

That's why you should go and watch Jay Widener's documentary, which is pretty cool. I put it on two times speed because I just don't have that much time and I whipped right through it. But you really should do that. You should go and watch it anyway. So we're going to have the situation where even, and it's probably especially in the woo woo world for those people that have this hidden authority bias.

All of Carrie Cassidy's 100% of her 18 years or whatever it is, 20 years, 21 years, whatever the hell, but 100% of all of her work is simply throwing authority onto people and accepting whatever bullshit that they put out. And then she regurgitates it. That is her modus operandi. That's what's actually happening in her videos year after year. After year.

So she won't have the luxury of being able to regurgitate stuff relative to a supposed backstop of authority as we move into hyper novelty. And it's going to really impact her because people know set up and know. Your Mark Richards is not a captain. He's not in the space program. His dad was not in the space program.

He's in jail for murder. He's lying to you because he's got nothing better to do and he's just sitting in prison. So he makes up all these interesting stories and he gets a real thrill when he gets online and sees you say his name in these interviews and put authority on him. He gets a big rush out of it's all psychological thing for know, I used to work corrections. I worked around these people.

Terry probably could have worked corrections as I had and still would have this attitude that anybody saying this shit and claiming to be a whistleblower has an authority. There was one person in all of her interviews that actually was legit and he was killed shortly after he talked to her. Every other person that she's ever talked to is full of shit to some major degree. And so this is the situation we're at at the moment, is that we're moving into hyper novelty. And she's going to have to face that the same way that Heather is going to have to face that she has no authority.

She's got no underpinning that none of the studies that she relies on, all of the journals that she relies on have to be thrown away or examined to the minutiae in the particulars of that moment to see if it was actually valid. You can't accept them as saying they did a good study and wrote up this good report of this study here, XYZ study. And therefore I will trust them on the QRS study. You can't do that because the authority doesn't transfer that way anymore. And so we don't have that world.

That being the case, it's going to be really tough on these people, both Carrie and Heather. And they're both going to be untethered. Like I say, it's going to be really rough on Carrie Cassidy because every single one of her whistleblowers is going to be disputed. And then, even then, there will be no government. There will be no authority that we will grant that authority to as we go forward.

Now, obviously this is a particulate kind of an event, okay? It's not really an event. It's happening now. The hyper novelty. Lots of people are starting to discover it.

They're getting into the issues here of what we're all going to face. And that's the way of our world here as we go forward. Is this cracking open the coconut to see what's really in the damn thing? Right? We want to know what's really in there.

Hang on a second. I'll stop here. So these next few months, as we get into the hyper novelty, more and more could be really hard on lots of these people. I expect that we'll have some level of mental breakdowns that will be visible in videos and stuff, not just in the normies getting stuck walking across the sidewalk, across the crosswalk, that kind of thing. Right?

It's going to be much more widespread and much deeper. And it'll really hit. Like I say, it's really going to hit the woo people, so many of whom are like Carrie and have an inbuilt bias favoring normalty, normalcy, normality and authority. Anyway, so I got to go. I got to pick up some more stuff here.

And then two more quick stops and I'm home to do work. So anyway, I'll put these up in a while, but hypernovelty is going to bite our ass. People. Talk to you later.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


It’s Alive! – 01-26-2024

It's Alive! - 01-26-2024

It's Alive! - 01-26-2024

Episode Summary:

Clif High's "It's Alive!" delves into a range of topics, prominently focusing on technology, societal changes, and personal experiences. High discusses the evolution of computing, from digital to analog, highlighting the significance of electrical nuances in analog computing and its programming intricacies. He emphasizes the limitations of digital technology in capturing these nuances.

High also explores the concept of AI and its relationship with biological materials, suggesting a form of AI different from mainstream understanding. He refers to his experiences with programming, mentioning his contributions to significant patents in various sectors, including the telephony industry and military encryption.

The text touches on historical and political themes, questioning the authenticity of certain historical events and expressing skepticism towards mainstream narratives. High criticizes the mainstream media and governmental institutions, suggesting a widespread manipulation of information and public perception.

Furthermore, High discusses the notion of "hyper novelty," a period marked by rapid changes and innovations. He predicts a societal shift towards this state, characterized by the crumbling of traditional structures and the emergence of new ideas and technologies. This period is expected to bring major inventions and a transformation in humanity's approach to technology and information.

High also mentions personal challenges, such as the illness of his pet, Boris, and his responsibilities towards him. This personal narrative provides a glimpse into High's life and the impact of external factors on his work and thoughts.

The document reflects High's unique perspective on technology, society, and the future, blending technical insights with personal anecdotes and broader societal commentary.

#ClifHigh #Technology #AI #AnalogComputing #DigitalTransformation #BiologicalMaterials #Programming #Patents #Telephony #MilitaryEncryption #HistoricalCritique #MediaSkepticism #HyperNovelty #Innovation #SocietalShift #PersonalNarratives #Boris #PetCare #FuturePredictions #InformationManipulation #PublicPerception #MainstreamMedia #GovernmentCriticism #NewIdeas #TechEvolution #UnconventionalAI #HistoricalEvents #SocietalCommentary #TechnicalInsights #AuthenticityQuestioning #RapidChanges #Transformation #UniquePerspective #It'sAlive #Society

Key Takeaways:
  • Transition from digital to analog computing and its implications.
  • Unique perspective on AI, linking it with biological materials.
  • Criticism of mainstream narratives and historical events.
  • Introduction of the concept of "hyper novelty" and its societal impacts.
  • Personal anecdotes, including caring for his pet, Boris.
  • Contributions to significant patents in various industries.
  • Skepticism towards governmental institutions and media.
Predictions:
  • The onset of "hyper novelty," a period of rapid innovation and societal change.
  • Transformation of traditional societal structures and emergence of new technologies.
  • A potential standoff leading to an American revolution against federal government corruption.
Key Players:
  • Clif High (Author)
  • Boris (High's Pet)
  • Kerry Cassidy (Media Figure)
  • Jay Widener (Referenced Person)
  • Ken Swartz (Referenced Person)
  • Chris and Jess (C 60 Purple Power Team)
  • Microsoft (Company)
  • Sun Computing (Company)
  • Mitchellson Moray (Referenced Person)
  • Kali Yuga (Historical Period)
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

It's Alive! - 01-26-2024

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. 45 minutes later shut this off. Too bad it's warm.

Pretty cold here. It's actually easier to take the cold when we don't have. Or when it's dry. When the air is dry, which we get around here with cold, the air just gets really dry. Then all of a sudden the temperature rises from the mid teens and 20s up into the.

But we get the increase in the moisture and then everybody gets cold because of the moisture in the air.

Usually we're in the upper 80s into the 90s in terms of moisture content. Anyway, so I'm going to keep on with hyper novelty theme for some time as we get into this, right? Because there's so many weird ramifications of it. Boy, pelicans flying overhead. Interesting.

They're bigger than eagles, actually. Anyway, so as part of hyper novelty, we come unhinged.

There could be a lot of untethered heathers running around freaking out, that kind of thing. But also it's going to extend to larger groups, to aggregated groups within our social order. So I expect, as part of hypernovelty, to see the emergence of corporations that are near to nation states or more powerful than nation states. So let us hypothesize that, indeed, it is factual that Lockheed Martin has an alien reproduction vehicle assembly line that is producing tic tac UFO kind of things, or ufos, what we're going to call ufos. It's producing these.

They're human made and they're being used by Lockheed Martin, but they're simply not being given to the government. The government isn't being told shit. Once these people get hold of this technology, they say, fuck you, government. We're more powerful than you, and you guys cannot be trusted. So that cannot be trusted.

Part's really going to be playing into it here in hyper novelty. And you will not believe the ramifications that I'm expecting to appear as a result of this. You guys can't be trusted. Hitting the top down, right? So in my opinion, as we go through this over these next few years, the United States is going to recognize itself in a new state of being that is not federal control, but is much more akin to the early days of the republic, with very little government control at all, and a lot of corporations just going off and doing their own shit.

So let's hypothesize that Lockheed Martin has some of these, and they're not alone. There are other corporations that have these vehicles, different kinds of them. So there's at least two different kinds of technology involved. With alien reproduction vehicles that corporations have. Then we have to ask ourselves, okay, so if you were a corporation and you had ufos, would it be in your interest to go and colonize or explore as a corporation?

Fuck the government. No government involved. So it would be Lockheed Martin's lunar base, right, that kind of thing.

Or Raytheon. Right. These kind of things, right. I actually happen to have a relationship way in the past with Raytheon at a couple of different levels, as did my father, because he was testing Raytheon gear in Vietnam for the Department of Defense as part of his being the military governor of the highlands in Vietnam. War for the Americans, right?

This in the latter stages of the war, the vietnamese government had broken down. And we get to a situation here where us government was actually running the government in Vietnam because of the dysfunction of the corrupt government there. That was basically the cause for everybody wanting to go communistic. It was planned, it was designed, it's a mother weapon kind of thing. But nonetheless, that was the stated reason was the government was so corrupt that they went communist just to get rid of all the corruption, which is what they're trying to do in the United States.

They're trying to say, everything's so corrupt. You're going to have to become a communist thing to get rid of all of the corrupt Das that George Soros put in. So there's 3000 plus counties in the United States. It is estimated that George Soros has put in over 2000 district attorneys and has put in an additional 4000 people into the justice system in terms of locally appointed judges, et cetera. So they actually owe their allegiance to George Soros.

They don't work for the United States government at all. They don't work for you guys. They work for George Soros anyway. So this is going to come out in hypernovelty. And so we may well have a situation now where the activity that I'm seeing on the moon that I can accurately tell you why I suspect that I'm looking at a battle.

So I can say this item, that item, this action, this movement, all of these things reflect an organized strategy and a directed strategic violence ongoing on the lunar surface. So it's not a war because wars are settled by banksters and through negotiation from one bank to another, when they're all done with the killing and stuff and they have accomplished their goals of putting in what population they want, where they want. So it's not that kind of a thing. Right. But it's a contention.

So we'll call it a war for lack of a better term, but these are wars of conquest. I think that I'm watching that someone is attempting to kick off the motherfuckers that are on the moon or to take over a big chunk of the moon in preparation for kicking off the motherfuckers that are on it or in it or both in any event, though. So we're seeing a contention and all of that. And now I have to wonder. They say like, secret space program and all of that, as though the government is in charge.

It's like, hey, guys, that is not necessarily the case. You may have area 51 and s four and all of that, and these guys may have their secret space program and that kind of shit, but hey, people, the corporations are off on their own. It is only because you were born before the years of hyper novelty that you automatically assume that a secret space program, a breakaway civilization, is organized as government, pyramidal, et cetera. It may well simply be corporate divisions. So we may have.

And if that's the case, let's assume that indeed some of what I'm saying is accurate. And we have organizations like Lockheed Martin and Raytheon and some of these other places up there fighting someone on the moon, okay? Fighting something on the moon. They're doing it for their own purposes, the corporations are, and for their own goals, but they may also be contending with each other. Just because Lockheed Martin kicks the people off the moon doesn't mean they're going to welcome Raytheon in their new territory.

So it's going to be a very much more complex world, guys. It's not going to be easily delineated and structured in a paramedical fashion. That's all going away. That is an artifact of the thousands of years of abuse by the Elohim who had that structure, okay? And they impose that structure on all of humanity.

And humanity normally does not operate that way.

Usually humanity prefers to organize itself as collectives of tribes. And this was always the big problem for the royals in Scotland and so on, is that you had to argue with all the fucking tribes to get them to get out there and go to war with know come and help you fight somebody, right? Which is the way it should be. You should not be able to give an order and have all these men go and plunge themselves into death. You should have to really have to work your ass off to argue them into a position that they want to take that risk.

I've got another stop coming up and I'm trying to chug down some vitamins here as I go along. It's been a weird. Anyway, so we may have Lockheed duking it out with Raytheon also fighting the Elohim and also fighting the ringmakers of Saturn, for all I know. Anybody that tells you they know is so full of shit that you need to just ignore them. Right?

This is like Kerry Cassidy or gene decode talking about AI, all right? That as soon as Gene decode starts talking about AI, he's off in fantasy land. This guy has no technical grasp. I doubt he was a technician in the navy. I actually doubt that he served.

To be honest. His language doesn't reflect that. He sounds like a fuck tard and a liar, to be honest. Somebody caught in fantasy land means other people believe him.

What was he? Patriot something. One of these podcasters had Gene decode and Carrie Cassidy on the other day. And it's like, oh, my God, they're both discussing AI. And Carrie Cassidy lives entirely in a fantasy land relative to AI and anything technical, right?

She just assumes that if she's seen it in the movies that that's valid because the movies are predictive programming and they wouldn't tell you about it unless they actually could do it. So it's like, okay, this is not an adult way to go through life. And so her interview the other day with Jay Widener, which is really a good interview from the perspective of hearing Jay Widener talk about this, but in there you see her exact mental situation because she cannot believe that Jay Widener came to this conclusion on his own. And she assumes that he must have been told by some whistleblower or someone with authority. So see, there is what you're going to run into.

Carrie Cassidy is a prime example. She's like the woo version of our untethered Heather Hyen, Brett Weinstein's wife. Carrie Cassidy loves authority. Loves it, just loves it, loves it, loves it. She can't live without that authority.

And hypernobility is just going to kick her in the ass because first off, I don't believe any of her whistleblowers, right? I do not accept she gives these whistleblowers authority. She says this murderer, guy convicted of most heinous murder you can kind of imagine sort of thing, and a group murder, a svengali kind of mind manipulator. Fellow is a convicted prisoner, convicted murderer doing life in prison. And he has convinced Carrie that he has authority.

She's actually just like given him authority because he stated stuff and she never assumes anybody's lying to her. And this guy is doing nothing but lying to her. 100% and she's been there and she's got like twelve interviews with this guy who's in prison because he was in the secret space program and they can't have him out walking around. Well, okay, Carrie, let's be realistic. Just like Jay Widener told her, we're not children.

Let's understand that this guy is lying. That if he actually was in the secret space program and he actually did have knowledge that was so dangerous to the secret space program, why would they allow him to live? They would not. They would just simply kill him. Human life is cheap to the people at the top here.

But anyway, so Carrie Cassidy is super enamored of authority. She has the authority of whistleblowers for everything she says. And so thus she can say all this horseshit and she just assumes it's true because a whistleblower told her and he wouldn't tell her. He would not deliberately lie because he has the authority of having lived through it, done it, or whatever the fuck, right? And it's like Jay Widener was telling know people lie that he worked with Corey good, the butthead who lied day after day after day after day on their Gaia tv shows to everybody's face for years.

He lied. And then the fucker sued me for telling, stating my opinion that he was lying. He sues me, I win the lawsuit, which I'm kind of proud of because of the way I did it strategically, but anyway. And then he had to admit, Corey good had to admit under oath and deposition that it was all lies. And so if Gene decode has to be put under deposition because he gets sued, is he going to admit that all his bullshit is lies?

Now, Carrie Cassidy, she's not lying. She's reporting to you what some whistleblower told her, what some person that she has granted authority to, to have this opinion and to be the backstop for her opinion is saying that XYZ is factual, so she can robustly say this is factual when in fact it's horseshit. All of this stuff about AI is not technically possible. So Gene decode says that AI sweeps the Internet three to 500 times a day. It reads every fucking thing in the Internet.

He's so lame. I mean, it hurts my head to hear shit like that. There's so many different reasons that that is not feasible at all. And then he goes on to give attributes to AI of having willpower and having desire. No, AI has desire.

They don't want to do anything. There's no there there. So Carrie Cassidy judges AI by know she wants this and so on. So she thinks AI is sentient as she is, and that's debatable as to whether or not she's actually sentient at any given point. But that's what she does.

She attributes all of these things to AI. She personifies it, and that's not the case. But Gene decode does that, too. And these people are saying this one guy, this patriot podcast or whatever the fuck his name was, was saying that these were the two people that really knew AI well. They're the two people that are throwing out all kinds of fantasies, but they don't have a fucking clue about.

So in my way of thinking, hyper novelty is going to be really bad on both of these guys because nobody's going to be accepting authority anymore. And if Kerry Cassidy brings up Captain Mark Richards, I'm going to say he's a liar. We can just dismiss what he says. He's a liar. And so she was in a real world of hurt with this interview with Jay Widener, which is fascinating to watch, the psychology of her, as well as Jay describing how he came to this understanding about JFK, which I think is brilliant and is quite factual.

Right. In any event, though.

But Carrie kept going back to this, quote, whistleblower. She kept going back to her authority about all of this. And Jay had to keep reminding her, he's lying, he's lying. He's not telling you the truth. He didn't actually shoot Kennedy.

He was not there. It didn't happen that way. There was nothing for any of these people to be in on. Right. So it was not a giant conspiracy.

And everybody telling her that. Exactly. It was a giant conspiracy is 100% wrong. It was a conspiracy, but not the way we think. Right.

That's why you should go and watch Jay Widener's documentary, which is pretty cool. I put it on two times speed because I just don't have that much time and I whipped right through it. But you really should do that. You should go and watch it anyway. So we're going to have the situation where even, and it's probably especially in the woo woo world for those people that have this hidden authority bias.

All of Carrie Cassidy's 100% of her 18 years or whatever it is, 20 years, 21 years, whatever the hell, but 100% of all of her work is simply throwing authority onto people and accepting whatever bullshit that they put out. And then she regurgitates it. That is her modus operandi. That's what's actually happening in her videos year after year. After year.

So she won't have the luxury of being able to regurgitate stuff relative to a supposed backstop of authority as we move into hyper novelty. And it's going to really impact her because people know set up and know. Your Mark Richards is not a captain. He's not in the space program. His dad was not in the space program.

He's in jail for murder. He's lying to you because he's got nothing better to do and he's just sitting in prison. So he makes up all these interesting stories and he gets a real thrill when he gets online and sees you say his name in these interviews and put authority on him. He gets a big rush out of it's all psychological thing for know, I used to work corrections. I worked around these people.

Terry probably could have worked corrections as I had and still would have this attitude that anybody saying this shit and claiming to be a whistleblower has an authority. There was one person in all of her interviews that actually was legit and he was killed shortly after he talked to her. Every other person that she's ever talked to is full of shit to some major degree. And so this is the situation we're at at the moment, is that we're moving into hyper novelty. And she's going to have to face that the same way that Heather is going to have to face that she has no authority.

She's got no underpinning that none of the studies that she relies on, all of the journals that she relies on have to be thrown away or examined to the minutiae in the particulars of that moment to see if it was actually valid. You can't accept them as saying they did a good study and wrote up this good report of this study here, XYZ study. And therefore I will trust them on the QRS study. You can't do that because the authority doesn't transfer that way anymore. And so we don't have that world.

That being the case, it's going to be really tough on these people, both Carrie and Heather. And they're both going to be untethered. Like I say, it's going to be really rough on Carrie Cassidy because every single one of her whistleblowers is going to be disputed. And then, even then, there will be no government. There will be no authority that we will grant that authority to as we go forward.

Now, obviously this is a particulate kind of an event, okay? It's not really an event. It's happening now. The hyper novelty. Lots of people are starting to discover it.

They're getting into the issues here of what we're all going to face. And that's the way of our world here as we go forward. Is this cracking open the coconut to see what's really in the damn thing? Right? We want to know what's really in there.

Hang on a second. I'll stop here. So these next few months, as we get into the hyper novelty, more and more could be really hard on lots of these people. I expect that we'll have some level of mental breakdowns that will be visible in videos and stuff, not just in the normies getting stuck walking across the sidewalk, across the crosswalk, that kind of thing. Right?

It's going to be much more widespread and much deeper. And it'll really hit. Like I say, it's really going to hit the woo people, so many of whom are like Carrie and have an inbuilt bias favoring normalty, normalcy, normality and authority. Anyway, so I got to go. I got to pick up some more stuff here.

And then two more quick stops and I'm home to do work. So anyway, I'll put these up in a while, but hypernovelty is going to bite our ass. People. Talk to you later.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


5 Key Takeaways from the Man in America Interview with Cliff High – 09-14-2023

5 Key Takeaways from the Man in America Interview with Cliff High - 09-14-2023

5 Key Takeaways from the Man in America Interview with Cliff High - 09-14-2023

Episode Summary:

Seth Holhouse, the host of "Man in America," interviews Cliff High, a brilliant independent thinker. They discuss the constructed reality around us and the importance of questioning it. The conversation delves into topics like outer space, the moon, and the future, including the 2024 outlook, Trump's plans, the role of the military, and the banking system. Cliff introduces the concept of the "Great Awakening," suggesting that increased emanations from the galactic center are causing a global awakening. The deep state, or the Khazarian mafia, is described as being desperate due to this awakening. Cliff predicts a significant event that will further enhance the Great Awakening. He uses the analogy of building and release tension to describe the emotional state of the masses. The deep state has been managing this balance to maintain control. However, an upcoming event, whether orchestrated by the deep state or not, will disrupt this balance, leading to a state of "hyper novelty." This event will be so significant that society won't revert to its previous state. Cliff suggests that the deep state might not be the ultimate power, hinting at a greater force behind them.

#ManInAmerica #SethHolhouse #CliffHigh #GreatAwakening #DeepState #KhazarianMafia #2024Outlook #Trump #Military #BankingSystem #GalacticCenter #EmotionalTension #HyperNovelty #Reality #Questioning #OuterSpace #Moon #Future #GlobalConsciousness #Balance #Control #Society #Event #Prediction #Change

5 Key Takeaways from the Man in America Interview with Cliff High - 09-14-2023

Ladies and gentlemen, welcome to man in America. I'm your host, Seth Holhouse. So today I have one of my favorite people to talk to, and not because I agree with everything he says, but because he's such an independent and I think pretty brilliant thinker. And that's cliff high. Now you could say that maybe he's bordering on that range of kind of mad genius.

And I would agree with that. I think it's a good thing because what it means that he's questioning the fundamental things that we think to be true in our reality. And when you look back at how much of our so called reality has been constructed as a cage around us, I think that questioning the fundamentals of what we think to be true is a really good thing. So actually, I just finished this interview with Cliff. I'm doing the intro afterwards.

We talked for about an hour and a half. It's a really engaging conversation. We go into some crazy topics. I mean, of course, we go into a lot of stuff about outer space and the moon in the middle of the discussion, which is great. But we talk a lot about what's coming next.

What's 2024 look like? What's trump's plan? Is the military involved? Is the whole military compromised? Does Trump still have a lot of say?

Are they going to be involved in the elections? There's a really interesting chunk that we get into with that towards the end. We also get into the banking system. What's going on with the banking system? What does he expect to see happening in addition to that precious metals bitcoin?

So, as you would expect, it's an incredibly engaging discussion with Cliff. And actually the first probably 20 minutes to 30 minutes I found to be so interesting because we're talking about this measurable way of looking at the great awakening. And it's going to blow your mind the way this guy thinks. So I hope you enjoy this interview. Before we get started, we got a few quick announcements.

For one, we are giving away silver. So for all the man in America family, we're giving away 5oz of pure silver every Friday. So if you want to enter to win that 5oz of pure silver, it's going to be five generic rounds, buffalo rounds, just go to Silverseth.com or go to Slash Win. So if silverstheth doesn't work on your browser, it's maninamerica.com Win. You enter your name and your email once and you're automatically entered in every Friday.

Again for the Friday drawing of the 5oz of free silver. Also, every show I do is also done as a podcast. So if you want to listen instead of watch, just go to your favorite podcast app and search for man in America and you'll find me there. All right, folks, enjoy this mind bending and interesting conversation with Cliff High. But Cliff, it is great to have you back on.

It was such an interesting interview the first time around and I've got so many questions and I think there's a lot to talk about. So thanks again for being here. Sure, no worries at all. Yes, I've got a whole list of questions here, so I'd say one of the big ones I want to first jump into know we're heading into the election year. It feels like the deep state, the cabal, that they're at a very desperate place, that a lot of the Americans that may have voted for Joe Biden before now have woken up.

They're seeing the problems of the current administration everywhere. They're questioning the elections. What do you see happening? And what are some of your data sets saying as we're going into, say, the next, say, three, six months into the election year, next year? What do you expect to unfold during this period?

I don't have much in the way of expectations, but I have some stuff out of my data that seems to describe 2024. And I'm not going to call it an election year for various different reasons.

We're at war now. We've been at war basically for I mean, if you want to think about it the way I do it, we've been at war for about 6000 years with these same Khazarian people that are trying to take over the planet. As you are quite correct, the Deep State, this Khazarian mafia, is very desperate at the moment, okay? They are escalating because the Great Awakening is happening. They have within their group, some small number of them, that recognize that this is a phenomenon that is beyond their control.

It has to do actually, factually, with increased emanations from the galactic center waking us all up. And the Great Awakening is not a misnomer, okay? And there's nothing that Khazarians can do about this, including slaughtering people. But they're starting to do that, okay? So the deep state is at war with us.

What I do expect is that that war in this next six months will break out into the open, into the normie mines in a sharp, very sharp way, and I'll explain that in a second such that it will occupy all of the places that are now occupied by the unraveling of the political illusion. Okay? So all of those people that are worried about the Biden regime or Obama, or they're coming to terms with the fact that Obama is gay and Michelle is a guy and they rented those kids and all of this other stuff, all of those people will be jolted into an awareness of a war. And they will have to try and cope in sort of a rush, okay? Because they're going to jump and leap right out of the normie world of politics in a degrading America to a much greater view of what's going on.

And they will understand that we're in World War II and World War II is being fought with dues. And that's the news right that it's not your papa's World War II. It's not that not going back. We're going forward into this new functioning and the deep state is the enemy. It's not nation state versus nation state.

This is going to be very difficult for people to wrap their heads around. So yes, perhaps the plunger on Maui was pulled or a button was pushed by a guy in China who is a CCP fellow. But it doesn't mean that China the nation state, nor China the people attacked Maui, okay? It means that an arm of the deep state within the CCP attacked Maui on the orders of the deep state. We're going to have an event of some form or a series of events of some form.

So I'm connected with remote viewers, the best remote viewers on the planet, bar none. The only remote viewers that might be better are ones we don't know about because they're hidden so deep. Okay? I'm not going to say what those remote viewers have been telling me because I have not been given permission. They have to release this information on their own.

What I will say is that they are echoing what my numbers are showing. Okay? So I have this thing called building tension value. And I have a release tension value. And this is building emotional tension.

And this is release of emotional tension. The words can be the same, the descriptors can be the same, but all the adjectives would be different and the emotional aspect of it would be different. And in building tension, it's like you're trying to describe your anxiety or you're crunching in on yourself in some aspect relative to something that's pushing on you from the outside. In release language, you're jumping up and down and releasing all that emotion. These two, whatever the value of them, the difference has a finite range and it ranges from three point something up to 5.85.

5.85 is our maximum. Now that's our maximum delta between release and building tension. And it fluctuates every single time I do these runs. It fluctuates some degree. Sometimes building tension is larger.

Sometimes release tension is larger. Since 2001, building tension has had a tendency to dominate since 2001. Now we are in a situation where we have this, that we have two sets of values. And now the delta between these is 81.86,958,695. Okay?

So this is 13 times my maximum usual standard deviation range 13 times in a standard way. Standard deviations work. A single standard deviation is something that an engineer might pay attention to, especially in bridges and that kind of thing. Two times standard deviation is something that an engineer would want to pay attention to. In energy mechanics, it means your engine is not working the way it should.

That kind of thing. Three times standard deviation in anything, any aspect of engineering is a catastrophe. All right? We're at 13 times that now and it's dominating with release tension. All right?

So the last time we had a significant dominant release language event was 2001. Okay, so that was the 911 attack. Everybody released for months afterwards. It was just dominating with release of emotional tension. Even at that point, it was less than the standard deviation range.

Right? So now we're 13 times higher. So the remote viewers are echoing what I'm seeing.

They have different methods, different characterizations of what's going on. But in Maine they would echo that something is going to occur. It's going to occur in the near or immediate timeframe, and it's going to be dominated by release language. So Maui was dominated by release language up to the point that the Feds came in and started putting up the barriers and now everything's all tension. Everybody's getting all tense about it, they're getting angry and so forth in a way that they didn't get angry with that attack.

You can actually see the language in the various articles. Go back and read something about the event and everybody's outpouring all of their grief, et cetera, et cetera. And now it's all anger about the way everybody's being treated. Okay, so the Feds came in and turned. Sure.

So I have to make sure I'm tracking this right. So basically it's a simple way of me understanding it. It's almost as if the Cabal has to maintain a balance of release and the building of this tension. And so the we, the people, the average Americans or the average people on
Earth, it's like they'll push us a little bit that they're monitoring this, our tension comes up, then we can relieve that tension just to feel like, okay, it's okay again, that's how they get us to get distracted back with the circus. So that's how they keep it level.

We get really pissed off and then we feel like we accomplish something. It's like, oh, well, Durham did this. And it's like, okay, let's calm back down. But what's happening right now, it's almost like when you watch a trailer being pulled behind a truck that starts swaying, it gets to a certain point where it starts whipping so violently that the only thing that can happen is a catastrophe. So is that kind of what's happening?

Okay, correct. Okay. So I don't know how much control the Cabal actually exercises over the building intention. I don't know that they consider it this way, but in fundamental effect, they manage it this way. Right.

They don't want enough people to ever wake up that the Khazarian mafia can be seen behind all of the illusion they've put out. Right? And so we have that now. The illusion is breaking down. The ADL is under attack.

That's one of their primary enforcers. Right? So all of these things are breaking down for them as it is breaking down. If they used to have control over this all right, so we could look at it two ways. We could look at that.

We're going to have a breakout emotional event that they won't be able to control that will further enhance our Great Awakening, right? And that that event is not necessarily initiated by them. All right? Or we could look at it at the opposite, that we're going to have a breakout event. They won't be able to control the aftermath of it because too many people will be awake to what's going on, but they created it.

Okay, so basically what you were describing, maintaining the balance here is a method of keeping us under control. Dampening it down, right? Dampen down the hunger with a little bit now and put it off a little bit later. That kind of a thing which we've been under for hundreds of years. Okay?

So another way to look at it is that they're so desperate that they must do a major attack in order to cause as much damage and as much chaos as possible in order that they may assert control in the midst of that chaos, which is what they do. They have a tendency to create the 911 incident, right? So if we looked at the attack on the towers in terms of its release language, we are looking at something that's going to have 13 times more release language that will manifest both in spiking values immediately, but also in duration. It'll have to go on for a long time in order for this to work its way out of all the people. This is going to exacerbate the deep state's worries and problems relative to the Great Awakening, because the longer we're in this upset state, in this upset state, they don't have control.

Right. What they work on is basically fracturing your concentration and allowing the brain chemicals to calm down, and as you're calming down, then they try and get you back in the control by placing those things in front of you to lead you. Right? They don't usually come along and put a cattle prod in your back and push you because that exacerbates the disruption within your mental state. It's a very delicate balance for them to do their hypnosis and keep the illusion.

This is basically saying that there's going to be some event, whether they create it or not, that's going to escalate so far that we won't be going back. Okay, so this is why I have been saying that we're approaching a point of hyper novelty because we'll cross over a threshold where it will not be possible for us to go back to these levels or that old illusion anymore. So there is reason to suspect that World War Three, however it is characterized nation state versus nation state or deep state versus global population, other than Russia and a few other places that are awake and not in their control. However we characterize that, we're going to get to a point where there's going to be an opening of this idea that the deep state exists independent of the nation states and is at war with the people, I think it will come out because the deep state will try and gen up a nation state war. It's not going to work.

But in the process of doing that, they're going to waken up a lot more of the normal population by basically having such a huge shock to their system that all their mind is cleansed. Right? So most people, I don't know how many people could actually remember, but you wake up one morning and then I was on the west coast here and you hear about the attacks on 911. Right? From that moment on, my thinking was altered, it never went back.

Then you see all of the problems that generate the fact that they had this massive thousands of pages of law ready to enact within a week. So, you know, it's all a put up job. Yada yada, yada. Right? And so your thinking never goes back to the way it was and we're approaching something like that.

Will it be a directed energy weapon attack on Colorado or Florida or Wyoming perhaps?

Something too visible to ignore. People in Turkey right after Maui were struck by energy weapons, they filmed the energy weapons coming down and starting the brush fires in their area. So this is part of the deep state war against the population of Earth. Now, I'm a little on the woo side, so I think there's something on the other side of the deep state. I don't think the deep state is their own masters.

Right. I think there's a lot of the people in the deep state that know what I know about this and don't want to go anywhere near this, but are not able to change events such that they could back off of this because there's something on the other side that's driving them. So there are certain things that are popping out in reality that suggest that there are support in our factual reality for some kind of an event coming along this way. So it's subtle, you'd have to really understand the data and the way I'm looking at it. But some of these supporting more subtle effects are hugely long term in the way in which they will manifest and the effects they will have.

Got a quick message for you. So folks, thank goodness inflation is going down. Thank you Biden. But wait, if inflation is going down, then why are food prices going up, energy prices going up and gas prices going up? Well, because they're lying to us.

Imagine that. You see, right now the real rate of inflation is closer to 25%, not the 5% the White House wants you to believe. You can see this with your own eyes and your own wallet. What this means is that if you had $100,000 in your savings account just one year ago, today it's only worth about $75,000 in terms of your actual buying power. Your money is losing value by the day.

If you went back to 1920 and you had a $20 bill or a 1oz gold coin, you could walk into a men's clothing store and buy an entire suit, jacket, shoes, pants, belt, everything. But think about it. What would a $20 bill buy you today? Maybe some socks, but an ounce of gold will still buy you that same suit. And this is why I believe that now more than ever, it's a good time to consider transferring at least a portion of your wealth into physical gold and silver.

Real world assets have stood the test of time, and for this, I'm confident in recommending dr. Kirk Elliott. So, Kirk has two PhDs and is an incredible Christian patriot who's dedicated to helping you break free from the trap of inflation. You can buy gold and silver directly, even in small amounts, or you can transfer your IRA into physical gold and silver with zero taxes or penalties. So, Kirk is who I use.

He's who my family and my friends use, and honestly, he's someone I trust completely. And when it comes to your wealth, you need someone that you can trust. So to learn more, open up a new tab right now and go to goldwithseth.com or call 720-605-3900 to speak to a real person. Right now, kirk LA's team will answer all of your questions and take care of you every step of the way. So, right now, they're trying to work out the deep state, and the individuals involved are trying to work out a face saving mechanism for shutting down CERN, for shutting down the large Hadron collider.

Okay? That massive, massive, massive investment. More copper in that thing than in any dam on the planet, okay? There's more copper there than any of the dams in our country, probably more than all of the dams in our country in terms of the generators and stuff, and they're shutting it down because it's useless. It took particle physics as far as it could go, and it failed, and people are drifting away.

Okay, so a bad sign for science when your scientists are not re upping on their own and you got to go on out and try and keep recruiting them to come back into your operation. Whatever they were attempting to achieve, they failed with that. The fact that we're looking at such a large thing being shut down and the first hints of the emotional problems that these guys are getting into in that shutdown process because they can't just everybody walk away and lock the door, right? They've got to decommission this thing. It's got to be a public kind of a deal.

It's got to upend their whole grasp on physics and science because they took science to this huge pinnacle and spent more on a single science project than anything ever in our history. And it failed. And it was a failure from the beginning. If you looked at things the appropriate way, you would see this. And in spite of them having hidden motivations, even all their hidden motivations failed.

And that's caused them some real consternation so we could be facile and see things at a surface level and say, oh, the Deep state's attempt to create a portal for demons
with the Large Hadron Collider for demons to come in and help them failed. Okay? And so there probably will be people that have that view, right? Like, I don't know particular kind of mentician in people that would think that this was the case, but it's true that it failed. I don't know that they were attempting to bring in demons.

I know that there were all these other ancillary projects for the Large Hadron Collider that were never mentioned except in the back quarters kind of thing. But I know that that failure, as upsetting as it is to the mainstream scientists that are on the front side of it, is much more upsetting to the whackadoodle deep state scientists on the back side of things. And it's caused a huge problem with their grasp of reality, really, because things they were attempting to do, whatever they were basically that failure came back and said, no, you people are totally wrong in your view of how reality works. And that has really shocked them. So we're going to see all different kinds of things here.

We've got major monetary collapses going on in the background that are significantly huge. So this time next year, will we be able to have an election in the United States? I do not believe we would be able to have any kind of an election that the Biden regime would be planning on. That is to say Dominion Machines, any of that kind of stuff. I don't think any of that's going to happen because they won't be able to pay for it.

I think Dominion itself will be bankrupt and no one working for them this time next year. Okay, so by the time we get into September next year, a lot of these very large firms will be 100% defunct because they rely basically on skimmed illegal money. So the Federal Reserve says they create a billion dollars. Well, they farm out 1 billion without telling us to all their buddies. But the fact that they've been doing that for so long and all of a sudden it comes to a stop.

All of these firms that are counting on that money being farmed out to them, as well as the fact that the money doesn't purchase what it should anyway, are in a world of hurt. And it's the bribery level that's going to be bringing down a lot of these very shaky institutions that basically rely on that hidden money to hoax up the books and get through year to year to year. And we're seeing it now. So a year from now, I don't think we'll have an ordinary election. I could see us having an election that was being supervised by some other authority like the US.

Military, right? I could see us having an election that was being supervised in a way that didn't rely on commercial products like Dominion and all of that sort of thing. And I'm saying that because the monetary system is going to be having such huge amounts of trouble between now and then. And we have this coming up, whatever this release language event is, right? So if we postulated it know a direct energy weapon attack on the Denver airport, right?

There's reasons to do that, to get at the stuff that's underneath the airport. Maybe that would be the deep state doing it, one part of the deep state against another part. Maybe it would be anti deep state people doing it. Who the hell knows, right? Because we're not being clued in as to who the participants are in this war.

But it will be something on that order where people will be able to tune in on the internet, probably even on regular TV and see particle beam weapons coming down, beating the absolute crap out of the Denver airport until it's just a smoking hole in the ground. That's what it's going to take to get these kind of numbers. And at that level, what's our response as a nation and so on and so on. Now I've got data sets that say that this coincidental, okay? So coincidental to this, all right, not as a direct outgrowth and not as a supporting feature, but coincidental to this.

Sometime in the future here like maybe two months or so, there's going to be a reaction within the generations that are in school now. And I got that data set before I did any of my numeric analyses. But the data sets were basically saying that sort of like the middle school and to high school level kids are going to get savvy to the war and a lot of them are going to get an attitude, okay? And this attitude is going to be hardened by the fact that there are a lot of them with the same attitude and they're going to start talking to their parents about the war. Their parents are going to start getting freaked out and starting to react because maybe the kid's right.

And also the kid's attitude is going to come back to bite the Biden regime in the sense that we're going to have according to my data sets, we're going to have full on, absolute counter insurrection in large school systems being run by the kids themselves. Okay? So the kids are going to be tired of all this queer the generation crap and there will be a hard line there. Those people that have adopted the queer the generation crap from the deep state, those kids are going to be a lot of them are going to be pulled back by the sheer size of the anti deep state group. And these kids are going to be savvy to who they're fighting.

So you'll start hearing the kids talk about the Km Kazarian mafia and they'll be able to differentiate the Kazarian mafia, they'll be able to tell you the history, they'll be able to point you to the Veterans Today articles that will detail anything you want to know about them. Yada, yada, yada. Right? And so this is going to start a ground up kind of a thing that's going to cause problems both with the parents as they try and react, but also more so with the school administrators. Because in the data sets it's saying a lot of these kids are just going to say go into the classroom and then every time the teacher says anything they're going to cat call, they're going to disrespect, they're going to throw out the truth, they're going to get up and cause problems.

Just basically not able to take the bullshit anymore. And so you'll see teachers running out of the classroom in tears, teachers totally freaking out because their socialism nonsense doesn't fly. They don't know why and that will be a large part of it. The data set said that the bewilderment the puzzlement on the part of the teachers and the administrators last for some months. A lot of them crashing and burning in that process in the sense that the data shows teachers resigning, administrators quitting, and that sort of basically have a rebellion in very large school districts to where the data would have it be that these school districts were more or less being operated by and under the control of the students themselves.

Not so much their parents even. It's just really strange guy. But that part right there takes us into 2024. So that's my kind of lead into 2024 in terms of the level of disruption we're going to be having here. Now.

Whatever it is that we get into here, I think that happens before the end of the year. Before the end of this year. It may happen further into the new year, but it just seems that the building tension levels are dropping too rapidly around in November to be able to sustain anything into the new year. So it looks like they get swamped at some point near the end of November. As I say, it could maybe take into January.

It's difficult to estimate, but that alone is going to be a reshaping of the social order at a level that the political powers had not anticipated at all. That's going to strike them right out of the blue. It's like what's going on over there? It's going to be really interesting I think it's going to be really so this is so interesting because there's so many layers to this. But while a lot of people are looking to what's happening with DC or politics or they're getting caught up in that level of the battle and they've now come to this conclusion that okay, maybe they're.

Saying, okay, the left has been infiltrated and taken over by the Communists, and they're trying to destroy America, which is different than just kind of left versus right. And I disagree with your policies. There's been this mass awakening towards that level, okay? The media is fake news. Big Pharma is out to harm us.

There's been that level of awakening. But what you're seeing is that the next level in the most significant awakening for the masses is to realize that there is a small group of evil psychopaths that are trying to control and kill the entire world. Things that you and I believe that we've kind of understood and awakened to, that when that realization hits the masses, that becomes the trigger point, that becomes the tipping point in which all of their systems start to fundamentally collapse. Because once you see things from that perspective, you see through the schools, you see through the media, through Hollywood in a way that you didn't before, and you will no longer go along with it because you know what's ultimately there. So that's what you're seeing as a gigantic it's almost as if 2024 from here, what you're saying is that 2024 is when the Great Awakening hits the mainstream and the entire structure that the deep state has of this world is shaken to the core.

I'd say 2024 over the process of 2024, the Great Awakening eats the deep state. It eats fake news, and we digest it the rest of that year and into 2025, and then we shit it out, okay? It's that level of stuff that's going on.

But the breakdown is concurrent with that. A lot of the breakdown stuff is leading people to a level of awareness, right? So it's the breakdown of things that allow them to see the Kazarian Mafia hand behind it. The Soros picked know, the defund, the police movement, which was paid for by George Soros, all of these kind of things. So the larger battle of the deep state versus
the populace will indeed emerge.

It'll emerge from an event here. Like I say, that's going to be eyes wide open kind of a thing, but it won't stop there, okay? So as we get into this larger awakening and people start seeing the Kazarian mafia and understanding how they work, then they're also going to have to face the idea of space aliens, okay? They're going to have to come to grips with that because it will be opened up by whatever this event is. Because you have to understand that everything that drives the Kazarian mafia is space alien oriented.

The Khazarian Mafia, Klaus Schwab, George Soros, all of these people in this inner group are not or descriptively. They are Jewish, okay? They're not Jewish in that religious sense. The way that your neighbor, who happens to be Jewish and goes to synagogue is religious. Their religion goes to the core of the Hebrew words that are in the Torah and those Hebrew words have no word for God in them.

The Torah has no word for Jew in there at all. It is a discussion, a description by the people who endured it, the people in Judea. It is a description of how to live with the El. The Elohim, the space aliens that came down and conquered them. These are the same Elohim that conquered the Khazarians and then were driven out or left for whatever reason, we don't know.

I'm speculating that there was a war between the Elohim and some other space aliens in India, and that the Elohim lost, and they were driven out of their Khazarian stronghold, which is in the northwest of India, and they went to Judea. But the Khazarians felt this huge thing of abandonment. And a lot of the literature within the Talmud, within the Zohar, which is this mystical aspect of Judaism, if you get into that, it's all about the abandonment of being the Khazarians and being abandoned by the El who left. And as I say, I think there was a war going on. The l got defeated.

They had to hightail it. They hid down in Judea, and they were modifying us genetically. So Klaus Schwab and his buddies at that level within the WEF that are truly the Khazarian Mafia, they think they have an extra bit of DNA. They think they are genetically modified. Okay?

And that that success in their genetic modification, it shocks them because they think it was successful. But then shortly thereafter, the l left and they started their genetic modification with the Essenes in southern Yemen, which they took to Judea. And those are the people of the Bible. That's Moses, Adam and Eve, all of these kind of people. It took the l 191 years to successfully create Adam, to successfully genetically engineer Adam.

It took them another, I think, eleven years to create Eve, and they had seven Eves that they discarded because they weren't acceptable to Adam. Okay? So these are the nature of the people that you're dealing with, the Khazarian Mafia. We're all genetically modified. All humans are.

Humans have 23 chromosomal pairs. And you can check me on all this science and go involve the real guys, like scientists, and they'll say, yeah, he's correct about that, but he's full of shit about all this alien stuff, right? But our chromosome pairs come down and set off into the chromosome, and we have 23 of these. What actually happened was in number two, it was expunged, it was cut out. Now, let me state something here factually.

No human biological engineer has ever inserted successfully a chromosome in any being. No human biological engineer has ever successfully inserted an effective gene in any being. Our genetic modification is called CRISPR, because it burns out genes. That's why it's crisped. It has a telltale residue that it leaves, that anybody that examines that genome can see.

That this was a Crisp critter, right? That this being that you're looking at that DNA had been through this genetic modification process where part of the genome was burned out. All humans on Earth that we've been able to assay have some level of this in their system. Usually it's number two has been burned out, and number three then becomes number two. And that's why we have 23 pairs instead of 24 pairs or 26 or 28, like all the other primates.

Okay? And here's the thing about the Khazarians. The Khazarians were done before the L got to their success with Adam and Eve. That really pisses off the Khazarian mafia that the Essenes were successful and the L really liked them. Okay?

Another thing about that was that the Khazarians, the burn, was only partially out. So the Khazarians have this little dongle, this little remnant of the old number two chromosome in their DNA. And you can actually determine who is Khazarian by examining the DNA and looking for this little stub. Okay? They think within their own internal understanding that this was an insertion.

And I dispute that. I think that it was just a bad burn job. So they think they have some extra DNA. Now, there's also another aspect of this. The source people for the Khazarians were Homo capensis, the Coneheads, the Rothschilds.

All of these great banking families are Coneheads. They have that capensis. And Homo capensis is another species. Homocapensis was concurrent with ancient humanity. And so when the L came down, they chose to work for the Khazarians on a Homocopensis variant that was Mongolian in nature, as are the Khazarians.

So the Khazarians have a Mongolian DNA set. There you go. Central Asia. Okay? And so they modified that.

And so you will see all of the Khazarians through history. First off, they're removing all of the paintings or the portraits of the Khazarians from the 800s all the way through to modern time from all the museums. They can find them because it points out that they're cone heads, right? They have the very tall, bald heads, even in the women. And they used to disguise it with these wrapped gossamer kind of fabrics and stuff.

And those were painted in. And so these paintings are being removed everywhere from museums because they know that people are starting to wise up. And this is something that they don't want to have happen, is for people to think, uhoh, we've got Ashkenazi Jews over here, but we've got coneheads over there that are the Khazarians. And they're not even human. They're not as human as we are.

They're not the same kind of human. Right? And so the Khazarians don't want that to happen, but it's happening in any event. So I'm giving you details you probably don't really care about here. But nonetheless, the genetic modification of this goes to and all of the space alien connections to the Khazarians are going to come out as part of this war.

And that elevates us up in terms of the awakening relative to humanity in a general sense, so that we won't as you say, our vision is going to enlarge, but our vision is going to enlarge, and it's not going to focus back on Earth 100%. So now we're going to get into this period of time where we're going to start focusing on the people that are living in the Moon. The moon is inhabited. It's inhabited now. It's been inhabited as long as there's been humans on this planet.

It may not be the people that are living there now. The beings that are living there now may not be the people that built it, though. We don't know. There's so much in the way of speculation about stuff we don't know about that, but we do know it's inhabited. We do know that they're very energetic at this point, and they've been extremely energetic about, I want to say, last six, seven months, and that there's just a really weird curiosity here.

So you remember the movie 2001 a Space Odyssey, right? And it starts off, they go to the moon and they dig, and they dig and they dig, and then they get that big black object, the obelisk, there. And then one morning, because it's uncovered, the sun comes up and the sunlight strikes it, and it sends off this message, right? Okay. So in that movie, they decided to go to the dig up that object, not just because they were out digging holes, but because that area of the Moon in the storyline had heated up unexpectedly.

It was just showing a sign of warmth that nobody could figure out why it was there. And so government decided, well, let's go look at it. Well, curiously, we've got a spot on the Moon that's just on the edge of the far side that we can't see that's heating up, and it's been doing so for, like, the last three or four weeks. There's some activity that we can measure down here that's going on under the surface of the Moon that's presenting us with different temperature gradients than we would usually see by some serious factor. So maybe they're who knows what they're doing there that would cause such a thing.

But the fact that our governments are aware of it means that they're going to be reacting to it at some point. And it is also curious that during this time we see the Indians landing on the South Pole and this kind of thing, right. So I think we're going to get into I don't know how much of the population will have it in their heads, but certainly by 2025 it'll be relatively common to come across conversations about people talking about what's going on with the beings on the Moon and maybe we'll actually have some kind of interaction with them at that point or be planning it. All right, folks, I've got a quick message for you. I have one simple question if today you could no longer go purchase more food for your family with the food stores that you have in your home, how long would you be able to feed your family?

Would it be a week? Three weeks? A month? Two months? A year?

This is a really important question, folks, that we have to be very realistic about, because the elites are proactively trying to put us into a state of food crisis and a state of famine. I'm sure you've seen all of the different food processing
plants and farms that are blowing up. We've got cattle dying by the tens of thousands. They're proactively trying to collapse our food system because they know if they can control our food, they can control us. And so one of the best ways to be outside of their control is to be able to have our own stores of food and to be able to produce our own food.

So there's really two things I would recommend. One is having heirloom seeds that you can grow your own food with. Making sure, though, that they're non GMO heirloom seeds. That that way you can harvest your seeds this year, use them next year. You can use these seeds for generations, literally.

It's how it will work. The other thing, though, is this high quality storable food. This is food that's sitting somewhere. It's hidden in your basement, buried in your backyard, whatever it is. So that way, if there is a crisis, if there is an emergency, you might have three months set aside to get through that time period.

And so for this, I would highly recommend a company called Heaven's Harvest. This is an amazing, Christian owned patriot company. And what they're doing is they're making high quality storable food. Again, a lot of the food companies, they say these food buckets, they're all about maximizing calories per dollar. They're filling the buckets with a bunch of filler and junk like sweet beverages, et cetera.

But Heaven's Harvest, they focus on very high quality food that will last up to 25 years on the shelf. They also sell heirloom seeds. You can buy all of your seeds. You can buy all of your storable food. And look, folks, personally, I would recommend having at least three months per person in your household, if not six months or even a year.

Again, depends on your budget. But I would definitely make sure you have some seeds, because those seeds could be worth their weight in gold, if not more in the future. So to go ahead and do this right now, go open up a new tab and go to Heavensharvest.com. And if you use the promo code Seth, that's S-E-T-H promo code Seth, you'll save 15% off of your entire order. So again, folks, the time is running out, and you'd rather be three months or one year early than one day late.

Again, Heavensharvest.com and use promo code Seth to save 15% today. So things are really, I mean, just the next twelve to 24 months, we're going to see society change in a fundamental way, which I guess makes sense because our society is what it is, because it's the shadow on the wall in Plato's cave. That's what we see our society as when the fire goes out and the handlers that are making the shadows are no longer there and we emerge from the cave, everything about the way of life that we remember will be.

So let's go back to Plato for a second, okay? A lot of our references such as Plato's cave and the Dionysi's discourses and stuff, those originate out of the Yuga, okay? So this is a true fundamental thing that affects humans. Humans are not the same always over time. Humans on Earth, this happens because the Earth wobbles up and down relative to the broad mass of the galactic center.

And so if we were to look into galactic center, we would see a bubble with all this emanations coming on out, and then we would see this big obscuring mass of all the stars and the planets and all the rest of the galaxy there. And we're out here going like this with our solar system around the edge of the galaxy. When we get up into here, outside this obscuring mass in these areas here, we get more galactic center emanations, various different kinds of radiation. We've had two different kinds of radiation that we've discovered impacting Earth since about 1996 or so. In any event, though, so humans actually change over time.

Now, when we are obscured, that's the Kali Yuga. We're not getting very much of these galactic center emanations coming through the mass. They're being absorbed by all the stars and all of that, and so we're kind of dim. Okay, so Plato's cave and all of the great thinkers of the past are really standout people because they stood out from the mass of otherwise dim individuals, which will always happen. You'll always have that big spread of humanity, but that big spread will have more geniuses as we go forward because we're going to get more emanations out of the galactic center.

So next generation will be born, in general, smarter than this generation, et cetera, et cetera, for some 10,000 plus years in the Kaliyuga. Our understanding is so limited that we now outside of the Kaliyuga by 325 years. Getting into our 326th year outside of it need to stop referencing that as though it is the end all and be all of human thinking, okay? Plato could not have conceived ideas that we hold in our head now relative to the natural world, let alone technology and any of that kind of stuff, right. Because his mind could not have coped with it.

In the Kali Yuga, the height of technology is a donkey for transportation or a sailboat. Okay? So that gives you some concept of where we had been. So I don't accept the idea that we should take the great thinkers of the past as being necessarily a guide for ourselves. And then here's something else.

As we came out of the kali yuga, as we were even in it from maybe the one one hundreds, okay? So it ended in 1698, but maybe from the 100s onward, with the rise of the Khazarian mafia, they took over what we would laughingly call science. And in taking over science, they pegged it to this weird idea that is the core of our physics now. And we had to abandon that core in order to work with electricity through leclerc, Maxwell, through heavyside, through tesla, all of these people abandoned the core. They didn't even think about this the way that the Khazarians do, okay?

But the Khazarians and all of our science has this idea that if you take enough sand, enough grit, and you mash it together in the appropriate way, it will achieve consciousness somehow. Okay? So basically, their whole science, our physics, our astrophysics, our deep physics, the large hadron collider, all of these things are based on the idea that consciousness arises from grit and that the grit exists. So, in other words, if all life were to disappear, the Khazarians have this view that reality would still exist with planets and stars and all of that kind of thing, right? And there'd still be dirt.

And even if all there's no bacteria, no plant life, no human life, no life at all, they're saying that dirt would still be here, that grit would still exist in the form of planets and so on. And that is not true, okay? That whole premise is a false premise that has diverted all of our science into a way that's impractical, and we have to bust out of it in order to achieve the engineering success that we have with tesla, maxwell, et cetera, right? Okay? So that's a fake understanding of reality, and it leads to a dead end.

It leads to the einstein quantum mechanics that has held us in stasis for over a hundred years. We've had no significant inventions since tesla. We've had incremental increases in efficiency in our inventions, but no significant inventions since tesla. And it's because we're operating on this quantum mechanics idea that nobody can reconcile, because it's impossible to reconcile the idea that you can get enough sand together to eventually have it become consciousness. And that's at the core of their thinking.

So here's the deal. There's a few radical scientists out there and the wu people that understand that consciousness existed. And consciousness created the grit. It created what we call here reality, our materium, okay? It created matter and stuck parts of itself in the matter.

You, myself, your dog, the bacteria, we're all living consciousness that's been stuck in the matter. Now, I have a theory as to why it did that, and a lot of people think I'm crazy about this, but I think it did that to try and discover novelty, because it's setting out there bored. Consciousness is everything, knows everything. It's all for all time, and it's bored. And then it has this idea that itself was new, and the idea was, could it create novelty?

And from the point that consciousness got the idea that it could create something it did not know about, it had to have an experiment. We are that experiment. So my viewpoint is that all of reality is ontologically created, right? The consciousness pushed aside a space within itself and created this material that we're in manufactured this illusion of matter and stuck our consciousness interacting with this illusion in order that stuff may happen and hopefully stuff that it could not conceive of happening so that it would have the shock of the new that rush of oh, my God, look at that. Right?

It would have release language. That's my understanding of why it did that. I have a lot of reasons to suspect and to be able to prove that it did indeed do that, that we are in fact ontologically downward, not grit upward. And that makes a huge difference in our science. And so we're going to abandon a lot of the science, especially from Einstein onward, as being really bogus.

And I think we'll also abandon a lot of the Kaliyuga thinking as being just that. Oh, well, that's so know you were so dense back then. That was the best you could do.

Interesting. Which really kind of goes in line with this mass awakening. So looking at kind of jumping in. I got so many questions here still, but I guess okay, one thing this is kind of looking at more of the kind of more immediate. In 2024, you've talked about how basically the current regime will have run out of power, run out of money, run out of their ability to keep the people within this delusion that allows them to stay in power.

So how do you think Trump fits into this? Because obviously they're
trying everything possible to take him, and we don't even know how many assassination attempts there have been. I'm sure there have been plenty. But do you think that something happens where he steps back in? Is he elected back in?

Does he just kind of disappear from the political scene? I mean, what are your thoughts on that? No. Okay, so if human politics are really weird and you can have all the data focusing on one thing and a different outcome arises, usually it's not the opposite. It would be something at 90 degrees instead of 180 degrees.

Right. So I think there's going to be a 90 degree emergence of some form. All right, how do I want to phrase I think that we have Trump in our future, and I think that we have a very I got to be careful about the choice of word. Okay, so there will be disharmony, but it won't be disharmonus, okay? We will have upset and we will have vast quantities of change.

But in the main, I think it's going to be a change towards a legitimate kind of a progress. So I do see Trump coming back, but I don't see us having the election under the current regime kind of understanding of those sorts of things. So maybe the military would come in and we'd have an election all in a day and Trump would be reelected and then we would set off on this. That does not change things, right? So even with Trump running things and even with all of us pulling together, starting to become more cohesive, starting to address our own problems and starting to re engineer our social order from the bottom up, which I do see in the data, okay?

And that's another area of discussion. But even with all of that, it does not change the fact that we will be at war. We will be in a war with the deep state that will go on for some period of time, even if we really can't figure out who's the enemy at the moment kind of a thing, right?

I think 2024 marks that point where we step over the threshold and whether we're dealing with the space aliens that year or not, we are preparing for that such that our social order is not allowed to ever go back. We won't be going back to the idea of isolated Earth, of humanity alone. And that has hugely profound implications for all different kinds of things within our social order. So it will become necessary that anybody that is a Christian examine Christianity and their relationship with it as it comes out that Christianity based on the Old Testament is based on dealings with the Elohim. Who are these space alien oppressors that came down and genetically modified us and have abused us and are adrenochrome addicts and they killed so many?

So the Elohim people, those aliens were also the ones in Mesoamerica. There's reasons to suspect that that group split themselves and part of them came over to mesoamerica for a while and messed about with the Aztecs and the Mayans. In some of the discussions there, as well as allusions to it in weird places. In Ancillary books in the Talmud, for instance, you come to an understanding that they were so addicted to adrenochrome that they at one point had a staggering 10,000 individuals killed in a single 24 hours period in order to free the adrenal glands and burn them such that these guys could huff them. Now, I have reason to think that maybe they're huffing the adrenochrome because of a lack of the galactic emanations.

Right? I think that the L originated much closer to Galactic center than we did and that they deliberately come out here as a predatory species because they know we're in our Kali Yuga and they can take advantage of us. I don't think they're great thinkers. I think they're truly horrific beings. If you read the Old Testament, word for word as it is actually written, you see these horrible crimes like the Archangel Michael being interrupted in some activity and taking his finger and pushing it right through the head of the person that interrupted him and killing him dead.

And then because he was annoyed, going and killing all of the family. So these are the beings that we're dealing with. So the people that have these beings as their gods are going to have to interact with that relationship with themselves and with their religion and with their gods. And they won't have any choice in the matter because all this will be coming out especially as regard to space aliens. So what does the appearance of our officialdom and our general social order discussing beings on the moon do to your religion?

Right? If you're Christian, if you're Jew and everybody around you is talking about factually, looking up and seeing the beings on the moon and people putting out channels on YouTube showing what happened last night like the 05:00 news on what the moon is going what they're doing up there, that's going to fundamentally alter your relationship with your religion, no matter how secure it is. And then you get in and you start looking at all the religions on the planet, with very few exceptions, are based on these space aliens. Hinduism to some extent Buddhism, because it has so much Hinduism in it. Although I don't think Buddha personally was influenced by the space aliens and is too further on.

But Muhammadism, okay, muhammad received the Quran from a space alien in a cave. That space alien was the Archangel Michael. He was one of the last El on this planet and he left with that last group. So Muhammad ism, is based on that interaction with the Archangel Michael, which we now know was one of the Elohim and was a space. So so we're going to have a real comeuppance relative to our past now, especially understanding that all these religions originate in the Kali Yuga, so know when we are not really that swift and they can come down and take advantage of us.

So we've got a few hundred years of real work here going through all of this, right?

So I want to talk a little bit about banking. This is one of the big topics I had that I wanted to cover with you because you had talked in a lot of ways predicted what happened earlier this year with the bank collapses that we saw happen. If you look at the amount of money that's been pulled out of the banking system in the past, I think a year or two, it eclipses what happened in 2008. I mean, it's a massive amount of money that's leaving the banking system now. Of course, the official narrative is that everything's fine and the recession is the recession worries.

Have passed and everything, but all the information I'm seeing kind of points to a very different scenario, that we're really on the edge of a pretty bad period. So what do you kind of foresee, or how do you look at the current situation with the banking system and how do you see it unfolding over the next six months or so? Over the next six months, we'll take a very large hit. Maybe it'll be a third of the major banks will fail. Okay?

You're alluding to money being taken out of the banking system. And that has this interesting ancillary effect, because we have fractional reserve. So every time somebody comes in and takes money out and we'll just call it the Rockefellers or the Rothschild Bank or the Federal Reserve, it doesn't matter any of the central banks, but you put money in, you put $100 in, they get to keep loaning out, because they count that as a fraction. And they have all these multipliers times ten, times 20, et cetera. And you get out to the point where you're dealing with derivatives flat out, you might be dealing with a magnification of 100 times that right there.

So anytime you come in and you withdraw that, you're collapsing all of those ripples that are based on that amount. Now, if I take my $100 out of the bank, it actually doesn't mean that they have to pony up this money, but it does mean they don't have that support for that continuing fractional reserve system. And so much money has come out that it's actually affected the functioning of a lot of these central banks. And so we're hearing rumors about the cracks in the Rothschild empire. Now, there's another aspect to this.

When the Central Bank creates money, bear in mind, okay, so we have a Central Bank. All these central banks are Rockefeller Rothschild banks. They've been imposed on us by law. We must deal with them, and they have never, ever been audited. And they're not subject to any audit.

So when they say that they've got $100 in here, maybe they don't have that. Maybe they've lied, maybe there's only $1 in there. But regardless, whatever they think they have in there, they are always lying on every one of these layers, putting out. And so they will put out 20 times your $100, and then they'll do another 20 times your $100 that they're just passing out to their friends, because it all spends the same. You don't know that those are bogus dollars.

And so our system is so hugely corrupted, so hugely polluted, because they've been doing this for over 100 years, that it is not auditable any longer. We would not have enough time to be able to go back through and see who did what with money, at what point. And so what I suspect will happen is that the events that we're undergoing now, independent of that and not part of that driving release language. This would only maybe double our usual deviation, but we'll see major collapses at like, tier one banks. And we're seeing that now rumors of that with the Rothschild empire.

And we're seeing this now rumors of disquiet in Vanguard and BlackRock because they live on this float, right? And they're not able to do what they want anymore because so much money is coming out of the system and going elsewhere. Gold, silver, Bitcoin, whatever, as long as it's not in dollar form or as long as it's not in fiat currency, it's out of their system. So I suspect that the bank collapse that we're going to have over these, like, next, I want to say before the
end of January, okay, so it'll appear sometime before then. We should have it bubbling up in the background.

That's going to be the start of a chain of events that will continue through 2024, that will be going ongoing as we are continuing on, such that every month for 2024, it'll become noticeable that your money is worth less than the month before, and that previous, and that the month you're just going through. So in January and then February, you'll see that there's more bank failures in February than there were in January. There's more disruption. You'll become more aware of it, and it'll just keep going on and on and on such that it is a continuing annoyance in your life as you go forward. Now, I do not expect the banking system to recover.

There are those people that suggest that the Federal Reserve will save itself and allow the other fiat currencies to die off. Now that we have gold and oil and energy backed rubles and so on and so on, I don't think that that's going to occur. All right? So I do not think that the Federal Reserve will be able to save itself. So I think that we're going to have to go through a very difficult process here, which would be reintroducing legal tender, legal money within the United States.

That probably because it'll be backed by something solid, probably will not be allowed to be used outside the country.

That was the way the ruble was managed against us way back when, during the Soviet period of time, right? They had a very effective, strong money inside. You couldn't buy anything. They had no goods. But that was a secondary issue.

Their money was solid because it was not allowed to be diluted and didn't go outside the country. So we'll have to put some kind of rules and that sort of thing on there. But think of what this is going to do as that occurs, just these initial banking collapses. We're going to see a lot more information come out because people won't be being bribed anymore. And so they're going to say, okay, you're not paying me anymore, so I'm going to dump out all of these photos I've got of you strangling that guy or whatever the hell, right?

So there'll be a lot of that as the banking system unravels and that'll contribute to more banking system unraveling because a lot of that is blackmail that's been used to hold and stitch the system together. So we're truly at the end days of that system. I think that's great. I think it's a nasty period to live in, but in terms of we're going to suffer, but the end result is good, the direction is good, and I don't see anything other than good coming from the fact that we will suffer here. And in that sense, we will have purification and we will have suffered for our sins in undoing all of this kind of stuff, right?

Our inattention and allowing all this stuff to occur, et cetera, et cetera. So we'll have to undo all of that as we focus our attention back into our own money system and understand where it goes. And we're going to have to educate people. Our school system is going to be upended because of this, because look at how much of it is dependent on subsidies through the federal government. That's how they control the school system.

That's going to break down when they can't get out the subsidies anymore. And you'll see a lot of the school systems where the administrators, as I was saying, will resign because the kids are in rebellion because they don't want to be taught this horseshit that doesn't do them any good the rest of their lives. And basically it's the great awakening where you're just not putting up with the bullshit anymore. And as the Kazarian mafia and the central bank and all the bankers that's all they have is purveyors of bullshit, we're about to leave them in the dust of history. It won't be a fun time, though.

What do you think happens to gold and silver amidst this banking collapse and this kind of end of these fiat currencies? They go to Unobtainium. Okay. So we'll see a brief period of time where there will be nominal dollar amounts. You'll see silver rising to the point where it eventually becomes worth the same amount or more than gold, but it'll be meaningless, okay?

Because you won't be able to. A, you wouldn't want to sell your silver or gold for fiat dollar bills, and there wouldn't be anybody around to sell to that had those kind of dollars, right? We're going to go through that sudden crash of a monetary system. That the same kind of thing that existed here in the 1930s that led places like Tonino, this little town over in Thurston County, to come up with wooden, nickels, wooden currency because there was no circulating currency. So that's what we're going to run into.

Once people stop taking your card, then you got to go to the bank and then you get paper money, and then you go back to the store and they say, no, I don't want that. We can't do anything with that. And that's what we're headed to, I actually expect. All right, so under those circumstances, if we were to arrive at that point where the people are rejecting the fiat currency within the commercial system in the United States, that I think could be the prompt for a resurgence of the military and the reemergence of Trump, okay? So bear in mind something that is factual.

Trump was asked to run.

Okay? You rarely hear people talk about that. Trump was a Democrat way back in the day, right? He's not a commie. So the Democrats left him.

They became leftists and commies, and he would never have associated with them in any event. But Trump was asked to run. And so that begs the question, who asked Trump to run? Okay? And so in my opinion, a group of individuals that I've stylized since 2001 as a self organizing collective asked Trump to run.

And I think that that self organizing collective is in the main military and has a certain attitude about also, it's my opinion, and I could be quite wrong about this, of course, about any of know wildly speculative. No one confirms know military doesn't talk to me. FBI follows me, and the officialdom shadows me and gives me a lot of heat, but they don't come and chat. Right? So I'm basing this on observation and some level of acumen, but I'm of the opinion that those individuals say there were a bunch of generals, right?

Whoever it was that asked Trump to run, I think they were motivated by something that we have yet to see emerging into our reality here that will ultimately I think that they were prompted by information that they had about people on the moon. Okay? So I think there was something external to Earth that prompted these guys to say, okay, they started getting together. I think they started getting together in 63, november 23, the day after they shot Kennedy. I think this sock formed.

I think they were nascent ahead of that. I think that there were some elements of it that gathered in 1957, but in 63, they formed up. And since that period of time, all of the members within that socket, the control level, in my opinion, have become aware of this external to Earth and external to humanity pressure that is being put on all of us, even if us guys don't recognize it or know it yet, it's being put on them. And so they've come to the point where they said, okay, the money's collapsed. This is projection.

I'm projecting that sometime in the next few months, they'll come to the point where they'll say, okay, the money's collapsed. The deep state isn't going to be able to maintain the Biden regime. It's all falling apart. And this kind of thing, now is our time to emerge. When they do emerge, there will necessarily be a focus here in the United States rebuilding getting the social order back together and stuff.

But I bet you there's this underlying current that goes through there that we're doing all of this stuff not just because it's the good thing to do, but because we need to do it, because there's something pending and we've got to get our shit together in order to face that pending occurrence. And I think it's the interaction with what I term the other space aliens in some form. And so basically, looking at the military as an example and even talking to General Flyn who's become a friend in this process, it's easy to look at the military and think you look at General Milley and all the different characters in it and think, oh gosh, it's just completely compromised. I'm not going to depend on them. And when push comes to shove, the ones that would have been protecting the Constitution were forced out from the vaccine mandates and they've done a great job of calling the military and just keeping the ones that are going to be following whatever orders come down from Biden.

But you think that there's a strong opposition to that that could perhaps play a significant role in helping to really to remove this communist scourge from our country. So I spent the first 17 years of my life as a military brat, so I've seen this from the inside, right? I've grown into this. And so it's true of any war, when we get into the first part of the war, the first thing we do is to shed all the generals and a lot of the colonels that are basically useless, that are just there for their pensions, et cetera, right? We always have a big level of resignations of generals and functioning colonels prior to getting into any kind of actual combat.

And you'll see that this always precedes the actual emergence of that conflict. So we were shedding generals in 1940 and 1941 in anticipation of going into World War II, right? The same thing happened with 1910 relative to the war emerging in 1913. The same thing happened in the 1950s prior to Korea, but it didn't happen quite the same because we were just coming out of World War II. We had yet to build up this, what everybody calls the civilian military, which are the
guys that want to be diplomats, want to put on the uniforms and have the chauffeurs and all of that, but have never really done anything, right.

They're not really functionaries. And the military operates, whether it's the Navy or the army, I'm asserting the Air Force and even the Space Force operate on this. And that is that you have non comms, right, non commissioned officers. That's really where the power of all militaries lie. Officers lead, but it's non commissioned officers that manage everything.

And so you will see, if you wanted to go in, it won't come out for a while, but I bet you there are whole units within our military that had no vaccine, the non comms would not have it operational. And so I know personally, I have met Navy guys that went against orders prior to Korea in order that they might be able to get what they needed for their ship and their crewmate because they knew they were going to be deployed in like eight months, right? And so no, they weren't coasting, they weren't decommissioning, they were stashing toilet paper, they were stashing ammo, everything they could do to get what their people would need. And that's just the way the non comms are even today. It's that way, right?

They have a personal interest basically in keeping themselves and their people alive when the shit hits the fan and they can see that that fan blade's turning and stuff's going to happen. So I think that there is that core within our military. And you could ask General Flynn about his impression of some of these hardcore noncoms. But I know that there are whole units, I don't know how large, so I know there's companies, I don't know if it extends up to battalions or regiments in the main because that's a lot of individuals, three and 5000, right? But there are whole units where they signed all the forms and said the shots were given and they were just shit canned.

They just threw them right away. So that kind of rebellion, that kind of insubordination existed and it'll be those units that will emerge. Bear in mind Cheyenne Mountain was shut up, nobody's come out since. This is when COVID first emerged, right? Trump says you know something about because of caution we need to do this.

And so we've got areas of our military that are isolated from what's going on relative to COVID and the shots and all of that kind of thing. I expect this stuff to change very rapidly. The nature of warfare is different now. So people say, oh the United States Army is so decimated and they can come and take us over easily and so on. The fact of the matter is that, yeah, we've got lots of troops that are ill, the shots did damage to millions and our military is in a shambles.

But mostly warfare is not going to be waged anymore by people with carbines and people marching around, okay? That's just not the nature of warfare anymore. It's drones, it's energy weapons, et cetera, et cetera. So you don't have to move vast quantities of men in order to accomplish your strategic or otherwise goals. You need a hardcore, relatively small group of very technically proficient people in order to achieve great things.

So maybe let's say that there was a drone or a series of drones that were used to do okay to take out lahaina and that it was not a satellite, that it was just drone. So they actually had to have a crew somewhere that fueled the drone, put the batteries in, checked them, all of that kind of stuff, right? So maybe there were a hundred people involved in doing the hit on Lahaina, the actual work. There were two or three that made the decision. There were committees that decided what they're going to do.

They told Oprah and all their friends to be able to piggyback on all of this. That's just the way this thing works. But maybe there were only 100 people that actually did it under those circumstances. We're in a new kind of warfare. So if you want to see an example of this warfare, go and look at the picture of the 911 towers turning to rubble as they fell, okay?

That was a directed energy weapon, it was not shaped charges. There's no other mechanism on this planet that causes that to occur. And the dust tells us that by the way, because directed energy weapons do things to cement and so on that you can find out later. And so again, how many people were involved in bringing down the towers. So we're looking at a mass of the population against a relatively small number.

That relatively small number knows they're small in number and they have no protection once their cover is blown. Once we all look at them, we're getting to that phase. Now it will go from in my opinion, it'll go sweep through the upper echelon and then something will happen. Somebody will be a whistleblower or something and will get documentation. This particular person, this particular corpsman pushed a button that caused Lahaina to disappear.

And maybe he was ignorant, maybe he didn't know that pushing that button because maybe his screen was showing him a game that he had to solve and was part of his training. He doesn't know, he can't tell, he's just working off of a screen. But it'll come down to that point where somebody's name will come on out as having been associated with pushing a button on some of these tasks for the deep state. And then those people will start committing suicide, being disappeared or being confronted on the street or whatever. And at that point when you see that start happening, then you know that we're in that last end game relative to this part of the deep state, to their actual ability to functionally move us around.

And then it's going to be really weird because we won't have government, we won't have officialdom, because bear in mind, all of our lives, even all of my life, okay? The first early part of my life, it wasn't as true as from the 60s on, but from the 60s on all of our social order has been guided in a particular direction continuously and all the fringe people were gathered up and pushed back into that direction continuously by the deep state. We were never allowed to fractional and go off and do all of these things, right? So now we're going to come up to the point where without government control, people will be doing all kinds of stuff that had been shoehorned away from their you know, people were starting to think about going to the moon so they had to create NASA in order to control it, right? So maybe we'll have a lot more private moon expeditions.

Who knows what's going to happen here. And it is this busting open of the control that is going to be the really strange part for all of us. So imagine this situation.

You're sitting there on your porch in the evening and just kicking back and a spaceship comes down and a little me and it sits down there. It's sitting out in your yard. You're all a little freaked out, you don't know what to do. The dog's barking, but you don't run away and door opens up and out comes this being and it says seth, Seth, we've been watching, we've been watching. Love your work.

Can we sit down and chat? And that is official contact, okay? Because they don't want to talk to government. They don't want to have anything to do with official. So we have this in our heads that when the space aliens come here they're going to want to stop in DC and talk to Biden or Pelosi.

No, it won't work that way. So our interaction with the space aliens is not going to be through the layer of humanity that we call government. And once that occurs, government becomes superfluous. We don't need them anymore in any way, shape or form. A, we're going to be smarter because of the galactic center stuff, but we'll also be interacting with the aliens and we'll get a lot of tips for doing things that now require government.

And we won't have to do that because, well, for one thing, government's going to collapse because they won't have the fiat to fund themselves anymore. And that's going to cause all kinds of problems in and of itself as all these uselessly educated people. We've got to reeducate them. We've got to find something for them to do, right? Everybody that's got a degree in gender studies has got to go back to college to learn something fundamental and factual and productive.

So basically we've got to reeducate a whole generation, maybe two. A lot of them will unfortunately die because they took the shots. We're going to see a big wave of that. There is a two and a half year crest. So two and a half years after you take the shot, it appears that a number of people are fine for two and a half years and then they just keel over.

So we're going to see a big wave of that appear. People even now are starting to say about how I took the shot and I regret it.

Just like with my thing here, we've had a 13 times standard deviation in our work productivity as reported by Department of labor. So if you go and look at the statistics. We're running 13 times the standard deviation in the impact on our labor force. This was why they intended to bring up 40 or 50 million people from Africa, Latin America, et cetera, is because they're estimating that we'll have about 45 to 50 million people die. And we're well on the weight of that with just the disabled list, right?

So there's a lot of people that are just dropping out of the labor force that have not yet died and in fact they're now consuming more resources because they're involving themselves with the medical profession to try and stay alive from having taken the shot, right? And so it was the estimate on the parts of the deep state that we were going to need 40 to 50 million new workers. Now they're going about it in order to maintain the Biden regime and that kind of thing. And it's not organized, but it is factual that our labor force has been really hit. We won't be able to recover
it with the people that we have now.

We're going to have to reorganize ourselves to accommodate this. And so maybe that's going to be more robotics available. Maybe we're just going to stop doing a lot of things just because of the lack of the people involved. You just can't get a crew to do something, therefore you just don't do it. And we have to focus on different things for the rest of my life, but also for the rest of the generations that have been affected by this pandemic.

And so that would take us out to 2036 or so and then we'll have a clean generation from that point on. So between now and say, 2036, we will be reorganizing. And then from 2036 onward, you'd be able to say, okay, our society is going to sort of look like this for the foreseeable future, but we're in this all frothy period that we just don't know. We can't tell because there's so much that's been damaged by the attack of the deep state on us pretty soon. Okay?

So I've seen the early signs manifesting in reality and I termed it way back when, as these people won't be able to walk down the street. Okay? And we're seeing that Bill Gates got into a limousine and his limousine was harassed by people that were extremely angry and shouting. And had he been outside of that limousine, probably even though it was in England and they're very restrained, probably he would have suffered some level of ruffianism know, I don't think they would have slugged him because they're, you know, they would have been expressing unkind anger at him and he would not have liked that. He didn't like being in the car.

I'm certain it's going to get really bad for these people and it'll go really quickly as the banks go to the point I'm actually expecting individuals to act out. Right? I expect we'll find out later that some of these individuals have been vaxxed and are just taking out their anger on the people that they see as being the cause of their particular problem. And I say it's an ugly time. Those of us that survive this are going to be really hard sons of bitches, and that's going to be required because we have to stand up as rock solid, I mean, like as iron spine in dealing with these space aliens.

And that part is coming. So the final question I had as we round out is just what are the basic things that people should do heading into this stage of the big ugly of this massive change? The collapse of currency, social unrest, whether it's financial, whether they're staying in the dollar or not, food, living. I know it could be a very broad discussion. What are a few kind of key points, though?

No, it comes down to a very simple concept self reliancy. Okay? So you can't count on anybody else. You can't count on money. You can't count on an infrastructure dependent on that money.

So you are now self reliant. If you don't know how to do it, you're going to have to figure out how to do it. The good news is you don't have to do like I did in my youth. You don't have to go and spend hours a day in a state library to research this stuff. You can still do it online.

I expect our electronic infrastructure to still exist and be effective, and this will seriously aid people because it's going to be the most intense research effort ever undertaken by humanity, in the broad sense, in any time in our past and probably anytime in our future for a great while, because there is a need here. And so you've got to become self reliant. So if you don't know how to do it and you need to do it, you better figure out how to do it, better research it, and every time you make a move. So the big, ugly part of this is that once the banking system collapses, once we get into this idea that everybody understands we're at war and there's no longer a stable footing and so on, then you're at that. Point where you say, oh, jeez, I'm dependent on this bank, so I'd better figure out how to get my money out, how to store it, because the Fiat won't exist.

It's already degrading. Okay, so maybe you're going to buy Bitcoin. Well, then maybe you better figure out how to run a Bitcoin wallet and so you can't rely on people. So you got to go and learn this online and try it and test it and so on, such that you are comfortable being self reliant. And a lot of people are not, and a lot of people want to only take direction.

And so there's going to be a lot of histrionics. If you are. A self reliant person. You're going to come to this point where you're going to have to shove people away because they're going to deplete your resources with their needs and they are not going to be offering anything back. And you are going to be in the position where your resources are going to be stretched pretty thin.

And so you're going to have to say to yourself, I can't support you guys. You're just going to have to do it on your own, right? This is going to be a very difficult and testing time. But as I say, all of the people that come through it are going to be some serious humans, some really stand up people, right? Universe makes us.

And universe has decided that we need to harden up. So there's hope. There's hope. I'm a hopeful person. I'm not negative at all because I know that the functioning of the Kali Yuga and so forth, I'm very optimistic because I know the next generation will be born smarter than the existing one and so on and so on and so on.

And at some point I'll die and then I'll come back. Maybe I'll come back 2000 years, right? I'll be coming back in the ascending stage. So it's going to be really cool. Maybe I'll get my floaty RV.

There you go. Well, as we wrap up, I want to direct people to your substac. It's just cliffhigh substack.com. This is where I go. You've got all your everything you publish comes through here that I'm seeing and also just following you on Twitter, I guess.

X as Cliff Underscore high. I'll put those links below. And so do you have any kind of final thoughts as we wrap up?

Well, I worry about people, so now's the time to get off our butts and get it done. We don't have to really rush out. We've got to pace ourselves. We're in for the long haul. But as I say, I'm very optimistic.

Things are getting better by the day, even though we're in the midst of the chaos, even in Lahaina. The more they push, the more they fight, the more they're wearing down the deep state and they will achieve their agree? I agree. Well, Cliff, thank you so much. I know you're very busy and I really appreciate you taking the time to speak with me.

And just thank you for doing what you're doing and for being here today. All right, folks, I hope you enjoyed that interview. We're now going to be jumping into an economic update with Dr. Kirk Elliott. Kirk, as usual, it's so good to have you on, man.

Thank you so much for being here. It is so great to be with you. As usual. It really admittedly, we just got over this holiday weekend and we just finished this massive move. So my head has been on packing boxes and dealing with trying to park giant U Hauls and trailers.

So I haven't been following what's happening with the financial stuff, aside from following what's happening with the real estate market and then a lot of the things going on with bricks, but I know that you have. So walk us through what's going on right now. Well, lucky for you that you've been moving. You're never going to hear those words again because you'd be sad if you were watching the news. It's not good, brother.

It's not good. So just be thankful that you're unpacking boxes and you haul and everything. So but anyway, so there's been a lot of gaslighting, I would say, from Biden over the last couple of months about how great his economy is, right? And I started thinking about this during the BRICS meetings, when they were having the BRICS meeting, because two different types of communicators, putin and Biden, right? So Putin speaking from this posture of power and confidence.

And to me, it's not the narcissistic, smug, arrogant Putin, right? It's like when you know something that's coming down the road and you know that it's going to happen, you can speak from a point, a posture of power versus it's human nature if you're telling a lie, that you're not going to have very confident approach to your conversation, right? So when Biden talks about, oh, look, look how great the economy is under me, look at how many jobs that we're creating when there's absolutely job losses, look at all the gross domestic product and how it's growing and how we're so robust, right? And look at all this stuff, this advances that we're making, and they're all absolute lies, right? So you can't really understand a lot of what he says anyways, but even if you could, it's coming from a point of weakness, right?

So that's where you look at it. And so when I was watching this BRICS meeting and Putin standing up there and saying all this stuff, and sure enough, by the end of the BRICS meeting, six of the nine largest oil producers in the world are going to be part of BRICS. They've got 31% of global production GDP versus 30% for the G seven nations. They know what they have is something big, and they just made it bigger by basically taking away the petrodollar, right? So now when you've got Biden just basically talking about lies, it's just no confidence, sadly, in anything.

And I'm not trying to be political about it, right? I'm just saying, when he's speaking, there's just no confidence in it. He was in East Palestine the other day, being interviewed and saying, Why aren't you I mean, people there are ticked, right, because of the train wreck and the spill and everything that happened a while ago, and why aren't you helping? And his answer was so awful. There's people there that are dying, they're sick, they're hurt, right?

The economy is in shambles. And he said,
Well, I don't know if you've noticed, but I've been busy traveling all over the world. It's like, what? That's your answer? That you've been busy and traveling all over the world?

And then he named a few countries and it's like your people are hurting in your own country. Knock it off, stay home, help. Right? But maybe it's better than he doesn't help. Because whenever the government tries to help anything, it makes it kind of worse.

But anyways, his lie. So the economy is growing, right? So I pulled up this article. It's an older one, but it really paints a picture of the biden economy because this know, during the artificial intelligence OpenAI chat, GPT, this whole big tech movement that's been going on for the last nine months, that we're moving in that direction. I mean, look at Nvidia, just this poster child for amazing stock success, right?

Because they've got artificial intelligence and they're creating the chips that allow this to happen. So you would think that all of these tech giants with this big huge next wave that's going to engulf the global economy, that they'd be booming, busting at the seams, hiring everybody that they possibly can. But take a look at this list right now. It was published first in January, updated in March. It's a little bit dated, but the numbers are actually getting worse, not better, right?

So amazon 27,000 jobs cut. It's a lot of jobs, right? Meta, 21,000 jobs cut. Alphabet, that's Google, 12,000 jobs cut. Microsoft, 10,000 jobs cut.

Crypto.com, 500 jobs. Now people are like, Kirk, that's only 500 jobs. It's like, yeah, but that's 20% of its workforce. And they're one of the largest crypto companies on the planet, right? Coinbase 2000 jobs cut.

Dell, 6600, ebay, 500. Salesforce, 7000 jobs. Twilio, 1500. Twitter, 3700. I can go on and on and on.

These are a lot of job layoffs, right? And so what's Biden saying? How can he say that the economy is growing and all these numbers are increasing when unemployment is going through the roof? I would rather believe the companies telling us that these people are being laid off because they have to. Because they can't lie at the quarterly shareholders meetings or else the SEC is down their throat, right?

So those numbers are real. Biden's numbers are not. So it's like, well, Kirk, how can the government get away with lying? Oh, well, because they revised the numbers. See, Seth, you've been in media for a long time, right?

And if you tell a story or you're reporting on something and it turns out that you made a mistake, right? And so he's like, I was wrong on that one. And so you give a revision. You recant what you said a few days later and said, I made a mistake on that. Who listens to the recant?

Nobody. They only listen to the first story. So every time you see government numbers and go back and look, go back and look at the government numbers on all these reports that are coming out, they'll post something, three to four days later, it's revised lower so they can A, not get in trouble for lying because they said, oh, yeah, we revised those numbers, right? But nobody reported on it. They only report on the original story, right?

So this is how they get by with some of this garbage, is when you think about it, like the unemployment numbers, for example, these Bureau for Labor Statistics economists, they're working on this for three months straight. You would think they would have it right the first time, right? But then a few days later, it's like, oh, yeah, we made a mistake, and we made a mistake the quarter before and the quarter before that and the quarter before that. And they always revise a few days later because nobody covers it. So this is how they get by with lying.

But at some point, it's like the boy who cries wolf. It's like nobody believes the numbers anymore, right? People don't believe the original story anymore because they're always revised. I was even watching one of the main financial news networks, and they said, well, these numbers are coming out, but we'll see what happens on the revision. This is like, why even report the original anymore?

So this is all nonsense, right? But what is a bigger issue that I'm seeing other than the government lying about numbers, which they always do, is what happens to America after the BRICS meeting, right? So with the BRICS meeting, you have to look at what happened. And nobody was covering that story like we talked about last time, right? CNBC, MSNBC, ABC, NBC Fox News BBC.

Nobody was covering the BRICS meeting. Like, nobody I looked during the Bricks meeting, nobody was covering. Right? We covered it, right? Other Patriot shows were covering it because it's the most monumental economic news of our lifetime, right?

I mean, it's the paradigm shifting moment of the global currency and the reserve currency of the US. Dollar. It's a big. So what happened during that BRICS meeting is they basically removed the petrodollar status, which means that we're going to have to print money like there's no tomorrow to fund all of our obligations, and we're going to have to raise rates to slow down the inflation that that printing creates. That's what's coming up, right?

There was this article that I saw just a couple of days ago on Zero Hedge, and it was so good. It was such a good article. Kurt, before we jump into that, because I want to give that but there's a short video why I wanted to play that I thought of while you were talking about just the reality of what the average Americans facing versus what the White House and the mainstream media are telling us, because they're telling us that things are great. But actually, let me place video because this guy it's a short 1 minute video from TikTok where this guy goes through and looks at the differences between 19 32,023 and it's so telling what's really happening. So I'll play this really quick because I know the next article you want to get into is a really meaty one.

So I want to jump and get this out there first. So let me pull this up. Now. Are in a silent depression. When you compare the Great Depression to today, this is going to absolutely blow your mind.

In 1930, during the Great Depression, the average home in America was $3,900. The average car was $600 and the average monthly rent was $18 or $216 a year. And the average salary was one $300 for the year. Fast forward to today. It is $436,000 for the average home, 48 grand for the average car, and the average rent is $2,000 a month or $24,000 a year.

And we have a $56,000 income for the average American right now. So if you look back to the Great Depression, the house was only three times the average salary. Now it is eight times the average salary. The car was 46% of the salary. The car today is 85% of the salary.

And here's the craziest part. The rent was 16% of the average salary. It is now 42% of the average salary. So I saw that and I was just obviously, we know that biden has completely wrecked the economy. But what this also shows to me the takeaway is this is fiat currency, right?

I think it was Lenin that talked about is Lenin or the or both, perhaps, that talked about taxation as a way of basically grinding the people. So sorry, taxation? No, it was inflation. How inflation was like the silent tax that could grind people down. I mean, that's significant right there.

So they're telling us all things are great, yet everyone's thinking like, you pay all your bills and it's like, well, why do I have no money left? Why do you know, having to use my credit card? Why can't I afford a basic used car? And this is the reality. Doesn't matter what side of the political aisle you're on, this is the reality of life in America now.

Yeah, I mean, so Lennon's comment that you were talking about, the gist of it is if you want to destroy a country, you destroy their it. I mean, that that was the gist of what he was saying and getting at, right, and he's right. And you look at those numbers and that is the end result of fiat based money creation, or money that's just printed by wind. Fiat means by decree, right. So there's no tangible backing behind it.

Right. So what does that tell us? That tells us wages haven't kept up with inflation. That's all that that's telling us. And that's why people are feeling so pinched, right?

That's why people are feeling like they go to the grocery store and their money doesn't go as far as it used to because if your wages were keeping up with the inflation, you wouldn't feel the difference. It'd just be everything's more expensive. But you're making more. Right, but it's not the case. Everyone's feeling every year that goes by, people are feeling more and more pressured, more and more pinched.

They can't make ends meet. And also back then, what even makes it worse is most families only had one income earner in the house back then. It was societal. It was just society. The moms kind of stayed home with the kids or took care of the house while the dad was working.

Now that is so far a thing of the past. Oh, yeah. You've got both moms and dads working sometimes three jobs between the two of them. Sometimes each mom and dad have two jobs each. So you start amplifying that and it makes it even worse than what those numbers are saying.

Oh, yeah. I did a quick calculation, Kirk, I'll throw out there. This is just interesting. So I was curious. So at that time in 1930, when I think gold was what, $20 an ounce, right?

That was before the Confiscation Act, which then upped the price of gold. So gold was around $20 an ounce. So at that time you could buy the average house in America for around 195oz of gold. At that time, in 1930, that same 195oz of gold in today's numbers is almost 400,000. So that's an interesting point.

It's just a side point to throw in there
that literally you have all these changes. And if you're sitting in the dollar during that entire process, say you've got $4,000 to buy a house in 1930, or you're thinking, okay, or I can take 4000 and put it into gold, that $4,000. Say you just stuck it in your floorboards, you dug it out today maybe you can afford a door and a window on a house. Because I know that they've used the analogy of the soup before, but looking at those numbers, I was just curious with that. It's kind of interesting.

Well, and it's so appropriate. You start looking at money in its real basic form of what it is. Gold is real money, silver is real money. Start looking at things throughout history like what you just did, and it's an amazing thing. Gold or silver, they both have maintained their purchasing power parity over time.

You're not falling behind. If you would have owned gold back then and you kept it till today, you didn't fall behind at all, actually. Where the dollar has lost 99% of its value since the early 19 hundreds. 99%. It's brutal, right?

So this is where look at precious metals, gold or silver more as an insurance policy against a collapsing currency as opposed to something that's going to grow and get great investment results from now. Granted you are, because you just look back three and a half years and silver was 1191 an ounce. Today it's 23 and a half. We're averaging over 30% a year growth. It's doubled in three and a half years.

That's incredible. Right? So when you look at it, though, the way that you did, it's like, wow, why didn't I wish I would have invested in gold in the in the years ago when I thought about doing it, right? And people get so caught up and it's like, oh, let's go in stocks, let's go into bonds. Right?

But over time, gold and silver have always proven to be the safest asset in the world. And that number you just said amplifies that statement, like, puts an exclamation point around it. It's like, this is really safe. It's maintained its purchasing power over all those hundreds of years, over all the wars that have happened, over all the inflation, over all the economic corrections, the 2000, the 2009, everything. It's maintained its purchasing power.

It's amazing. It is. So sorry I interrupted you, though, because you were getting ready to talk about this article, which I'll bring up now about the rising GDP and the rising yields. Walk us through what this means. Okay, so this article is written by Matthew Pipenberg with GoldSwitzerland.com.

It's a really good article, but I'm going to simplify it just because bonds can be very tricky. But basically, he said, and he makes the contention, which I do as well, that for years he's tried to make one point, and so have I. The bond market's really smart, right? And it is the thing that is the barometer moving forward to economic correction, what's the strength of the bond market, right. But why?

So you look at what the Federal Reserve of Atlanta just came out with their GDP numbers for the third quarter. Now, every Federal Reserve Bank measures something different. They have all their economic experts that basically measure one thing. So they can basically it's a very siloed approach. Like the St.

Louis Fed measures inflation. The Atlanta one measures gross domestic product. Right. So they said the third quarter GDP was 5.9%. Is that number real or is it phony baloney like every other government number that comes out?

Right. Well, let's just assume that it's real. I do think it's overstated, but let's just assume that it's real. Well, what is gross domestic product? GDP measures everything that you and I and everybody in the country are buying at retail prices from Target and Best Buy or wherever, right?

And so those things that are produced in America. So what should it then be? If it's measuring retail prices that we're spending money on and inflation is measuring the prices of what we're spending on GDP, if the economy we're actually growing would keep up with inflation, it should be the same. So GDP should be in the 15% to 20% range because that's unofficially what inflation is hovering. So basically, meaning that, say, I'm buying a Pin, and a Pin used to be, say, $5 because of inflation.

Say it's now $6, right? So they're saying, oh, well, now you spent $6. So there's say, a 20% increase in GDP. But they're not accounting for the fact that it's actually just 20% more expensive, basically. Am I correct?

They're saying that if GDP is, say, 5%, inflation is 15%, that's a 10% reduction. Like the GP is actually, say, negative 10%. No, it's actually worse than that. So let's just say it were 5% and inflation is at 15. So that's one third of the total GDP.

So that means the economy is really contracted by 67%, right? Because it's 67% less than what inflation is at. So these numbers, they're bragging about 5.9% and they said we could even see a surge of over 8%. This isn't good, right, because it's not keeping up with inflation. You always have to measure everything in light of inflation, like the purchasing power that we talked about, of the houses and the cars and everything that we looked at, right?

It's like, well, who cares if GDP is growing by 5% when the house has gone up by like 80 times, right? Who cares? So GDP should measure inflation, should equal inflation. Well, it doesn't. So what does this now start to tell us?

A story.

So the point of all this is they think that the economy is growing. However, this is where these economists I'm not saying that they're stupid. I'm not saying that the economists at the treasury or the Fed are stupid. They're very smart PhDs. They're not telling you the right information on purpose.

That's what I'm saying.

The treasury market, the US Treasury bond should be the most the safest asset in the world and it's been considered that for decades. Right. And why? Well, because it's the long term treasury bill of the United States, the most robust economy, the wealthiest nation, and even when push comes to shove, if we run out of money, congress just going to raise the debt ceiling and print more money because we're the reserve currency. So basically the propensity for a default on a US Treasury has been about zero.

It's actually been considered a risk free investment. So when you have something that's got very little risk, it's going to have a very low rate of return. The interest rate is going to be like it was like 1%, like forever. Right. So compare that to a junk bond.

Like Michael Milken, the junk bond salesman king, right. So here's what he had to do to sell junk bonds to his clients and say, hey, client, have I got a deal for you. Right. So there's this company, they might go out of business in nine months, but you could make a killing on it in that nine months because they're paying 15% interest on their bonds, right? That's a junk bond versus the US Treasury, which is classified as the safest asset in the world.

Very low interest rate. So what's happening with Treasuries around the world right now. The yields are going up, which means their safety is not really there. Whenever you have a higher yield, it always means a riskier investment, right? So you got to keep that in mind.

You've got all this debt that we're amassing as a country, and now the cost of servicing that debt is going up, not just on corporate bonds or muni bonds, but at the sovereign debt level. To me, that's the slow death of a country. And it's not just happening here. It's happening all over the world. So it is like this article saying this is a major sign of an uhoh.

I wouldn't say it's an uhoh. I'd say it's a death trap, is what I would say that it is, because debt driven growth is not growth like these supposedly smart economists at the Fed and at the Treasuries. Debt driven growth is not growth. It's stimulus money. Growth comes from you and me and everybody else going and buying those pens with our own money, buying TVs with our own money, buying cars, buying houses.

That's real growth. Debt based growth is not real growth. So debt based growth is an oxymoron. It just truly is. You can't have debt based growth now.

You can in the short term, you provide stimulus money. That stimulus money gets injected into the stock market, gets handed out to people. Short term, it can boost an economy medium. And long term, it's the death of that economy because ultimately, you have to pay back the piper, right? So that's where we are.

So I'll just throw in. So basically, I like breaking this down in little analogies that my little pea brain can understand, right? So it's kind of like, say my household expenses are $5,000 a month, and that's representative of my capacity to earn money, et cetera. But say I get a credit card with, say, $100,000 limit, and I start spending an extra ten grand every month with a credit card. And I'm like, Look, I'm at a $15,000 a month lifestyle.

I'm growing, I'm expanding, but I'm doing it through, taking on more and more debt. So it's deceptive because it's almost like negative growth. It's like, yeah, you're increasing, your money flowing through, but every month you're actually going more and more into debt. Is that kind of a way of understanding it? Yeah.

See, they would view that extra $10,000 a month that you're spending as economic growth because you're actually spending the money. The problem is, like, if you're a business owner, you've got your expenses and your income on your income statement, right? If expenses are greater than your income, you're going to go out of business. It's just the end result. So they view that as growth, where I view it as the death trap, because ultimately, people hit their max credit line, then they have to stop.

It's like, oh, now they've got these payments. We can't
make these payments, right? It's like, what do we do? So this is where we are when something is an oxymoron, meaning it absolutely doesn't make sense. The only people that believe an oxymoron to be true are morons, right?

And they're the ones that are writing it. They're the ones that are writing these laws of these oxymorons, and they're the only ones that believe. So let's paint this picture with a story, because I think everybody who has college age kids is going to realize, oh, my word, kirk's telling the truth on this. So in this article, they call it the Tale of the Drunken Stupid, right? So I'm going to embellish it a little bit for story's sake.

So let's just say, Seth, that you are a frat boy. You're in college and you're in this frat house, and everybody else in the frat house is also a frat boy. Well, frat boys have dads that give them credit cards to use in college, right? So if you're living in this frat house and you've got Daddy's credit card, what's the first thing that you're going to buy? It's like, oh, guys, let's build a bar in the house, and then let's stock that bar with top shelf liquor.

It's like, we're going to have parties every night, and so we can't just have that. Let's get the biggest giant screen TV screen that we can, but we're going to have to have a big party couch to sit on. And so they start spending all this money and live this party lifestyle. And what's the end result? The end result is they're in college to learn, right, and their grades, because they're not focusing on school.

Go from A to B to C to D to F. Dad's seeing the report cards, and he calls up, son, I'm cutting you off from your credit card. You're wasting all of my money parting it up, not studying. I paid for your college. I'm paying for the stupid lifestyle.

And now you're getting f's. No more credit card for you. And every other dad in the frat house starts to do the same thing over time. So now apply that to Washington, DC. DC.

Is the frat boy. The dad's credit card is the printing press, right? So people in DC. Are just spending all this money, all this frivolous money, stimulus, raising the debt ceiling, doing all this garbage. And now Daddy's credit card has run out because of what happened during the BRICS meeting.

And Putin and G saying, we're taking away the petrodollar status of the US. Dollar. That foreign capital inflow ceases. It's the only way we've been able to amass $32 trillion worth of debt. And people still want our currency.

So now that that's going away, we're going to be forced to print money like there's no tomorrow to keep the lifestyle up. And so how do they slow down? That inflation. They raise interest rates, right? And so this is.

Where you're starting to see the yield on sovereign debt rise across the globe. Because Daddy's credit card has been cut off, the credit limits have been reached, and now the only thing that comes, how do you fix it? Right? So how do you fix a declining economy? It's not with stimulus money.

It's with people working, people spending. Right? Because debt based growth is not growth. That's an oxymoron. Growth only comes from people spending their own money.

So you need to have a bigger boat, right? So to stay afloat in this economy, you need to have a bigger boat where there's more people working, more people spending. That means more income tax revenues, more sales tax revenues, more property tax revenues. The government revenue streams will go up with a bigger boat. Without a bigger boat, the economy sinks.

The whole boat sinks. Right. So the policies that we're seeing right now, rising taxes, rising interest rates and wage reduction, which that TikTok video that you showed proved wage reduction is there. Don't believe what the Biden administration is telling you. When a house what was the average price of a house?

Back in the early 19 hundreds, you said it was like, I think I have it up right here. Yeah. So the average price yeah. So the average yearly income was 1300. The average house cost was 3900.

So three times the amount of average income. Whereas now the average house is eight times the average income. Yes. So people are running out of income. Wages, obviously, have been coming down not just this year, but for decades as inflationary pressures have persisted.

Now, you can hide that for a bit until you max out your credit line, right? Like what you explained, once you hit your credit line, it's all unmasked. And that's what we're seeing right now, which is why this rising yield and rising GDP is actually, to me, the sure sign of the death of the dollar as we know it. It's the slow death of the US economy. And I don't even think it's going to be that slow.

I think it's going to accelerate. And so here's where we now start to hit a dilemma. So throughout history, and I know that you're a student of history just like I am, I love it. I love historical stuff. So always following an economic collapse is social collapse.

It always follows it 100% of the time. So you look at what happened in France four months ago or so, when France you've got all these socialist people in France, in socialist country France, that paid excess taxes their whole life because it's a socialist country for them to take care of them during retirement. So what did France do? Macron said, hey, we kind of ran out of money. Sorry, everybody, we're going to raise your retirement age.

You can't actually retire for a few more years. People started to revolt. Blood in the streets, right? Riots, protests. I mean, nothing against old people.

I've got a gray beard, right? But 70, 80 year old people in the streets were being knocked down by cops because they were just protesting. It's like we're socialists living in a socialist country and paid higher taxes and we want our retirement. It's all that they were asking for and the government took it away because they ran out of money. Well, what comes next?

What comes next after they raise the retirement age is what happened in Cyprus and Greece way back in the day and what happened in Argentina and Venezuela. Then you have other austerity measures like reducing benefits while increasing the retirement age. Anything that the government can do to save money, right? So what happens is you saw the social chaos happen there. Washington DC.

This week I saw this article and I thought it was an article about the hurricane that just blew through Florida, right. All the shelves were and then I read it's like, wait, this has nothing to do with the hurricane. This is in DC. Basically, Giant Foods, which is like a grocery store, like or, you know, Piggly Wiggly or whatever, right? Large grocery store chain in the mid Atlantic.

They basically are taking all the brand name stuff off the shelves and replacing it with generic store brand stuff, hoping that not everybody's going to steal it because people are stealing the name brand stuff. So here's where in social decay, this is kind of the ugly reflection of humanity, right? Where something that's unethical and immoral, like stealing becomes a higher order than a morality thing. How do I explain it? If you're forced with feeding your family or not, even stealing becomes an ethical decision, right?

So it's this higher order of morality even though it's wrong, it's like, should I steal because I don't want my family to starve? Yeah, I think I'm going to do it because I don't want my family to starve. And people start justifying immoral, bad actions. Government officials are justifying stealing from us through all this increased inflationary pressures and printing money like there's no tomorrow to keep the thing afloat. Right.

Because they're not going to get voted back in if they don't. So what we're starting to see is the rise of social disarray. It starts with theft and burglaries and robberies in every big city around the country. You're seeing a rise in violent crime, muggings, lootings, death, right. Guns, stabs, I mean, everything.

It's starting to actually happen, which of course it's going to happen. It always follows economic chaos. Always 100% of the time. Doesn't matter how advanced or unadvanced the society is, it always follows it, right? So we're starting to go down that path and we're even now seeing it with politics, right?

So the social decay that we're seeing, look what Adam Schiff did last week. Actually earlier this week I saw the article has to do with J Six and Trump being arrested right? So he brought up section, Article 14, section three of the Constitution. It says anybody who's in part of an insurrection or aiding people or helping them, an insurrection can never hold public office, right? So this is going to go to the Supreme Court because now there's states that are saying we're not going to put Trump on the 2024 election on the ballots, right?

So imagine, just imagine this, the massive front runner on the GOP possibly not being able to run, right, because the states won't put them on the ballot. And so this is going to go to the Supreme Court. What if the Supreme Court says, yeah, Trump, you can't run? What's that going to do to social chaos in this country? It's going to be wild.

I'm not trying to be a prophet. I'm just saying I don't care if you're on the left or the right when your front runner says we can't run. And based on Adam Schiff's own words in that article that you have on the screen, he said the Constitution doesn't say you have to be convicted of the crime. It just says that you have to be part of it, right, to not hold public office. So it's like what, anybody anywhere can make up anything about anybody and what they're saying is the rule of law in America doesn't exist anymore and you are guilty until proven innocent, right?

And so that to me is evidence of social
decay and what's happening, and it all comes from economic collapse. What we're seeing right now is a function of biden's economy. And it was Bill Clinton that said it really, really well, it's the economy, stupid, right? People vote with their wallets, right? And if the economy stinks, this is why you're going to distract.

This is why when the BRICS meeting was happening and I was surfing through the channels looking for news on the internet anywhere, nobody was covering the most important economic news story of a century. Literally. It's the changing of the guard. It's the paradigm pendulum shifting moment of moving power from the west to the east and removing the US dollar's reserve currency status. That's what it was.

But what was everyone focused on? Trump's mug shot. It's like, well, I don't care about the mug shot. I don't care how he looked. I do care that the irrational reasoning of why he had to have a mug shot, right?

I mean, that's bogus garbage. Or they were concerned about counterfeit Taylor Swift tickets during her concert tour or all this other dumb know, just deflecting from the important to the meaningless and keeping people's eyes off of what's really truly important, right? So you add all of this up, we've got economic collapse, societal collapse, and we are going to be in a dark period for a bit. I mean, we just are, because you don't come through these things real quickly. But there is light at the end of the tunnel, right?

This is why I can have a smile on my face. Why you can? Because financially, there's solutions. We've been talking about it for a long time. Gold and silver doing very well.

We talked about how it maintains its purchasing power over time. That's another added element. We talked about how it gets you out of the Central Bank digital currency system. So you're no longer a digital slave in their digital world, where they can cut you off from buying or selling because it's a tangible asset that you take delivery of. Doesn't have title, there's no property taxes on it, right?

Like a house, which is a tangible asset. But you don't really own a house even when you own it. Just try not paying your property taxes and see what happens, right? They'll sell it in a tax lien auction, right? So gold and silver, there's no title to it.

It's like a bearer bond. If you have it, it's yours. Kind of a deal. And you could use it for barter in a worst case scenario. I know that you're very much a preparedness guy, right?

Because people need food storage, food. They should have silver, they should have their own garden. They should be able to self sustain in an economic crisis. I don't care if it's a hurricane blowing through town, tornado, economic collapse, you lose your job and you just can't afford to live for a bit, right? It would be really good if you were prepared for things like that coming up.

What I'm talking about is going to be more of a prolonged contraction of the economy. And people just need to decide now how to overcome and actually thrive during those time frames that I think that we're going to be in. But when you are, that will put a smile on your face. Because you're going to be able to not just survive, but thrive with the growth that we're seeing in metals. The ability to put food on the table for your families, right?

Because here's what comes after this chaos and collapse. And again, not trying to be a prophet, it's just human nature, right, is during times of cris, people will give up their freedoms. So you have this crisis that's so bad and people can't feed the families and they've resorted to stealing to feed their families. Right? I mean, that's what we're seeing already.

What's the carrot that the Central Bank digital currencies are going to use? I think it's going to be universal basic income, saying you take our CBD system and you'll have $1,000 a month in credits and debits and credits coming into your account every month, just take it. It's like, don't take it. It's your ultimate loss of freedom and privacy ever. But they're going to make it really difficult for you to want to say no.

Right? But if you have something where you can afford to say no because you're prepared, then it doesn't matter. And that's how you can have a smile on your face, even though our freedoms are eroding all around us. Well, one interesting point is that say you're in a bind. The thing with, say, silver, for instance, say you've got 30oz of silver and you need some quick money.

It's something that even locally, you can go find there's coin shops, there's different kinds of gold buyers. So even if you have to in a pinch, it's like it becomes that last resort where you pull out a few coins, you go some maybe you might lose a few percentage points in that sale, but it's liquid, it converts. You'll find any number of those people that they say, hey, do you buy generic rounds? They'll say, yeah, it's like, what are you paying? We pay Spot, or whatever it is.

And it's like, oh, okay. So it's not like it's some asset, like, say you're investing in a painting or a stock or something where if you want to pull your money out of that, it's a complicated process. So just a thing to kind of put out there. And what I suspect is that as things get worse and worse, you're going to have people that start opening up more businesses that are actually buying precious metals and converting them and trading them and authenticating. That was my old business, is I've had people come in, they'd be like, hey, I need money.

My dad left me here's 400oz of silver. So I'd look at it, I'd test it, and I'd say, okay, well, here's a check or here's cash. Right? So it's interesting how it's just interesting looking at that video about life in 1930 and life now, because like I said, I'd always heard the suit analogy. Like you could buy a whole suit for a single gold coin.

How it's the same. It's just interesting to look at trace these currencies and the role of different currencies in bartering and trading over the course of history. Yeah, it is what people do. Where there's a will, there's a way, right? And if you can't survive and feed your family.

Basically, mom and pops merchants don't want the currency anymore for whole host of ideological reasons, financial reasons, whatever. You better have something that you can barter with and trade with to feed your family until things transition out of that phase and we get back to a sense of normalcy again. Normalcy always comes, right? But it might be a while. It might be a while.

And this is why we're protecting and preserving and thriving right now with silver. And it reminds me of there's a story that I heard is either Argentina or Venezuela, that after the collapse and after the currency had collapsed, people were lining up with wheelbarrows full of cash to buy a like, that's how bad the hyperinflation was. Yet a single ounce of silver would feed a family for about a month. So to me, that's the contrast of what happened. So, anyway, kirk, I know we're kind of past time for you, but just quickly, before you send off folks, if you want to get a hold of kirk or his company, give them a call.

720-605-3900 to speak to an advisor there. Or go to goldwithseth.com, fill out the form below, and one of his advisors will contact you. And that information is in the description as well. So, Kirk, as usual, thank you so much for coming on the show. I always enjoy these conversations.

I can't wait till I have the studio set up for the in person, because I'd love to have you come and spend 3 hours or more just sitting and talking. So thank you for coming on. Yep, I can't wait. That'd be awesome. Well, we'll talk to you soon.

All right. Thank you, Kirk.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Heart Beat of Time – 08-16-2023

Heart Beat of Time - 08-16-2023

Heart Beat of Time - 08-16-2023

Episode Summary:

The text discusses the novelty theory and the work of Russian scientist Kozyrev, who focused on the nature of time. After spending ten years in a Siberian gulag, he developed experiments in the 60s that led to the observation that time exhibits aspects of pressure. This pressure builds up to a threshold before manifesting a result, a pattern that repeats in various aspects of reality, such as the stock market, heartbeat, and chemical reactions. The text emphasizes that this understanding of time's pressure-like behavior can be applied to various fields, including linguistics, and is a fundamental aspect of our reality.

The text explores the concept of building tension and release in various contexts, including chemical reactions, language, human interactions, and societal dynamics. It emphasizes how this pattern can be observed in individual behaviors, such as a fight between two people, or on a larger scale, like potential civil unrest. The author also connects this idea to novelty theory and the Yuga cycles, suggesting that humanity is entering a new age where increased energy from the Galactic Center will lead to an "up-leveling" of human consciousness and technology. The text concludes with a hopeful outlook on humanity's potential growth and evolution.

The text discusses the transition from the Kali Yuga (Iron Age) to the Bronze Age, emphasizing an up-leveling of complexity and novelty production. It contrasts the simplicity of life 500 years ago with today's interconnected world and predicts another significant uptick in complexity. The author explains the Yuga cycles, including the transition periods, and asserts that humanity is 25 years into a 75-year transition to the Bronze Age. The text also criticizes the Khazarian Mafia for attempting to suppress this advancement and predicts a short-lived hyperinflation period. The author concludes that the transition to a new age is inevitable.

The text explores the shift from building tension language to release language, reflecting a change in societal dynamics. It discusses the increasing complexity and novelty in various aspects of life, such as parts shortages and the potential for on-demand production through 3D printing. The author emphasizes the transition into a new era marked by decentralized and diversified solutions, predicting that this trend will continue for the next 2100 years. The text concludes with the idea that the universe rewards novelty creation, and individuals can benefit from understanding and adapting to these changes.

#3Dprinting #adaptation #advancement #BronzeAge #causality #change #chemistry #complexity #decentralization #experiments #heartbeat #hyperinflation #inflation #innovation #KaliYuga #KhazarianMafia #Kozyrev #language #linguistics #manifestation #novelty #noveltytheory #pressure #reality #release #science #SiberianGulag #technology #tension #threshold #time #transition #YugaCycles

Heart Beat of Time - 08-16-2023

All right, one more time. Hello, guys. Hello, humans. Hello, humans. It's almost nine Wednesday morning.

Heading inland to do some shopping and chores, chopping and anyway, wanted to talk about the idea of the the novelty theory. But even more than that, aspects of the novelty theory that may actually exist, okay, they may be able to be projected as a result of Cozy Rev's work on time in the 60s. So Kozi Rev was a Russian scientist. Quite brilliant. Ended up pissing off the fishildom and being sent to a gulag for counter revolutionary thinking and no good in the old Soviet days.

But in any event, so they let him out of the gulag ten years early, after he'd only been there for ten years and for ten years. So that isolated him from physics, from everything. He had no equipment or any of this in the gulag. He was digging coal in Siberia. In any event, though, during that period of time, he did a lot of thinking, and he came up with a whole bunch of experiments, which they performed single lane road here and a pilot car.

They performed these experiments through the 60s, okay? So without going into all of the different experiments and the nature of what they were attempting to get at and so on, there was a common observation that came through all of these experiments that were involved with time, okay? So cozy. Rev was experimenting with time. He wanted to find out stuff about time, and he did a good job.

There was a lot of thought that went into it over the ten years that he was in the gulag and didn't have equipment and couldn't do anything, and he was digging coal.

Actually, I think he was also cutting wood. They was out on a wood harvesting thing in Siberia. He was in a Siberian gulag. In any event, though, so he comes up with all these experiments that go to the nature of time, and without going into those, there was a common observation that occurred in all of the experiments. It showed up in all of them relative to time, regardless of what aspect of time was being investigated.

And here's the gist of it, okay? They had an observation that Kozarev could say, when things are involved with time, there will be this effect. And this effect is hard for me to describe, but it's very easy for me to illustrate with a quick graphic, because with a graphic, you would easily draw this particular shape, and everybody would say, oh, yeah, I get that, I grasp that. But here's the idea.

It's an aspect of pressure, okay? So time exhibits aspects that are apparent pressure. And so it's very much in terms of how it manifests, it's very much like a pressure cooker where you put your rice or your millet or something in the little pressure cooker. And you put your water in there and you put the top on and the little weight, and then you put it in heat. Put it on some heat, and you wait for the pressure to build up.

Okay. And when the pressure builds up, you know it because the little weight is overcome by the pressure. It rises up and steam comes out and there's that hissy noise, the noise or however the hell the machine makes it anyway. And so that takes some duration in order for that to occur. And so you put it on there and at some point after it has heated up and so on, there will be pressure building up from the evaporation of the water, from the heat that can't escape and so the pressure keeps going.

Time itself seems to function in this same manner in that there is a pressure threshold before there is manifestation of result from causality. So this where it gets really tricky in talking about all this. You got to be really precise but you have to define the terms so that everybody understands. So if you're in a meeting about this shit, you know that everybody is talking about these terms in exactly the same way, right?

And this setup, this observation that Cozy Riv made continues to exhibit no matter how he approached demonstrating causality and result as demonstrable manifestations of time, he would always get this building threshold being crossed and then the event and in the process of that event manifesting, the metrics involved would drop slightly. So if you were plotting it, you would have a line that would rise at some steep angle upward. It would reach a particular peak. And then as we see in things like stock market charts or even blood pressure or heartbeat even it's all there. It's everywhere.

The same dynamic repeats everywhere in reality, in all aspects of reality. Chemistry in your heartbeat. Like I say, pumping blood, thinking everything is driven by time. And it all repeats this same pattern, which is this rise up to a threshold, the crest of the threshold. A slight drop as the event is manifest into reality.

As the result of the causality occurs, there will be always a diminuation of the energies involved at some level as the manifestation takes place. And there's reasons to we can go into to explain this, as to why this happens, why this occurs, why this is a necessary component of time. But at the moment we're not going to go into that. We're not going to deal with that. But we are living through or in.

Okay? So we live in a time based reality. This time based reality puts this particular observable flow dynamic on everything from chemical reactions, biochemical reactions, growth, how we would talk about kids having growth spurts, how they'd seemingly grow and then sort of sort of stop growing for a while, right? It's not a continuous process. So there are no continuous processes within our reality.

Everything works on this pulse because time provides this pulse which creates impulse, which creates waves, which creates all forms of energy within our manifesting reality right within the material.

So we can plot that same kind of like rise up, slight drop down and then a little bit of a flat plateau and then another rise up just like on your blood pressure. Just like if you look at the little graphs on your blood pressure as they're taking your blood pressure and it, you know, does that, what do they call it? Sinusoidal rhythm, right? And that is part of the manifestation that we get out of time on all things. So it is not a surprise that, for instance, my work with linguistics would discover that we had, quote, pressure coming through on language that would exhibit exactly the same kind of graphic dynamic as does time, as does the heartbeat, as does the pulsing of the sun.

All of these things now in our manifesting reality, where most of us don't care about, to a great degree about the millisecond by millisecond aspects of causality and we only deal in the world of results. This is a key function for us, right, because we can say that, oh, well, we'll get a result at this point when this particular energy has crested this level of threshold and we may not be able to predict it. Some things we can predict. So you can predict that kind of thing in, say, a chemical reaction. If you knew that you had so many moles of this chemical and so many moles of that chemical and you were mixing them together and you're going to get a chemical reaction, you can say that.

Well, based on the molecular density of this particular element within the chemical reaction, we will get our manifestation, our result, our completion of the blending, the compounding of these chemicals at this point because we can anticipate the time involved because it's all of the known quantities. And we've got that formula for how fast certain chemical reactions occur pretty well. Delineated all right. And so what I was trying to do in a sense that wasn't my goal, but one of the things that my work aimed into was being able to do a prediction on manifestation of causality relative to language. And so in the process, in the early days of doing the work, I discovered that, well, jeez, there's various different kinds of pressure here linguistically, but they all seem to behave in either a building tension fashion or a release tension fashion.

And the language was subtly different and the emotional elements was different in each. And so I could start determining, oh, this word being used in this way with these adjectives is a manifestation of building tension, right? Or I could say that, oh, look, that same word now has these adjectives and is showing up in this level of density and we're about to get a release episode around it because we're getting release adjectives building up.

It was fairly reliable that way. Okay, hang on, just get a shut down here. So we could do that, we could anticipate release occurrences off of building tension. At some point, maybe it was 2002, I started figuring that out. And then by 2003, I was able to make better and better projections relative to timing for the manifestation of something that was within the building language.

So you would see this in humans in a gross situation where you got two guys, they're at a restaurant, for whatever reason, their moods are compatible with each other, with the intent of contention, okay? So they may not be pissed going in, but whatever, they're all set. They get in, their circumstances develop. And then you have contention between these two guys. Before there's actually any physical interaction, there will be a rising amount of tension.

They'll be building tension, language. And you've heard it before, how they talk to each other before the fight, so on and so on, right? Not necessarily swearing at each other, but building up to the point where one of them will cross a threshold. They will have had their emotional building tension up to a certain point and then they will have a release episode within their mind and they'll start swinging. And that's the reaction, that's the dynamic, they've crossed that threshold and the fight is on.

So we see these kinds of activities all throughout our reality, this building tension peak, little tiny bit of a drop and then a plateau as the manifestation occurs. Now we're living in that at this point as we get further into the manifestation, the emergence of this next level of novelty theory relative to humans. So here's where it gets quite a bit tricky, okay? That same level of building tension dynamic with its peak and then a slight drop and then a plateau, that applies to grouping tensions as well. So that design pattern manifests in groups of humans at all different levels.

And as you can see, for instance, we have potential contention and potential civil war here in the United States with some of these assholes shooting at each other and that kind of thing, but mainly not because we haven't crossed that level of tension in the release language, right? And so everybody knows the tension is building. You got a lot of people saying, hey, we're headed towards civil war, but we don't actually have it. Yada, yada, yada, right, we haven't crossed that threshold. When we do, then there's a dynamic, then things happen, then there is the actual conflict.

And there are a lot of people that know these kind of things and they're attempting to manage this and diffuse it so that we don't get into a shooting war here, that we don't get into a civil war.

So anyway, so as I say, it applies to large scale human activity as well as individual heartbeats and that kind of thing. And you can make predictions around this now, relative to novelty theory, here's what is happening.

The shift, for instance, in an individual. So you got an individual, you got a human that's got some problems with their heart, for instance, okay? And so they go into AFib occasionally, as they go into AFib fibrillation, as they go into this erratic heartbeat, they cross that threshold. There's the building tension. And then when it drops down into when it peaks and then drops into the plateau area, it goes into another form of action.

And you get the AFib. It doesn't go back to a regular beat. It gets irregular for whatever reason involved, doesn't matter. It happens at that point. And then you're into AFib, which has a slightly different heartbeat action.

But the whole of the AFib episode can be thought of as one of these building tensions into release tension, because if you're aware of the AFib, then it becomes a real problem on your mind. And then at some point, you need it to stop. And so then you get into release, and then you have a release within yourself that way. Okay? So in other words, going from a regular heartbeat into AFib can be considered to be crossing a chaotic threshold, but is also an elevation of the function of the heart relative to the amount of electricity going into it that causes the beats as it is.

And so, for whatever reason, at that point, you're getting more electricity into the heart and it's becoming irregular in its beating operation, may go faster. I don't think that they have AFib that goes slower as a rule. But in any event, though, so this is a pattern. And we are living through one of those patterns now where our social order is going through a regular heartbeat and it's about to get more energy. We're about to up level the amount of energy going into we finally get to go here.

We've been waiting on the pilot car. So we're finally getting into that point where we're able to or there will be this manifestation as we get into the next up leveling of the Algo, basically from universe that controls novelty, et cetera, right? We're at a situation where now everything contributes to novelty within universe. So the Yuga system is set up by universe to provide us a non static base that we can potentially create novelty from. So as the Yugas change, we get more and more energy from Galactic Center and we become better humans, so to speak, right?

We become more involved humans, more aware humans, et cetera, because there's more of these Galactic Center emanations. This is after we get out of the Kali Yuga, as we have 325 years now. And we're into the Dwapara Yuga, the Bronze Age, and it is short jeez. Anyway. And so we're now getting into these new ages where we're getting more energy from Galactic Center and humanity is going to up level.

All right? As a result of more of these energies. We're not as dense as we were. We're not as mentally dense as we were in the Kali Yuga. And you can plot our technology blooming and all these advancements and everything against these Yuga cycles and see that this is fairly factual, easily plotted.

And so we know that Universe is providing these things in order that there might be up leveling of complexity and up leveling of complexity towards the idea of creating novelty. And that's the whole goal, right, is more novelty, better novelty, et cetera. And we're right there now that we're taking this, we are in the process of reaching that peak, and then we're going to drop down into a new drop slightly, but then we'll come into a new level here of novelty production. And that level of novelty production is going to be literally a whole order of magnitude over the novelty production that we have been used to. So just as though you can see that in the middle of the Kali Yuga, back about 500 Ad or so, 500 current era, back about that far, people were riding on donkeys.

You didn't talk to but maybe 30 people in your whole life. If you lived in a village, you could live and die in a village. Your lifespan was relatively short, maybe 30 or 40 years, and you could live your whole life and not see more than 30 or 40 people. And so the amount of stimulation, the amount of variance, the amount of complexity was relatively little. Now we're getting into the point where every time you turn around, some shit's happening.

You've got Internet connecting you to everybody so that there's just so much coming in, there's so much more information that we were in a giant up leveling of information and complexity over what had occurred when people were riding around on donkeys and pulling loads of goods up and down the Nile with horses and ropes, right? That kind of thing. So we've had this big uptick on that level. Now we're about to take another one of those. Okay, so here's the way these things are thought to work out.

The Kali Yuga is split into two. Like all the Yugas are split into two. So you have a descending. So going away from the emanations of Galactic Center and an ascending of all of the ages of the Kali Yuga, the Bronze Age, the Silver Age, and the Kali means Iron. It's the Iron Age.

So the Iron Age, the Bronze Age, the Silver Age and the Gold Age. And you have an ascending and a descending on each of these. Now, as you go from one age to another, there is a one quarter of the time involved algorithm or design pattern, okay? So Universe would have the Kaliyuga be one quarter in length of the Golden Age. And when the Kaliyuga converts over to the Bronze Age, as we are in now, you go through a period of time where you're like losing the hangover of the Iron Age, where your people are becoming more and more intelligent.

They're being more intelligent as more emanations come in from Galactic center. And thus the whole population is being elevated mentally by these emanations as you go forward. And so the Kali Yuga halves, each half of it, the descending half and the ascending half, are each 1200 years old or 1200 years long. Within that, there's a one quarter of the distance thing, just like with radiations out in space. So one quarter of the distance away from the microwave, you've lost the square of the power.

So the power level drops down massively with distance. We have that within time. We find that this same pattern repeats in aspects of time, that is to say, duration aspects of time. So the Kaliyuga, each half of which is 1200 years. So in that 2400 years, we get this thing where as we are into the Ascending One now, and as we're leaving the Ascending One, one quarter of the time involved in each half in the Ascending One will be used to shed the hangover, so to speak, of that age.

So you have 1200 years of the ascending Kali Yuga, which we popped out of in 1698, and then we're going to have another 300 years, which was one quarter of that 1200 years in which we will transition from the mindset, the density of the Iron Age into the slightly more mentally sparkly Bronze Age, right? And so we do that for 300 years, and then we have a quarter of that distance, which would be 75 years, one quarter of the 300. And that 75 years is the period of time in which we set the themes for the developing New Age. So we're 25 years into that 75 year period. I know it's complicated, guys.

Basically what it's all saying is that there's a transition period, and we only have 50 years left of this transition period before we're, like, rock solid into the Bronze Age. But within this transition period, if you look around, you can see the themes, the driving mental focus that will be dominating this particular age. And so we know we're coming into an age of science, technology, et cetera, et cetera. And actually that's why we're having these big battles over all the non science nut jobs, the Khazarian Mafia trying to hold us back into the Kaliyuga. And so this is really all part of the novelty thing.

Okay? So the Khazarian Mafia gained power through the Yuga because of the density of humans and because of their particular predatory approach to dealing with things and their clanish behavior, right? Okay, so the Khazarian Mafia here has been trying to suppress the advance of humanity into the Bronze Age because they lose power when we think, right? When we're thinking we're not going to fall for their horseshit. When you're really thinking, you say, no, a central bank.

That's slavery. You're enslaving me to a hidden inflation that you're going to say is 2%, but it'll never be that. It'll be eight and ten and 12%, and you'll be hiding it the whole time and lying to me the whole time. The whole point of the Central Bank is to lie and thief and enslave me. And I can see this, so I don't want to have anything to do with it.

And so, consequently, in the Bronze Age, if everybody thinks that way, then we won't involve ourselves with their fiat currency and we'll do something else. And the Khazarian mafia will greatly lose power, as they are doing now. So we're seeing the collapse of the Soros empire. We're seeing the collapse of all of these skim empires where they make money because they control the money supply, and they rake off and they rob through currency exchange trades, all of this different kind of stuff. It's another layer of hidden enslavement by taxation on the money.

And so now we're at this point where we're reaching a peak, and we can all see that. We can see that inflation is reaching a peak to the point where we're going to kick over into hyperinflation. That will not last long, okay? That will probably last less than four months, maybe five, because we're a large country. There's very few countries like ours that have gone through hyperinflationary periods.

So when the Soviet Union collapsed, they did not go hyperinflationary. The devaluation of the currency from the outside was used to destroy the Soviet system by Reagan's people, but they did not enter into a hyperinflation. There were a few bits and pieces of it in few areas in the Soviet Union, but in general, the currency collapsed and it seriously collapsed. And everybody's reaction was to go to outside currencies. So they just basically abandoned their own internal ruble, the Soviet ruble, and they used it as markers, but they were using outside currencies as a basis for supporting any supposed purchasing value within that within that currency.

Okay. All right. I know getting really long and far afield here, but basically what's happening is we're crossing this threshold just as the Soviets did when there is an external pressure trying as the Kazarian Mafia has been doing for the last 300 plus years has been trying to retain their power which was entirely derived from their position within the Kaliyuga. And it's going to fail anyway because the Kaliyuga is no longer in effect, and none of us will be able to ever alter this at all. The only thing they think they've been able to do is to slow it down a little bit.

Right? So anyway, all that's going on, and this is the point at which our complexity becomes cominoric and we enter into this next level of novelty. So as much as you think there's new shit going on now, if you're into science, there's new stuff happening on science every day. If you're into sports, there's new stuff happening there every day. Medicine, health, anything, money.

There's just so much new stuff happening, it's difficult to keep up with it. And you find yourself not really even able to branch out to some other area of interest because there's so much new stuff in your primary area. And so no matter where we go, we're going to get this new stuff, novelty thing at a huge level. Now that we've reached this next level. And it's manifesting now.

Lots of people had predicted this to occur on 2012. Maybe that was the start of it, maybe that was the peak at a particular level of emotional threshold. And now we're into the new pattern that will be developing the next level up. This is very much like gaming where you go through a software game and you've done everything in a particular level. You get the final magic tomato or whatever the fuck it is, and you're promoted, so to speak, into the next level of complexity.

And everything gets a lot harder. So the challenges become harder. That's where we're at now. The challenges are going to become harder and we're going to have to decide how we're going to deal with it on an individual and collective basis. The collective basis is going to be just a bitch to work out because everybody's going to be so fractured and pulled away by all of this stuff.

So you'll see a lot of people that just don't pay any attention to politics or don't pay any attention to science or nowadays everybody's pretty much paying attention to medicine because we all got fucked up by the Pandemic, right? But even the Pandemic, they planned that. They wanted to kill all these people. This whole genocide thing was part of the Khazarian mafia trying to retain control. Universe won't have it, it won't allow it.

There were people that they killed. Obviously, as shit happens like this, these elements, so to speak, the Kazarian mafia attempting to do the Pandemic, the failure of the fiat currency, the mother Weffers trying to their next scam, which is the climate thing, right? Everybody needs to lock down because there's going to be wind today or something, right? Anyway, all of that shit, as well as the land grab in Maui, all of these things are all part of this point of developing pressure. These are all weights on the pressure cooker of that particular level of interest.

So we know that there's a desire for the mother Weffers to own all this property in Hawaii. We know that Obama wants to expand his Hawaii base. And so they direct the Dew weapons. They have the Chinese map, all of Hawaii with their lasers last year, and then this year they have the Dew weapons come on down and surgically remove those areas that they don't want people in, that they want to buy up. And then now, within just days, we've got a book out about it.

And within a couple of days, the government's now announcing that you can't sell the land. We're going to take it through eminent domain, so nobody can sell their land to anybody. Now, of course, the eminent domain means that they're just going to keep it and have a sweetheart deal for the insiders, right? And so that's the whole process. And the insurance companies are saying, we're not paying, and all of this kind of stuff.

So all this is all the building tension in that particular area. And this is the way it is with everything now. So we've passed out of the 25th year, okay? So within the 75 years in which we set our memes, our themes for the particular new age, that part of the transition. That part is also divided up into quarters.

And by the way, four is the number of time. And I can get into that at some other talk about what cozy rev discovered relative to time and digits, so to speak. But anyway, so that one quarter of that 75 years, slightly less than 20 years, and we're out of that. And in that period of time, we set the primary revision means, so to speak, right? So those things we're going to be undoing and redoing.

So we could go through now if we were smart enough and we had a big supercomputer and we could just look at all this language and stuff and say, okay, these are the areas that over the next 2400 years, humanity is going to be exploring. We know some of these things and it's really curious the way that it's coming out. If you'd done this exercise 200 years ago, you would say in 1894, when Yuktasvar analyzed what was going on, he was a Hindu scientist and mystic, and he analyzed what was going on and said, the themes for this particular Yuga will be ElectriCities and small particles. And indeed it is, but the small particles is crapping out. Okay, that's a stupid bad idea from the Kazarians that they put vast quantities of money into.

With all these atom smashers, the Large Hadron Collider and all of that kind of stuff, and that's reached its peak and it's about to collapse. It's going to be shown to be an absolute failure. Total waste of money, doesn't give them what they want. And their whole concept was bogus from the beginning because they were basically listening to Einstein and he didn't have a fucking clue. But as part of this is we are going to go into ElectriCities and energies and stuff, and we have investigated the small particles, but because it happened within the 300 years, it was one of the transition things that will be dropped.

So we know that we won't be dealing with quantum physics or particle physics at that level going forward. That in fact, it'll be the other it'll be the ElectriCities and the energy and. So on, which puts us back into the ether kind of an approach on things. So these things can be sussed out based on the algorithms that we can see relative to the yugas, relative to how time works and its functioning within humanity, how it manifests as a dynamic change within humanity. And as I wanted to say, we are there now for the novelty, not we're smart.

Okay? So we are not going to expect politics to calm down once Trump is back in as president, okay? In fact, getting there is going to be a huge issue because we're going to have to cross one of those major peaks, one of those major thresholds in order to get that to occur. So there'll be all kinds of chaos leading up to that and then it'll just put us on a higher level of plateau from which we build the next level of peak. And that's the pattern that we're in now.

So we can expect that in fact the, as Trump becomes president again, that in fact we should have at that point a major escalation in dynamic activity within internal US. Politics because we will be dropping into this next level. So when we peak and we come down slightly from that peak and we hit that plateau, that next plateau relative to politics at that point will be the base for the building for the next 2100 years. And so we'll be building from this point on upward. So we're not going to be like going back.

Right?

It's a difficult concept to get across. I find it easier to sketch it out because you can draw these lines and it just sort of shows things in a nice orderly fashion that is more congenial to our minds, may not be more accurate. Right. Very difficult to quantify things like time in a graphic drawing. In any event though, our escalation, our step up, our next level up in complexity here relative because of the novelty theory, algo taking us up a notch should be quite spectacular.

But in the main, I bet you most people don't even recognize it because we've got so much other stuff going on that everybody's just going to be like too involved in the day to day part of all of it to be able to think about it in the larger context.

Wow, we were there a long time anyway. So it's interesting that we're at this point now, I've been doing work with time and language for long enough that I've been able to see our building and release language manifest and since like maybe 2008, but certainly by 2010 there was a domination of building tension. Language that had not existed in the, had not existed in the early 2000s. It sort of started creeping in in the early 2000s where building language would always dominate. You'd have more of that than you have release language.

Now the reverse of that is happening. We're getting more and more release language as people shed the tensions and the emotions right away that are being shoved into them by this step up in our novelty algorithm. And so at the moment I suspect we're going to or for this period of time, I suspect we're going to be going into release language dominant for maybe decades. I just don't know. Going to be hard to say.

They should even out at some point. That's my expectation in any event. But that point might literally be hundreds of years away for all I know. In any event, though, over these next years, you can guide your actions by presuming that whatever you're seeing in the area that interests you is going to become ever so much more complicated and convoluted and complex in any and all facets of it. So you could just sort of anticipate that, right?

So you can anticipate that, oh, there's going to be parts shortages on everything pretty much perpetually from now on for a number of different reasons and we can get into those at some point. And so you can also anticipate that there's going to be different solutions to this. There's going to be more complex solutions. So you may find that we get people that set up shops and they do production on demand of particular parts. So you're working on a car, you find a plastic part that's broken or rubber or whatever.

And so you take the plastic part and you go into one of these little shops because you can't find that part because maybe the companies that used to make it doesn't even exist anymore. But you go in with that part to the shop, they put it into a 3D scanner, they scan it, get all the metrics, maybe have to glue it back together, do a little bit of fiddling to make it fit. Maybe they've got software that does that, who knows? And then they sit there and they print that part for you. Maybe that's going to be our solution to the part issue is that we'll set up little stores everywhere that will produce parts on demand.

And then maybe they can do this for metal parts, but they have to send it to the information to a foundry and then the part gets mailed back to you. That kind of a thing, right? And so we won't be in a position so we're basically transiting from a position of auto parts stores where they would stash existing parts that pre made and so on. Maybe that's going to slowly die off as we have to morph into this other approach here. So I've run into that with people I do business with where guy's got a tree business and he's got a lift truck, one of those trucks that you sit in a little bucket and it lifts you up on this arm way to the top of the tree.

So you can trim the tree or cut it down in chunks or whatever, right? And perfectly functioning business and everything. And then some parts crap out on his lift truck and lo and behold, nobody's manufacturing those anymore. And so he's out of business until he can figure a solution, which basically is another lift truck which he had not anticipated buying because when you buy a piece of gear for your job like that, you just sort of automatically think that you'll be able to get parts and keep it in good repair. And in this case that didn't happen, right?

Could not happen. Well, now we're back to that point where it's probably going to be this kind of a way for all different kinds of stuff, which is not necessarily a good thing if you're used to the old situation. But at least it is our approach, and it's going to be ever so much more complex and ever so much more novel than had existed. So it's an upgrade in novelty for us to split out to decentralized and so on and diversified part production for our machinery. And from there maybe we're going to have individualized factories that start up, that kind of thing.

No one knows exactly how this thing is going to mature and develop as we go forward, but we know that we're in that point of manifesting change where change is written with a giant big sea and it's going to be dominating our lives. Well, it'll dominate the rest of my life, but probably that dominate the lives of everybody that is able to listen to this because it'll be continuing like this for 2100 years as we are in the Bronze Age.

So anyway, that's where we're at. I'm almost at my first stop. Sorry about that. This one ran a little bit long. At least it gave us the opportunity to get into some of this stuff here.

But the takeaway on this is that there is this repeating pattern that shows up in every fucking thing involving any kind of activity, life or dynamic action in our material. And this operating principle has this threshold thing that reaches a peak and then it drops slightly and then you're into a plateau from which the next level builds up. And we're able to see this pattern in all forms of activity so you can predict that it will occur. Everything from heartbeats to whether or not there's going to be a fight breakout in that bar or restaurant, right? And by anticipating these things you can hopefully guide yourself a little bit better through some of this shit we're all going to be going through in this transition as we manifest our new reality here.

And that's basically what we're doing. We're all little elements in universe's novelty game, right? And so it's up to us to do our best to aid universe in creating novelty and in so doing universe will reward us. There's algorithms in this game that say if you're a good novelty creator, we'll give you lots of money. And we see that this happens all the time.

We see these effects where artists and creative people get lots of money for being creative people. And it's sort of a quid pro quo. They may not understand it. They may just be going with it. They like singing and everybody else likes their singing, that sort of thing.

But, um, it's basically this algorithm from Universe, and you can take advantage of it. Okay, guys, I got a lot of stuff here, and apparently I'm going to be held up on the way back too. So anyway, that's a discussion of novelty theory and talk to you later.

Bye.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Ep. 9 The Andrew Tate interview – 07-11-2023

Ep. 9 The Andrew Tate interview - 07-11-2023

Ep. 9  The Andrew Tate interview - 07-11-2023

Episode Summary:

This piece discusses Tucker Carlson's criticism of perceived efforts to suppress masculine qualities in the United States and the broader impact on young boys. Highlighted is the controversial figure, Andrew Tate, who encourages self-improvement and masculinity, and was a major internet presence before being arrested in Romania, ostensibly for human trafficking. The allegations, accusing the Tates of coercing women into making monetized TikTok videos, are met with skepticism by Carlson, suggesting the charges might be a way to silence this counter-narrative. The piece ends by emphasizing the need to question such processes, pointing out that consent and free will can be undermined by state interventions.

The subject, named Andrew, has been incarcerated under serious charges which he claims are baseless. Accused of convincing girls to monetize their TikTok accounts, he maintains that there are no financial transactions linked to him. After seven months under house arrest, he was put in a Romanian jail for 92 days without any charge. Andrew suspects that the accusations of human trafficking against him, despite being baseless and denied by the alleged victims, are part of an attempt to slander his name due to his influence. The case is awaiting analysis by the Romanian judicial system.

Andrew Tate, currently residing in Romania, offers an introspective look at his experiences involving allegations of human trafficking, incarceration, and the subsequent toll on his mental health. Amidst the seriousness of the charges, he reflects on the ramifications on his life, highlighting the ease with which reputations are tarnished. He also emphasizes the changing public perception toward accusations, hinting at a society skeptical of truth in such cases. His stint in a Romanian prison was marked by harsh conditions, mental health issues, and his struggle to support his family from inside. Despite the dire situation, he remains hopeful, keeping his spirits up and valuing resilience above all else.

The discussion centers around the speaker's experiences in Romania amid geopolitical tensions and the role of the US embassy. The speaker, who is half British, half American, feels frustrated and homeless due to indifference from his home countries when he's accused of a crime in Romania. The speaker's controversial message of traditional masculinity is said to have led to his negative reception. This message advocates for men to have standards, boundaries, and to resist certain ideas. The speaker suggests that his influence poses a threat to those promoting 'slave programming', and he criticizes the weaponization of virtue against him. Despite adversity, he maintains that men should strive for virtuous relationships.

The speaker emphasizes the necessity of masculine excellence and self-improvement in a hyper-competitive world to resist societal pressures and manipulation. He criticizes individuals' blind acceptance of misleading information and encourages self-reflection, bravery, and non-compliance. He speaks about his personal belief in God and views life's challenges as divine tests to develop mental resilience. He argues that acknowledging and enduring pain and suffering can be formative experiences that shape a person's character. Lastly, he references Newton's law, implying that the presence of evil suggests the existence of an equal and opposite force of good, which he identifies as God.

The text describes the speaker's belief in God as a force of good in the world. They suggest there's a division in Western society between thinkers and those who unthinkingly follow trends, lacking a moral compass. They recount their personal experience during COVID, observing a nonchalant approach to the pandemic in Sweden compared to harsh lockdowns elsewhere. They express their shock at people's refusal to accept this contradictory reality. The speaker also discusses their legal troubles, believing they're targeted due to their controversial views that challenge mainstream narratives. They critique the UK for becoming increasingly authoritarian, a sharp departure from its reputation as a bastion of free speech.

The speaker criticizes UK's increasing legal impositions and deteriorating living conditions, including the fall in education standards and rise in crime rate. They argue Europe is dealing with similar issues, as governments focus more on suppressing voices discussing problems rather than addressing the issues themselves. They emphasize the disruption of power balances due to the feminization of native men and immigration of high testosterone men from the Third World, leading to a power vacuum. The speaker sees their personal legal troubles as a punishment for defiance against these societal changes. Despite legal troubles, they express love for Romania and believe that their predicament would have been the same anywhere in the Western world.

The speaker discusses the illusion of reality, comparing it to the Matrix, and the concept of agents keeping people from realizing the truth. They delve into the topic of how public perception is manipulated, using COVID as an example. The speaker stresses the importance of questioning narratives, discussing political events, including the situation in Ukraine and Russia, emphasizing that good and bad in wars aren't simple distinctions. They also recall their father, a chess master and former CIA linguist, whose predictions about the world's future, found in his Twitter feed, have proven prescient. Lastly, they argue that the U.S. interest in certain conflicts can be attributed to power and money.

The speaker discusses the perceived erosion of freedom and democracy, attributing it to powerful individuals or entities. He questions whether complying with societal norms and expectations genuinely leads to happiness or fulfillment, especially for men. He criticizes the current approach to men's mental health, advocating for a paradigm that includes pride and self-respect. He parallels his struggle to speak out against societal norms with a war, either against external injustices or internal discontentment. He emphasizes the importance of self-respect and dignity, and highlights his role as an influencer advocating for self-improvement, financial independence, and physical strength. He concludes by acknowledging potential repercussions but stands firm in his belief of benefiting the world.

The speaker reflects on the changing nature of media attacks and believes that these old tactics no longer work. They discuss their view on depression, arguing that it's a state of mind, not a condition, and how this belief has helped them maintain a resilient mindset. They suggest that depression is a tool for population control, preferring principled, energetic individuals. They also argue that depression is a sign that something in life needs to change, and transforming your life through hard work and dedication can alleviate feelings of depression. They emphasize the importance of having emotional motivation for significant tasks and change, and how discomfort can serve as a catalyst for self-improvement.

The text speaks about the necessity for men to change their mindset and confront their problems head-on, rather than succumbing to depression. The author emphasizes on the value of stoicism, self-improvement, and relentless competition, regardless of emotional state. It underlines the importance of maintaining a masculine support network and upholding principles of honor, hard work, and self-respect. It further criticizes societal norms that demotivate men and force them into loneliness, arguing that a man should be able to rely on himself and others' respect to navigate life successfully. It concludes by discussing the destructive effects of pornography and the misinterpretation of equal rights, contributing to the downfall of masculine virtue.

The speaker tackles issues of masculinity, sex, and porn addiction in today's globalized sexual marketplace. They advocate for "masculine excellence" as the answer to many of men's problems, including pornography addiction, loneliness, and being respected by peers. According to the speaker, men should strive to improve themselves rather than blaming societal conditions for their problems. They share their own journey from a difficult childhood to becoming a kickboxing world champion, emphasizing the importance of hard work, self-accountability, and dignity. The speaker also discusses the concept of leaving a lasting legacy, suggesting that success is not just a personal achievement, but also a responsibility towards one's family name.

The speaker discusses his views on women, emphasizing their power and his respect for them. He disagrees with the idea of unconditional compliance with women's wishes, arguing for a standard of mutual respect and accountability. He criticizes female promiscuity, arguing it has been historically and globally discouraged. The speaker claims he is often wrongly accused of misogyny due to his outspoken views and the misrepresentation of his content. He asserts that he has substantial support from women, contradicting the general accusation of him being misogynistic. The speaker also briefly discusses the issue of race, suggesting that societal elites are fueling racial division.

The speaker reflects on discrimination experienced due to being a straight male rather than due to his mixed race. He criticizes the victimhood narrative pushed by politicians like Kamala Harris, suggesting it's more destructive than empowering. Using examples from history, he dissects the global presence of slavery and argues that self-accountability, discipline, and hard work can propel anyone, regardless of race, to success. The speaker also appreciates physical fitness, especially for leaders, and shares his confusion at Joe Biden's popularity. Finally, he connects the hostility from a Wisconsin state senator to the issue of perpetual victimhood.

The speaker discusses the irony of a senator feeling oppressed and criticizing others for their better lives, indicating a division fueled by those in power. The speaker reveals his plans to become a climate change activist, acknowledging the hypocrisy of such a decision given his high-carbon lifestyle. He critiques the tokenistic meeting between Greta Thunberg and Zelensky, questioning its true purpose. Finally, he argues against climate change solutions that impose financial burdens on citizens and don't genuinely address the issue, calling such strategies 'Trojan horses'. He insists that his disagreement does not imply disregard for nature, but stems from a critical view of the legislation and the true intentions behind it.

The speaker discusses their charitable actions, and laments being judged negatively despite their efforts. They argue that strength, principles, and resilience are essential for doing good, while criticizing the modern culture's attack on "strong men" and promoting "weak men". They relate societal issues to weak men lacking emotional control, and committing destructive acts. The speaker also critiques mainstream media, the concept of 'fake news', and political incompetence, particularly referring to Putin and Biden. They link happiness with strength, arguing weak men can't be content. Lastly, they touch on women's roles as societal barometers, stating that women inherently desire strong men.

The text discusses societal expectations and issues from a male perspective. It argues that the decline of female happiness in the west is due to a lack of "real men" who can provide and protect, caused by societal decay and absence of morals and principles. The author expresses concerns over the impact of societal programming, suggesting women are more susceptible, leading to emotionally charged decisions. This susceptibility, coupled with the lack of strong, masculine leadership, allegedly leads to chaos and unhappiness in women's lives. Finally, the author warns against the societal push for female dominance, which he believes can be easily manipulated, leading to further societal issues.

The text explores diverse societal issues, centering on gender identity, societal expectations, and mental health. It challenges the concept of gender fluidity and the normalization of gender transitioning, suggesting a negative impact on mental health. It opposes the idea that gender is merely a social construct and highlights the distinct roles and strengths of both genders. It mentions how different cultures approach gender variance, as in the case of Thailand's "lady boys". The text voices concern over youth being pressured into life-altering decisions like gender reassignment, and the effect this could have on their future happiness. It emphasizes the importance of respecting biological realities and individual perceptions.

The text delves into various controversial subjects including identity, societal norms, cultural differences, and societal self-destruction. The author, who names himself King Andrew, criticizes Western societies for their supposed self-destructive tendencies, and their concern over identity politics and gender issues, which he perceives as distractions from real problems. He draws comparisons to the fall of Rome to underscore his point. Furthermore, he discusses the influence of the Internet and state on children, arguing for the right to instill his own values in his offspring. Lastly, he expresses concerns about the targeting of children by ideologies he sees as dangerous, suggesting a need for protection.

The speaker challenges notions of western patriarchy and criticizes ideologies that use manipulation, particularly of susceptible children, to spread their views. They argue that this approach, used by various factions including LGBTQ proponents, is akin to brainwashing and is unfair compared to challenging an informed adult. They link the proliferation of such ideas to a lack of real struggle in the west, implying that many seek out problems due to the relative comfort of their lives. Finally, they suggest that harsher conditions, such as a famine, would quickly dissolve these constructed issues and roles, with people reverting to traditional survival strategies.

The speaker argues for respecting men's role in protecting society, emphasizing historical gender roles as survival necessities. They challenge modern shifts towards feminizing men as untested, raising concerns about national competitiveness. The speaker endorses a high-protein diet, caffeine, and nicotine, associating the latter with testosterone and resistance to conformity. They theorize that society seeks to reduce testosterone to make men more compliant. Lastly, the speaker voices fears about the rise of digital currencies, viewing them as tools for total societal control, noting their potential use in tracking, and controlling spending habits, and expressing worry about the phasing out of physical cash.

The speaker shares his beliefs about societal control through financial dependency, suggesting this is the real reason behind his unpopularity. He argues that the government doesn't want its citizens financially independent because it's easier to control destitute people. The speaker challenges the perception of wealth as negative and suggests his financial success offers resistance to manipulation. He encourages his young followers to seek wealth and resist societal control. The speaker also claims governments desire absolute control over their citizens, likening it to a slow encroachment towards communism. He emphasizes the importance of a financially independent populace to resist this control.

#1950s #60s #6thGradeBoys #Accountability #Accusations #Adam #Adult #AfghanDefenseForce #Aggression #America #AmericanCitizen #AmericanInfluence #AndrewTate #AncestorPride #Arrogant #Attack #Authoritarian #Aztecs #Backbone #Balance #Barriers #Bathrooms #BBC #BeachfrontProperty #Belief #Benefit #Bigot #Bills #BlackSea #Blackbillionaire #Boundary #Boundaries #Brainwashing #Bravery #Bribe #British #BritishAmericanGovernments #BritishParliament #Brother #Bugatti #Burma #Camouflage #Camaraderie #Capitalism #CaptiveAudience #CarbonFootprint #Care #Case #Castration #Caucasian #Censorship #Change #charges #Chaucescu #Cheat #Chessmaster #Children #CIA #ClimateChangeActivist #ClimateChangeAwareness #Communism #Competition #Compliance #Consequences #Conviction #Coercion #Control #Controlled #ConversionTherapy #Corruption #Court #CourtCases #Cowardice #COVID #Crimea #CrimeRate #CriticalThinking #Cryptocurrency #Cuba #CulturalDifferences #Culture #Currency #Destructive #Defend #Defiance #Depressed #Depression #Destiny #DestructiveMindset #Dignity #Discipline #Discrimination #Dishonesty #Disparity #Diversity #Donation #Duty #EarlyWarningSystem #EconomicClass #EducationSystem #Emotion #EmotionalCoercion #EmotionalControl #EmotionalSecurity #EmotionalStability #EmpiricalEvidence #Enemy #Energy #EnergyCrisis #Englishflags #Englishman #Eunuchs #Europe #Evidence #Evil #EvolutionaryStandards #Exceptional #ExceptionalMan #Exercise #Expensive #FalseAccusations #FalseNarratives #Family #FarmAnimals #Father #FeedingChildren #FemaleHappiness #FeminineWoman #Feminism #Feminize #FinancialCrime #FinancialFreedom #FinancialProvision #FinancialSuccess #FinancialTransaction #ForeignCountry #FormativeExperiences #France #Fraud #FreeSpeech #Freedom #GenderAffirmingCare #GenderDifferences #GenderDysphoria #GenderIdentity #GenderRoles #God #Good #GoodGuy #Google #GretaThunberg #Guilt #Gym #Happiness #HardWork #HatePeddling #HeinousActs #Honor #Hope #House #HouseArrest #Hypocrisy #HyperCompetition #HyperCompetitive #Ideology #Ignorance #Impulsiveness #Incompetence #Individuals #Indoctrination #Influence #Influencer #Injustice #Innocence #Insanity #Internet #InternetArguments #InternetInfluence #Investigation #Invasion #IslamicLaw #IslamicWorld #Jail #JeffreyEpstein #Job #JoeBiden #Judges #Judgment #JulianAssange #JusticeMachine #KamalaHarris #KennedysMotorcade239 #KickboxingWorldChampion #KingAndrew #LadyBoys #Language #Law #Lawyer #Leadership #Legacy #LegalSystem #LGBTQ #Life #Lies #Linguist #LivingStandards #Loneliness #LongFormatContent #Longing #Love #LoveLetters #LoverBoyMethod #Lucy #Lukashenko #MaleSupportNetwork #MalleablePopulace #Marriage #MasculineExcellence #MasculineHappiness #MasculineIssues #MasculineMan #MasculineRole #Masculinity #Media #MediaAttack #MediaCoverage #MediaMachine #Medialaws #Medication #Men #MensMentalHealth #MentalChange #MentalHealth #MentalHealthProblems #MentalResilience #MentalState #Message #Migration #Mind #Mindset #MingDynasty #Misogynist #Misogyny #Misogynyaccusations #MixedRace #Morality #Motivation #Myanmar #Narrative #NationalSecurity #NatureConservation #NatureOfPeople #Negativity #NewsConsumer #NonCompliance #Obey #Obedience #Oppression #Outlawed #Outofcontext #Pain #Pandemic #Parameters #Patriarchy #Penalties #Perception #Performance #PhysicalCondition #PhysicalProtection #PhysicalStrength #PickupTruck #Playbook #Police #Porn #PornStar #Power #PowerGrab #PowerVacuum #Pride #PrideFlags #Principled #Principles #Prison #Programming #Propaganda #Protection #PTSD #Public #PublicConsciousness #Punishment #Putin #Question #Rational #Rebellion #Relationship #Resentment #Resist #Resistance #Respect #Responsibilities #Rich #RichCountry #RobertFKennedy #Romania #RomanianJudicialSystem #RomanianPopulation #RomanianPrison #Rome #Sarajevo #Saying #Security #Senator #Sex #SexCrime #SexualAccess #SexualEducation #SexualMarketplace #SexualOrientation #SexualRelationships #SickCountry #Silence #SingleMotherHousehold #Slander #Slavery #SlaveProgramming #SocialMedia #Society #SocietalDecay #SocietalDestruction #SocietalExpectations #SocietalNorms #SocietalPolarity #SocietalRoles

Ep. 9 The Andrew Tate interview - 07-11-2023

Hey, it's Tucker Carlson. Imagine being a 6th grade boy in the United States right now. What are you hearing at school? What are they telling you on the Internet? Well, they're telling you to stop being yourself.

Sit still, stop joking. Suppress your aggression. Share your feelings. Obey. Female qualities are virtuous.

Masculine qualities are oppressive. That's the message. In case it wasn't clear enough, schools around the country have removed urinals from boys bathrooms. The male body itself is shameful. Sit down when you pee, like a good little girl.

Views like this are often called feminism or woke politics, but in fact they amount to mass conversion therapy, an attempt to change the fundamental nature of people. Nothing like this has ever been attempted at scale. It's one of the most grotesque and destructive experiments in human history. What would it be like to find yourself the subject of that experiment as a boy trying to become a man during the biden years? Well, you might kill yourself.

Many have. You might decide to reject your own manhood and embrace androgyny or even switch sexes. Girls are better. Fine, I'll become one. Or more likely, you might simply withdraw into porn and weed and video games and give up on your life before it's begun.

You might retire at 19, a less dramatic form of suicide. All around us, this is happening. Noticing it is forbidden. But that does not make it any less real. So it's probably not surprising that Andrew Tate was the most Googled man in the world last year.

He offers a different vision. Tate is a former professional kickboxer who, about a decade ago, began posting advice to young men on social media. Tate's view is that men want respect above all. It's how they're wired. In order to get respect, men must become worthy of it.

They must become more impressive. Wake up early. Work as hard as you can. Stay sober. Find God.

Keep yourself physically fit. Don't complain that's his worldview. Earlier generations of Western leaders might have found parts of Tate's message inspiring. Now it's seen as a threat. The media treated him like a criminal up until the day he was officially classified as one.

Just after Christmas last year, tate and his brother Tristan were arrested and thrown into prison in Romania, where they live. The Tates were held without charges for three months, very likely with the encouragement of the British and American governments. In June, they were charged with human trafficking. They're now under house arrest until their trial. Are the Tates guilty of human trafficking?

We're not their lawyers, but it's worth noting that as of today, not a single woman has come forward to say that she was kidnapped or imprisoned or moved across international borders against her will by Andrew or Tristan Tate. It's also true that in some ways, the charges against the Tates seem inevitable, like they were always going to happen. Accusing a man of a sex crime is the fastest possible way to discredit what he's saying. Days after WikiLeaks revealed that the US government had been spying on its allies and lying about it, julian Assange was arrested in London for rape. Nine years later, prosecutors dropped the case against Assange for lack of evidence, though somehow that fact was not as widely covered.

Is that what's happening here? Again, we don't know. Jeffrey Epstein's dinner partners insist that Andrew Tate is a pervert and a criminal. Maybe they're telling the truth. Either way, we think Tate's views about men very much deserve a hearing.

So we flew to Romania to talk to him. We're posting the entire interview here on Twitter because we've been assured it will not be taken down for ideological reasons, as so much of his content has been. The video is long, but if you can take the time to watch it, make up your own mind about Andrew Tate. Here it is. So what are you charged with?

That's a really good question. I'm charged with being the head of an organized criminal group which is in charge of recruiting girls to make TikTok videos to steal the money from the TikTok views. Recruiting girls to make TikTok videos and stealing the money. So it's really a financial crime? It looks that way.

And it's very interesting because the girls who they've identified to add to the file are saying that we're not victims of anything and this isn't true. But the state believes it's true. And the state thinks that I, as a 35 year old man, woke up, I was already extremely financially successful. I was already a father, I was already very well known. I had no financial motivation.

I have no criminal record. It's not my personality profile. But I woke up the age of 35 and decided to make girls do TikTok to enrich myself with the pennies that I would earn from TikTok views. So in the United States, I think the belief is that you were charged with human trafficking. Yeah, that's human trafficking, because what you do is you force a girl to work against her will for financial gain.

That's human trafficking. And their justification for this is that girls do TikTok. Some girls I know, who they found, who say they're not victims, have TikTok accounts. How do you force someone to do TikTok videos? I guess the prosecutor is going to have to explain that, isn't he?

It's a very interesting scenario I'm in, and I'm inside of Romania, so I have to show a degree of respect to the Romanian judicial system, and I have to show a degree of respect to the situation I'm in. But the overall charge is that there's an organized criminal group. There's a group of us. I'm the head of it. My brother is the below me.

And we use the lover boy method to convince women to do TikTok videos to make money so that we can steal the TikTok money so there's no just to be clear, you are not accused of pandering, of pimping, forcing women to have sex with anybody? No, not forcing to have sex, not restraining their movement, not stopping them from living a full life, but the fact that we are somehow convincing them to have TikTok, very interesting. I don't think but there's no actual I'm asking you this because I do think it's a widespread belief that you were accused of pimping. Yeah. That has nothing to do with any of this case.

Absolutely nothing. And it's kind of scary, because the crime in itself of human trafficking is a unique one, because they can ignore the statement of the victim. So the girls have come forward and said, this is insane. You've just picked us because we're near andrew and we're his friends. But the whole idea of the crime is they can say that she's brainwashed.

Right. She's under duress. So you can ignore her statement. State says she's a victim regardless of the fact that she says she's not a victim. So it's very interesting because the difference between sex and rape is consent.

Right, right. But they remove all of that. They're like, nope, you're a victim. No matter what you say, we're deciding you're a victim. And they've chosen them.

And of course, these girls do nothing pornographic. They've never had sex with anyone, nothing to do with that. So they've picked TikTok. So it's scary. Imagine you're a full grown man anywhere in the world today, they can find two girls who have TikTok on their phone, which is every single female on the planet, and they can accuse you of forcing them to take the TikTok money.

And even if the girls say they didn't do that, this isn't true, then you're still a human. But force, what does that consist of? Forcing someone to do something? Are they accusing you of using violence? No, they're accusing me and this thing they're accusing me of using the lover boy method, coercing them by being nice.

By the way, these charges presumably are public, so they're public, and this is extremely serious, but if you actually analyze the overall case against me, they're saying that andrew and his brother, by being nice men, convinced girls to have TikTok accounts and then take the money. And it's very interesting, because inside of the entire case file, there's not a single financial transaction to us for money. What are the penalties? They're extremely severe. Five to ten years in jail.

And I've already served coming up now, seven months in a form of jail. They can only you are essentially incarcerated right now. Absolutely. I'm on house arrest, and that counts as jail. You can only be held six months without charge.

I was initially picked up, thrown in a cell without charge, and I think the intention of the entire investigation at that point was to find the crime, because they had very, very weak evidence. They contacted 2000 people who know me or knew me. They tried very hard to convince some female somewhere to come forward and say something bad about me. The media machine, which works hands in hands with the justice machine, as you know very well, did exactly that. In fact, they offered bribes.

Effectively. They'd call up ex girlfriends and say, if you have anything bad to say about Andrew, we can pay you $50,000 for the story. And they tried very hard. They didn't find any evidence of anything. They then released me on house arrest.

And then two days before the legal limit in which they had to drop everything, they charged me with whatever they had from the beginning, which is very little. And now we have to wait for the Romanian judicial system to analyze the file and, God willing, throw it away. How long did you spend in jail? I was in jail for 92 days in a Romanian jail cell. What was that like?

It was certainly interesting experience. I won't lie and say it was easy. It was certainly very difficult, the uncertainty of it. It's a very uncertain situation to be picked up on just before New Year's Eve and thrown in a cell without charge. And I'm asking different prison guards and different prisoners, how long am I going to be here?

One prisoner is like, I've been here two years. I was like, have you been charged? He goes, yeah, but I haven't gone to court yet. Like, everyone's been there for years. I thought I was going to be there for years.

And it certainly takes a mental toll on you. And I think jail is a different experience when you know you're innocent. When there was a guy in there for murder, he's like, yeah, I murdered someone. I'm in jail. You can kind your soul and your mind accept the punishment for a crime, but when you've actually done nothing wrong, I think jail is a lot harder.

Did you know why you were there? Not initially. So for about the first two weeks, I never actually got told in English what I was accused of because I was arrested on December 29. There's new York. What were the circumstances of that?

Yeah, December, armed guards ran in this house. They spent all day searching the entire house. They were very interested in electronics, as most federal agencies are. And then they took me that evening and said, we're going to go and put you in jail for 24 hours. And after 24 hours, you see a judge, and the judge will decide if you stay in jail.

And the judge decided I should. What did you do? I mean, did you make who'd you call? I had a lawyer, and my lawyer came and he said, we need to analyze the case file. When you see what they have against you, you're being accused of human trafficking.

It's like, human trafficking? That's insane. Who? When? What?

I went to jail. And then I was given all this paper in Romanian. I don't speak Romanian, although I live here. And then I was waiting for the translation. So I think it's about two weeks before I finally got the papers in English to understand why I was in a jail cell.

And then I really understood how insane the accusations were. What is human trafficking? Yeah. So the overall, my understanding of it, they're saying that human trafficking is when you convince a woman to do something she doesn't want to do for financial gain. And there's different methods.

You can do that. You can do that through force, and you can also do that through emotional coercion. I think most people, just speaking from the American perspective, most people believe that human trafficking is effectively slavery, selling human beings. And that's what I believe as well. Absolutely.

And this is the thing that's so interesting. When you finally end up the enemy of the matrix and they use the legal system as a weapon to punish you for having an opinion, you realize how subjective the law is, right? Because it can be a weapon when you have something subjective. You can just pick and choose. So if they sit and say, ah, human trafficking is a woman doing something for financial gain against her will via emotional coercion.

Well, he knows these two girls. They have TikTok, emotional coercion, convincing her that's what I'm accused of because they have no proof of me doing anything wrong. So they said, he's convinced these girls to do TikTok for money. The girls have said themselves have said this is not true, and the state is denying their statement, saying, no, you're brainwashed, it is true, and I went to jail. So how is the state so the state is trying to coerce the women.

So how is the state not committing human trafficking by the same definition? Absolutely. It's very interesting. It's very interesting that you can sit someone down and tell them they're a victim when they say they're not a victim. You're a victim of being coerced, and we're going to try to coerce you into conceding you were coerced.

Exactly. It's a very interesting scenario. Okay. Yeah, it's a very interesting scenario. Up until this point, no judge has looked at the evidence of the case.

So up until this point, I've been to court a bunch of times, but the only reason I was in court was to discuss my preventative detention. So under Romanian law, if you being free can impede the investigation, you should stay in jail. So the judge agreed that, yeah, maybe if he's free, he can damage this investigation because they're trying very hard to get something on this guy. So I've done a bunch of jail time, and now it just begins. The judge is going to look at the case and like I said, God willing, I still have enough faith in the Romanian judicial system that she's going to look at this and go, this is not a crime.

You're aware of the media coverage of this, however, so you're in jail for 90 days or more, and the rest of the world is talking about you. Do you know what they're saying? They're saying very heinous things. And I would hate to come across as a conspiracy theorist, Tucker, but I kind of have a feeling that this might be something to do with my influence and an attempt to slander my name. Perhaps I'm crazy, but the fact that they chose such a heinous crime and they reported it so heavily, and they won't shut up and keep repeating, basically a slander attack day after day after day.

Also, considering the fact that other people who genuinely commit heinous crimes have far more favorable press coverage, I don't want you to think I'm a conspiracy theorist. Please, Tucker, I would hate for you to come here and call me crazy, but something very strange about it, and I think the what, when Jeffrey Epstein's friends call you Immoral yeah. The goal of it is certainly to slander my name, and I like to see it as a litmus test. I like to see it as an intelligence test. Anybody who wakes up and looks at me and goes, he's a human trafficker.

Because of TikTok, they're fully gone. But from the west, just to defend the average news consumer in the west, sure. Andrew Tate kind of an outlaw, lives in some palace in Romania, wherever that is. And Romania sounds like the kind of place where human trafficking is like the main industry. A lot of it happens here.

That's what's so crazy about it. Right. What's so crazy is, if they really want to find a human trafficker, I think they could probably do it quite easily, but they managed to get me. That's certainly the perception, but it's one of those charges that kind of sells itself. Oh, absolutely.

And it doesn't matter if you're found guilty or not, right. You're a human trafficker forever. But I do think that public consciousness is changing. I think with things like, there's been some very large court cases recently involving some very famous people in which women were caught lying, trying to slander men's names for rape and these kinds of things, and I don't think people believe it anymore. But that scares me to a degree, because I think that the typical weapon, the standardized playbook is now failing.

And know what the new playbook is going to be? Almost like better the devil. You know that you're too famous, you're too successful. We don't like you. Call him a rapist or a human trafficker, put him all over the news, slander his name, try and wreck his life.

Now that nobody believes it, what's the next move? What are they going to try next? Wouldn't it just have been easier to commit, like, a massive financial crime and defraud people of billions come up with like a fake cryptocurrency, call it like, I don't know, FTX, or just give a name to it and then random steal billions and get your parents involved and buy a bunch of real estate in the Bahamas. And then you'd be sort of a hero, right? Oh, absolutely.

And I would have certainly made a lot more money than TikTok because I don't think TikTok even pays you for views. And if it certainly does, I never got a single transaction from it. So it's a very interesting scenario. But if I was accused of a financial crime, my name would not be slandered. No, well, of course not.

You have the presumption of innocence. So just back to the jail thing. So you're in with your brother? At the beginning I was not, but towards the end I was. Yeah.

What did you do all day? It's a good question. I looked at the wall, stared at the wall, smoked cigarettes, lots of push ups, read the Quran. You smoked cigarettes, did push ups and read the Quran? Basically, yes.

And certainly had some introspective moments. Tried my best to get out. Tried my best to, via my small phone calls, understand what's happening in the outside world. Tried to make sure that the people I love and care about are taken care of. Because I'm the man of my family.

And I'm also the man of quite a large I wouldn't say empire, but life. And there's a whole lot of people who rely on me. You have staff and families, you have children and family feeling. Yeah. So when you're plucked from that, it's kind of strange.

You're in jail and you're concerned for yourself, but your primary concerns are also all your duties as a man. I have duties as a man. I don't want children to starve. You've got a whole tribe. I've got people to pay.

So it was very, very frustrating. Constantly trying to make sure everybody else was okay and feeling helpless. That's what hurt me the most. I was trying to make sure everybody I love and care about was fine and I wasn't as powerful as I should have been. And that was very upsetting.

And especially if they were going to keep me there for years, I was having serious concerns about how I can feed the people I love. Did you ever come to the edge at all? No. I certainly had. Some days I was less happy than others, but I made sure that my mindset was built in a way that I could always be doing something constructive.

And also, I think you get what you give in life. And if I ever felt particularly sad on a day, I would try very hard to make other people happy, because if I made other people smile, I'd feel better. So even the dinner ladies or the prison guards, I'd try very hard just to make people smile. I know it sounds silly, some of the prison guards some of the prison guards were more open than others. But there was a couple of prison guards who were ice cold, who didn't want to say a word to me and like, hey, bro, your hair looks amazing, and you just stare at me like, he wants shut up.

But I just try my best to cheer people up, to cheer myself up. And as a man, all you can do is just find the resolve to continue. You doing the best you can in this current circumstance. What were the other prisoners like? I don't want to insult Romania in any way.

And I love this country and I chose to live here. But if I had to describe it for the people, for an American audience to understand, I don't think Romania and a lot of these countries have the same kind of mental health set up or the mental health support that a lot of Western nations have. So you end up in jail. So I think there was a lot of mental health problems inside the jail. So it was very similar.

It wasn't just a jail. There was also a lot of mental health problems in there, which adds a new complexity and a new dimension to the suffering, because there's just random screaming and there's suicide, and it's certainly not a very nice place to be. Oh, so it's horrifying. Yeah. I don't want to go back.

You hear the phrase Romanian prison, and it sounds tough, so it was what you would imagine it is. And when this process is over, there's a lot more I will say. But I will say the staff were very nice to me. And I want to make this clear. I want to make it very clear that all the staff in the jail were very professional and very nice to me.

I would almost say that they believed I was innocent and they understood that I didn't belong there. There was a semi apologetic vibe to the way I was treated by the guards, if that makes sense. Yes, they understood very well. I don't think anybody, like I said, with a functioning brain, believes that me, at the age of 35, decided to steal TikTok money and ruin my entire life without financial motivation to girls who say they're not victims of anything. I don't think anybody with a brain well, the fact that you're not accused of a sex crime or of violence, which I think most people don't really understand, and they can look it up, but you're not actually accused of rape.

Correct. Selling anyone? Correct. Pimping. Correct.

Okay. That right there raises a lot of questions. Yeah. And this is the thing that's so interesting, because I'm accused of using a method of human trafficking called the lover boy method. So how that would traditionally work is a man would meet a girl, become her boyfriend, take her to another country, turn her into a prostitute say, I love you like pimping, of course.

But they're saying because all my conversations with these girls are very nice, they're saying that I use the lover boy method to convince them to do TikTok. And once again, I never made a penny from TikTok, and I have no interest in girls TikTok accounts, and I've never made any money from TikTok in my life. So that right there, I think we can let people assess. I'm not an expert on the Romanian legal code, but that's kind of not the impression that most people have, and that's the media who have made that very the media have tried very hard to do that. And if I had to estimate, I think that the overall intention was just to throw me in a cell, use the media machine to drum up something real.

I think that's what the goal was. I believe that obviously one thing I've never been to Romania before, and one thing I'm struck by is the American presence here. Oh, it's massive. Fully understand that. So there are three NATO bases here now.

They're bustling because of the war in Ukraine, one's on the Black Sea, right below Crimea. So this is strategically important, this country, to NATO. Absolutely. And so this is a lot less far away than I realized. It's much more American influence.

Oh, absolutely. Played a role. Yeah. Well, I think, and I don't want to get this incorrect, I think it's the second or third biggest US embassy in the world. The US embassy here looks like a prison.

It's huge. They've got a huge embassy here. And even during Chaucescu, during the communism days, romania was an ally of the west. Even during communism? Yes.

Chaucescu came to New York. Yes, that's right. Yeah. So Romania and America have been very good friends for a very long time.

I have to be careful what I say, but it's certainly very interesting what's happened to me. The American embassy were not particularly helpful, let's put it that way. They weren't very interested in me being locked up without charge. They didn't seem very interested in getting me out. But you're an American citizen.

Absolutely. So you're an American passport holder. Correct. So I think the average American believes, perhaps falsely, that if you're accused of a crime in a foreign country, particularly a less developed country like Romania, you go to the US embassy and someone takes an interest in your case just to make sure that your treatment falls within accepted standards of justice. Yeah, they came to see me, but when I was asking them what they can actually do about all of this, they weren't particularly helpful.

I don't want to pedal conspiracy theories, and I've heard a lot of information, et cetera, but I wouldn't say they sanctioned it. I don't know if they had to sanction it, but something they weren't particularly interested in getting me out, but at least they came to see me more than once. I mean, they kind of pretended to care. The UK Embassy didn't even pretend to care. The UK embassy was I really think they enjoyed it.

You're a British subject as well. Correct. And this is the kind of thing, and I want to say this here, that's kind of frustrating for me, because Romania is my home now for seven years. But I'm half British, half American originally, and when something like this happens to you, you have this longing for home. You kind of want to go home when you end up in a jail in a country where, even though you've lived for a long time, you don't speak the language, you don't understand the legal system.

Going to court in a foreign language is far more intimidating than in your own language. You don't have a clue what's being said, you don't understand how anything works. And then you kind of have this longing for home. But I feel like my home countries hate me and they hate me because of my message, which I believe to be a positive message. So you kind of have this strange feeling of homelessness, because it's like, well, if I go to the UK, I believe they're going to attack me the same.

If I go to America, I believe they're going to attack me the same. So where do you go? It's kind of scary. Where do you go? Good question.

We're going to have to see it. How did you wind up here? I moved to Romania. I came to visit a long time ago, before anybody ever visited Romania. I came to visit and I genuinely fell in love with the place.

It truly is a fantastic country. I love nature as an amazing nature. It's a very safe place. It has this reputation of being dangerous. It's not dangerous, it's very safe.

The people are very good. The people are very conservative. Traditionally, it's almost like America was 2030 years ago. It's gorgeous. They have a bunch of nice restaurants and plenty of things to do.

And I've never had a problem here in any way, never had any issue with the law or with the other side criminals, nothing, until this came out of nowhere. So it's been very strange. So what is it about your message? Do you think that infuriates certain people? Well, my message is traditional masculinity.

My message is to stand up and say what you mean and mean what you say. And even going to the gym nowadays is an act of defiance, because when you have a man who's built with any degree of principle, you say no to things. And I think if I have to analyze my message and why I'm so disliked by the people who dislike me, it's not the things I'm saying, it's the fact that if you adhere to my principles and you adhere to the things I say, you end up being the kind of person who. Will resist certain ideas. You say no.

What kind of man never says no? Name? A man who never says no. Men say no, right? Men wake up and say, no.

I don't think that should be done this way. No, my children will not be taught that. No father's primary job. Absolutely. So when you say to men, listen, you're allowed to have an opinion, you're allowed to have standards, you're allowed to have boundaries and barriers.

You're allowed to get up and become important and work hard and try hard and become the kind of man who can't be controlled, then you're seen as an enemy. And especially with the massive influence I've gained, I think they look at me and go, ah, he's helping men resist the slave programming. We don't need him around. We need to empty their brains so we can inject the slave programming and convince men to be eunuchs. Because once you're eunuched, then you're not a threat.

I think I buy that, because your message I'm not the world's expert on your message, but I've seen a lot of it, and it's not explicitly political, actually. No, it's not political at all. And their original attack before this Matrix attack is they weaponized virtue, which is what they usually do. There's no genuine virtue inside of these people. They weaponize virtue.

They find a virtue and they turn it to a bullet and they shoot at you. I'm sure you know very well. Yeah, I've heard. Yeah, I was a misogynist for the longest time just for saying that men should have standards. If you tell a man he could have standards in a relationship in any way, you're a misogynist.

It's actually very interesting because what does that mean, to have standards in a relationship? But this is the thing that's so interesting about it, because they've gendered the argument when I never did. I said, as a man, you shouldn't have a girlfriend who is a liar and a cheater, and you also shouldn't have male friends who are liars and cheaters. You shouldn't be around dishonest people, male or female men, and they gendered it and said, he's a misogynist. He's saying that men should only act this way with women, et cetera.

I said that men should have standards and you should have protocols that you're prepared to accept and you should have hard parameters. And if a woman doesn't want to adhere to those parameters, that's her decision and it's her prerogative. But you don't have to stay with her. Why should you? What's wrong with that?

Well, that's teaching men to say no. They don't want men to say no. So are you arguing that it's better to be with a virtuous woman? I think so, yes. I know that's.

No, I'm serious.

It seems like good advice. I don't want to come across as extreme, but yes, I am. And what's actually funny is I really believe most of the things I'm saying were accepted by absolutely everybody 15 years ago, ten years ago, and now it's public enemy number one. And it's because of the mass influence I have. At one point.

I became the most Googled man on Earth at one point. And it's a scary situation I'm in if you're arguing that it's really important for a man to find a good woman, a decent woman, an honest woman, that's the truest thing that's ever been said. Absolutely. That's the most important thing any man can do. I mean, I can just tell you firsthand, oh, thank you very much.

Married 32 years, that's the most important thing. And you think saying that anger to people? Absolutely, because I'm arguing the only way to do that is via masculine excellence. I'm saying in the world we live in today, it's hyper competitive. And if you want to be the kind of man that has the choice of women to choose a good one, you need to be an excellent man.

It's no longer acceptable for you to just be an average Joe or below average. You have to get up and you have to work hard and you have to be smart and interesting and you have to be charismatic and make some money and be in good shape, and you have to try very hard. And unfortunately for them, if you follow that path as a man and you become successful in those realms, you end up being the kind of person who resists enslavement. You become the kind of person who wakes up and says, no, I don't believe in that. That doesn't make sense to me.

I can't imagine a better message than that if you want a good society. So then you have to argue and sit and say, do these people want a happy, functioning society or do they want something else? What do you think? I think that I would never kill myself. And I also just throwing that out there.

And I also think that when you want to conquer a society, you kill the military aged males. That's what you do. That's the first thing they've ever done. They walk in and all the men have to have their throats cut. They can't perhaps do that, but they can certainly cut your balls off, and then you can't resist.

And I think there's certainly a movement to ensure that there's very little resistance left inside of the number one demographic which is required to resist oppression, which are military age males. And they don't want those kind of people waking up with any kind of self respect or standards or to say, no, I don't accept this. I do not need a 9th injection. They don't want that. They want you to sit and say, I don't need it.

But the news said so. Oh, well. So in the one interview that you and I did, you had a line that I've been thinking about ever since. I thought it was so interesting. I never thought of it before.

You said that a lot of people went along with the facts and that you didn't judge them because facts change. But now that we know that a lot of what we were told was wrong and some of it was a lie, it is a requirement of your own dignity, of your own self respect to say so completely and people should apologize. I really do believe, and I have nothing against the people who fell for the propaganda and I fell for the programming. Yes, I agree. Fine.

But you should wake up and say, I was fooled. I've learned my lesson. I will not be fooled again. But if you were fooled by the MSM and took the injection and you continued to be fooled and you have not self reflected and you have not realized that they lied to you the entire way and you now believe the new bunch of lies are all over the television, then there's something wrong with you. Or you don't care that you were lied to.

You don't care that you were lied to because you I think a lot of this is actually genuinely cowardice. I think it's a very easy worldview. The life is easier if you accept the news tells the truth. Yes, everything they want me to believe is true. Everything's nice and simple, good guys, bad guys do.

And if you want to actually wake up, it takes a degree of bravery because then you have to destroy your entire worldview, everything you've ever understood and everything you're told, and you have to really look at the world and go, oh, this is a mess. And that takes bravery. And once again, that's why they don't want men to be brave. They want you to sit there and go, oh, it's easier if just, you know, CNN said so. It must be true.

And it's cowardice. And they're trying to instill cowardice in all of us. That's what they're trying very hard to do. And I think even just me as a person, the people who hate me, my detractors, who dislike me so much, even if I say nothing, I just turn up, big, bald, strong, fast car. It's just me.

I'm like the enemy to them because I symbolize men who don't comply and not don't comply in a negative, law breaking way, but don't comply. If we don't agree with that or we don't see common sense in that, we're going to politely decline. And that's simply not allowed. What's it like to have the prospect of prison hanging over you? I think that I like to believe that this is a test from God.

I like to believe that if you become the most Googled man in the world for saying that you have mental resilience, that God is going to make sure you don't have that degree of fame without testing you. I like to believe that God comes along and says, yes, I've allowed you to become the top g. We're going to see if you really are the top g. I believe that's how the world works. It's certainly intimidating, especially knowing you're completely innocent, but I believe it's a test, and I believe it's my job to pass the test for my ancestors and for people watching over me and for God.

And I think I have to do the absolute best I can possibly do in the scenario and the circumstance. Regardless of whether I win or lose, I still believe I'm going to win because I've seen the case file and I've seen that no laws have been broken. But even in the very unfortunate circumstance that this Matrix attacks goes deep enough to throw me into a jail cell, I think I should handle it like a man. I think I should stay and finish the process and I should walk with my head held high and suffer as much as I need to suffer to stick by my convictions and know that I'm an innocent person. And I refuse to break, I refuse to cry, I refuse to be depressed about it.

I'm going to wake up and I'm going to smile regardless. And regardless of what happens to me, I want everyone to know that, one, I would never kill myself, and two, I think that as a man, there's always going to be a degree of pain and suffering in your journey. I don't think you're ever going to become a successful man or be good at being a man without pain and suffering. And there's many times in my life where something terrible happened to me. And at the time, if I could change it, I would have.

But retrospectively, you kind of look back and go, you know what? That was formulative for me. That's right. That is what God decided I needed to become who I became. So all of the pain and all the suffering I've ever gone through in my life ended up, in the end, building me into the person I am.

And I'm proud of who I am. So if God decides I need to go back to a Romanian dungeon for however many days, then all I can do is accept it and accept his plan and accept that it's going to make me a better person. So you see the hand of God in your life? Absolutely. I think that he is the best of planners.

And like I said, if you retrospectively analyze all the times in life you wish you could have changed things, he knew better, and I'm going to have to accept that. When did you conclude that? I think I guess I always kind of knew I was atheistic for a while when I was younger. But as you get older, you start to look at the world and understand that the thing for me was actually, I guess, a scientific principle. It was Newton's law of equal and opposite force.

If there is evil in the world, and I'd like to think we both agree there certainly is. Yes, there has to be an equal and opposite force which is good. And I would like to think of that as God, even the idea of God as a notion, even just as a concept, if that idea of God resists evil, then God is real. If you have two islands, you have two people, let's say a ship crashes and you have two people who swim to two different islands, and one island, they're atheists savages, and they rip you apart, and the other island, you get there and they believe in God, and they believe they're not allowed to kill you. Even just their idea of God, god saved your life.

So I think even just a concept of God in and of itself, if enough people believe and it makes them do good, then God must be true. And that's the equal and opposite force to the evil of the world. And this is how I view it. So I don't see how anybody with a conscience cannot believe in God anymore. That's such a profoundly different worldview from the one that we're presented with, I think.

Do you think that's maybe the division in the west between people who see those forces at work and those who don't, I think the west is actually split between people who think and people who don't think at all. I think that people there there are there's no such thing as these two opposing worldviews. I think people believe there's worldview A and worldview B. I disagree with that. I think there's worldview a the good guys, which are primarily people who do believe in God, do have parameters, do believe in standards, do believe in self respect, do know how to say no, and there's worldview B, which changes day by day regarding based on what they're told, which means they have no real worldview at all.

They just repeat, and they have no standards, and they have no parameters. There's nothing you can tell them that will make them wake up and go, that's wrong, because they have no inherent morality. So you can literally, you can say bestiality is accepted and encouraged. Now, it's good for you because for climate change. And they'll sit there and go, oh, for climate change, well, off we go.

And they'll just do it. So I think you have a camp of people who think, and you have a camp of people who repeat. And I don't think there's actually the opposing side to the good, I don't think function as a thinking populace at all. I think they simply repeat. It feels like the conflict between those two groups is getting more intense.

It's certainly getting more intense. And it was interesting for me because and I want to be an optimist, but I lost so much faith in humanity during COVID If you would have told me how COVID would have gone down before COVID I'd say, no way, we're not that bad. I thought, the people aren't that dumb. But when I experienced COVID, it's actually scary. You see how the Nazis managed to do what they did.

You see how they managed to put people in concentration camps. You see it. And I had a very unique view of COVID because in the first days of COVID when people were falling over in China and the Italian hospitals were overrun at the height of the panic, when most people believed because it was the very beginning, early stages. My brother and I had a very logical conversation and said, we're two military aged men in very good physical condition. If we die of this the world's over, if it can kill us, it's zombie apocalypse, so why are we going to live in fear?

So we found the only two countries that were open, which were Sweden and Belarus. We had just been to Belarus, this is before the Ukraine war. We'd just been there. We decided to try Sweden. So for the first three months of COVID during the height of lockdowns, when Florida was closed, when it was absolutely I remember, yeah, when it was the craziest lockdowns, globally, me and Tristan are in Sweden in absolute freedom.

They had no restrictions, no masks, no vaccine passports, no social distancing, nightclubs are full lunch, restaurants are open, perfectly complete, normal society. Nobody talks about this anymore, nobody talks about weight. Sweden never did a thing. Everything functioned perfectly fine the entire time and they don't have it. Where's their mass?

Where's their illness of severe their winter of severe illness and death? They never had one. It's a cold country. Never had one. So we were living in Sweden, living completely normal lives, seeing everyone, seeing the internet and seeing this insanity.

And we're like, well, surely if we just put up a few videos of us partying in Sweden, in nightclubs, this will wake people up. People didn't want us. People ignored their own eyes. That's the scariest thing about everything, is that they can get to a level where with the media machine, where people will genuinely ignore their own eyes. I don't understand how you can get people so brainwashed that they will see that the sky is blue and then they'll watch that the sky is green and then they'll look at it again and go, sky's green.

It's crazy to me, but COVID proves they can do that and that's why the war is getting so intense, because the principled people are saying, how can you still believe in the things that you're saying? Here is all the logical, empirical evidence that that is a lie. But these people are ideologically brainwashed and they don't want to take enough. They don't have the bravery it takes to wake up and accept that they're being lied to. So they'd rather, just to the end of time, repeat what they're told.

And it becomes more and more intense as it becomes more and more ridiculous. This is scary. As it becomes more and more ridiculous, the more intense both sides get. Yes. Right.

So what the future holds, I'm not entirely sure, but I like to believe even my current charges, I found solace when I was in jail. That the thinking. People are looking at this going, Something about this doesn't seem right. Well, I mean, it is a little bracing. I mean, when I discovered I mean, I was sympathetic to you already, but a man's accused of human trafficking, it's worth finding out what he's accused of.

And when I discovered that there was no actual human trafficking charge, that's not actually human trafficking, I don't care what you call it, you weren't buying. Even accused of buying and selling anyone, then the next conclusion you inevitably reach is, they don't like the guy, they don't like his views. Fine. They're going to send him to jail for that. That does seem like an escalation.

Absolutely. But if they don't like your views and you're inspiring millions of people to resist slave programming, you become a threat like they discuss me. But you can't send a guy to jail because you disagree with him. You shouldn't. But even before I went to jail, the members of Parliament in the UK were talking about me and what a dangerous role model I am for young boys.

So they launched this initiative inside of British schools to ban me. My name can't be said inside of any British school. And members of Parliament were standing up in Parliament saying, Andrew Tate is dangerous. He's encouraging young boys to have misogynistic views, because I'm literally telling young men to go to the gym and to stand up for themselves and believe believe in themselves and believe in something. And by extension, you look at some of the sexual education books these children are being given, which I believe in age nine, I don't think a child needs to learn about anal sex or any of these things.

Probably not. Yeah, probably not. So they're pushing that to the children, but I'm banned. Well, they're also pushing weed and video games on boys. Oh, completely.

And you can listen to rap music about killing people all day long. And there's a whole and little nas. He can have sex with the devil in his music videos, that's fine. But I'm dangerous for saying, go to the gym. And once I realized what was scary to me is I said this to my brother, I said, Once the Parliament is discussing you, you're basically considered a national security threat at this point.

You're a threat to national security at that level. And then all bets are off. Right. So the UK has become more authoritarian than anywhere in the Persian Gulf. Correct.

How did that happen? Yeah, like I said, it's very interesting because people still the people on Camp B who don't think a lot of them believe that the law is fair. I've had people say to me, oh, yeah, what they're doing to you is garbage. You need a lawyer. Yeah, I do need a lawyer, and I do have a lawyer, thank you.

But it's not that simple, unfortunately, the law is very subjective and if they want to attack you with it, they're going to do a very good job of attacking you with it. And that's what the UK does. The UK have these laws which are extremely subjective, and they can use it as a weapon to basically silence anyone. They decide England is the birthplace of free speech, habeas corpus of kind of framework of liberal democracy that we thought we believed in, and now it's a country where people are arrested for praying. Well, what happened?

Good question. And there's a saying that I heard, and I don't know who said it, but he said that a sick country adopts laws like a dying man will try medicine. And I think that the UK is failing in real time. If you look at it in any metric, whether it's living standards, whether it's crime rate, any any metric, you can measure the success of a country by it's fallen off the cliff, it's becoming more and more expensive to live there. The education system's gone down the pan.

London is the stabbing capital of the world. You're not safe to leave your house. So their answer to this is just more and more and more laws. And unfortunately, as they do that, they're not even intelligent enough to actually attack the people who are doing genuinely bad to the world. They just make more and more authoritarian laws and they end up using them to attack the people that the government doesn't like.

And I ended up being one of them. And I think Europe in general has problems. If you look at France as we speak, I think it's on fire, isn't it? Most of it. It is, yeah.

So they have issues, and their answer, what's a government's solution to anything? Law? What can a government do, no matter what? But they're not laws that are aimed at fixing the problem. That's right.

No, they're laws aimed at fixing the person who's talking about the problems. Why don't you get rid of the guy who tells everybody? Isn't that easier? Tucker, why fix any of this? If we just shut him up, they won't know.

But that's like responding to a heat wave by breaking your thermometer completely. Right, that's the plan. Plan one is to break the thermometer. We might deal with the heat wave a bit later, but get air conditioning. No, we break the thermometer for now.

There's too many people talking about the heat wave, so let's just break that and then later on, maybe when we have time, we'll do something about the actual issue. It does seem like a lot of this is an effort not to talk about the thing, the real thing, in Europe, anyway, which is migration. And the U. K, formerly known as England and France have both been completely changed by people from other countries and I'm sure have added good things, too. I mean, I'm not but they've changed them and in general, they're not better countries, and why can't anyone admit that?

But this is what's really interesting to me about what's happening, because we're talking about masculinity and men who say no and men who stand up. But there has to be balance, right? Everywhere in the world, there has to be power balances. If there's not a balance in power, there's going to be a vacuum, and that's going to be filled. If you neuter the native population of men, if you destroy their mentality to resist, if you tell them that every single thing about the masculine is wrong and you basically feminize and unicate them, turn them into eunuchs and then you import high testosterone men from the Third World who don't believe any of this garbage, who grew up in a society where they understand the only way to succeed is to be a fearsome predator.

To a degree. What do you think is going to happen? Like, who's supposed to protect the sanctity of these nations and these settlements and these towns and villages? The police? No, in general, I would argue that it's the masculine essence that can be detected by the people who arrive.

I guarantee if you were to pick up, put a bunch of these migrants in Sarajevo or Moscow, they behave themselves. I have a feeling they'd just look around and go, not today, but when you knew, or the native populace, then it's like, well, there's a power vacuum. And when there's a power vacuum, what do we expect to happen? What are the French going to do about it? What's your average Englishman going to do about it?

Nothing. And that's the thing. And that makes you wonder, is this purposeful, these two actions of neutering the native populace and importing these high testosterone Third Worlders are so at ODS with each other. Is this purposeful? I'm not sure, but has anyone considered this?

So, yeah, it's interesting because you talk about these are huge and intentional trends. They're historically transformative trends. They're a big deal, so they're probably not happening by accident, right? There's got to be some intent. How could there not be that's right?

And how do they expect all of this to end? And this is exactly what's happening with migration. The problem with migration specifically is that there's no native masculine populace to enforce any degree of culture or boundary or parameter. And like I said, I would argue the point. And I've been to Sarajevo and I've been to Moscow, I've been to these places and I've seen there's a whole bunch of migration and everybody seems to just behave a little bit differently.

And I think that's because people understand did men live here. That men live here. If you turn up in someone's house and their house is pristine, you're probably going to take your cup and you're going to go put it in the kitchen. But if you turn up in somebody's house and it's a fucking mess and nobody respects the house and nobody cares, and the man is drugged out of his mind, half asleep on the couch, what are you going to do with your cup? You're going to leave it there?

You don't give a shit. If you turn up to the Western world looking, then you're going to hit on his wife. Absolutely. So what do we expect to happen in these scenarios? Right.

And it is purposeful and it is scary that even me just telling men to go to the gym is seen as an act of defiance to the point where I have to be punished. I must go to jail, I must be silenced. Thermometer must be broken at the end of all of this, no matter what happens. Do you plan to stay in Romania? I love Romania.

I love this country. And if I am found not guilty, I will stay in Romania. Yeah. I will still stay here. I don't believe in running away.

I also believe, and perhaps this is yeah, I didn't even want to ask you that because legal case pending. But I mean, presumably you're rich enough to run away when you have it. Correct. I'm not going anywhere. I think if I was anywhere in the Western world, this would have happened to me.

I don't think this is Romania's fault, let's put it that way. I don't think this is Romania's fault. I think if I resided in Switzerland or France or Italy, the same thing would have happened. From knowing what I know, I think it was going to happen to me regardless. And I think I do have a large amount of sympathy the especially amongst the Romanian population.

I get thousands of messages a day from Romanians apologizing to me. I think the people here actually like me. My waiter at lunch yesterday is one of them. He wanted you to know. Yeah.

Amazing. This is what I mean. Everyone understands what's happening. My problem is not with Romania. I don't hold any personal grudges against Romania.

I think that this Matrix attack was going to come to me. What is the Matrix? Good question. I guess some Americans call it the deep state, but I like to look at it in a more global way. When I say The Matrix, I think there are certain agendas which are being pushed.

I think the media machine and the judicial systems of the world work together hand in hand. I think the goal is to control people's minds to a point where they don't discuss anything that's important. The reason I use The Matrix is because I've watched that movie a few times, and it has so many similarities. To the have you seen the movie? No.

You've never seen the movie The Matrix? No, I don't watch any movies. I don't want to talk about it on camera. No, I'm very dyslexic, and it's hard for me to watch video. Got it honestly understood.

But there's so many similarities, and the basic premise is that humans minds are controlled and put inside of a false reality so that their body heat can be manifested for the machines. And I don't think it's much different to reality. Our minds are controlled. We're put in a false version of reality. We're told things aren't true.

We're arguing over things that don't matter. We're observing a false version of events. And the goal of it is just to distract us long enough for our bodies to be used for the machines, the soulless. And I think it's pretty similar. Pretty similar.

Striking similarities. And even then, there's a bunch of other similarities which are difficult for me to explain. You haven't watched a movie. But there are agents inside of The Matrix, and the idea of the agent, the purpose of the agent is to make sure that nobody understands how The Matrix really works and to wake anybody's mind up. They want to keep you asleep.

And any person can become an agent at any time. If they're not unplugged, if their mind is not free, they can become an agent. And their job is to keep you asleep. And you see agents all the time. COVID awoken me to agents when I would sit and talk to somebody, and they seemed perfectly rational and normal until I mentioned COVID, and then they'd fully change.

No, it's dangerous. No. What do you mean? What do you mean? Are you crazy?

My grandma got sick, and they became an agent instantly and started repeating the news to me. And I was like, Your grandma got sick? How old is she? 97. Interesting.

Oh, I'd better lock myself in my house then. Dumbass.

Agents exist and the matrix exists. And I think most people's version of the world is a false one. The idea and the world that most people have in their mind and how society functions and how all these things function I genuinely believe is completely false. I think they've all been lied to. I don't think anybody understands how any of the of the world works.

And I try and use some very simple, you know, very simple analogies to wake people up. I said to one of my friends once, I said, if me and you could play video games for $10,000 and you could cheat, would you cheat? He goes, no. I was like, If I was whooping your ass and it was ten grand a game and you could cheat, would you cheat? He goes, yeah.

I was like, all right. So you accept that people cheat to win in a video game for a menial amount of money. Do you think they're not going to cheat for something that matters. Yeah, I think they're not going to cheat for something important. You understand what I'm saying?

How about to get the most important job in the world, president of the United States? I would never kill myself. I mean, people kill each other over insurance fraud. You don't think, right? Yeah.

So when you actually understand how the world really works you know what was really interesting? I remember there was this big military coup. Was it Myanmar or Burma? One of these there was a big military coup like a year ago or something, and nobody really cared. They mentioned on the news a little bit, and I looked at it and I looked into it, and they were talking about how the two political parties were almost 50 50.

And then in the 90s, something changed. And now one political party just smokes the other one. And the military took over to restore democracy and all this stuff. It was very interesting to voting machines they used. Really interesting something to look into a lot of countries like that.

Philippines also true. Why do you think support for the war in Ukraine support for Ukraine side in the war against Russia support for a war against Russia in the west is kind of the bottom line issue for the people who run the US government and for the American media. Why? I guess you could argue about it, but there isn't an argument about it in the United States. There's a position, and anyone who doesn't hold it is attacked and punished.

Why? Why is that so important? Well, the first thing I think we should all do is I think we should all give Putin credit for curing COVID. Right? Because when his invasion happened, COVID went away.

So thought about that. Think about it. It's almost to the day. So we have to give him some credit at least for doing that. He may be the bad guy of the world, but at least he cured COVID for everybody nearly instantly.

Fair. Thank you for thank you, President Putin. Yeah, i, up until this point, never really commented too heavily on politics. Yes. But I understand very well.

I like to believe what's happening with Ukraine and Russia. And what I will say to the people who are watching this at home is that if you are naive enough to believe that there are good guys and bad guys in wars and it's as simple as good, and bad and that the bad guys are crazy and the good guys want freedom, then you need to do a little bit more investigation into what's really happening. And when you look at the vested interest of any country or any person, can I just ask you to pause and just comment? That's the truest thing, what you just said. And anyone who doesn't understand that should shut the fuck up.

And I mean it. Having seen war, anyone who's telling you that it's Churchill versus Hitler is an idiot. Completely. Well, I'll give an example. When my father was still alive excuse me?

Yeah. No, it's true. When my father was still alive, my father died six or seven years ago. I was a lot younger. The war in Afghanistan was going on.

He died six or seven years ago. How old was he? 56. Oh, gosh. Yeah, he died.

But the war in Afghanistan was going on. And I remember asking my dad saying, why do the Taliban even fight and resist the American war machine? They don't stand a chance. Like, why are these terrorists even fighting against the American war machine? And my dad said, they're fighting for their way of life.

They want their wife and they want their children, and they want their society and their language, and they don't want pride flags, and they don't want American bullshit, and they don't want to be told what to do. And they're fighting to be a culture and be a people which is independent in and of itself. Like, they're not the bad guys you think they are. They're people who are like, Why are you here? What do you want?

We don't agree with that. That's against our holy book. Fuck off. Right. So even there's no such thing as good and bad in any war.

Who is your father? My father was a chess master. He worked for the CIA when he was he was a linguist for the CIA. And then he was American. American.

He was discharged and for a story I won't tell. But he was a chess master, and he is very interesting. I encourage people to look at his Twitter. He still has Twitter at Tate. Terrific.

And everything he was talking about eleven years ago is so important now. Eleven years ago, no one cared about we had the Dawn Bass in 2014. People cared a bit, but he was literally he predicted the future. You want to see how chess players can see the future? Read his Twitter.

Everything from LGBTQ, why they need your kids because they can't have their own, to the war that's coming and how Europe's going to have an energy crisis, to the letter all on his Twitter. It's amazing to read it's like he told you could tell the future. Ten years ago, no one talked about any of this stuff. Did he live in the US? Yes.

He lived in America. Fascinating. Yeah, it's crazy. But he was telling me about a lot of this stuff even when I was a lot younger. And as we said, there's no good guys and bad guys.

But when you have a vested interest in something, I think that people are relatively simple. You're talking about why the American government has such a vested interest in this war, which is not good for America. Which is not good for America. So is it well, we can say it's for money or we can say it's for power? What else would it be for?

Is it really for freedom and democracy? Well, I think that's already been destroyed by Zelensky, hasn't it? So what is it for if it's not for money and power? And then you say, well, who is the money and the power going to? These are logical conversations.

It's a very logical thought process. I agree. Wouldn't it be interesting to say, okay, I woke up. I'm an american. I would never kill myself.

I woke up. I'm an american. Why does America care? Well, I guess it's for money or power. There's no other reason.

Okay, well, America wants to be a rich, powerful country. That's fine. Is the money and power going to America, or is it going to a select few individuals? Are those select individuals interested in me, in my life? Do they care about benefiting me?

Do I need to support the power grab of these select few individuals? Is that going to be a smart move for me to make, for me to have the best possible human experience? These are very logical thought process, yes. People don't seem to think anymore. They believe that there's a good guy and there's a bad guy, and one team's completely good, and one team's completely bad, one team's crazy.

They often use the word crazy because to be completely bad, you have to be crazy, right? So you're crazy. He's crazy. Just for no reason. Just reasonless.

Insanity. I don't know if you saw Lukashenko with the BBC. Did you ever see that interview? No. Oh, brother, please watch it.

The way he destroys the BBC. I thought I did the best job, but I take second place. Amazing. But yeah. And you just have to be critically thinking.

And then after you're critically thinking, you have to be brave enough. And this is the real pandemic of the world as cowardice. You have to be brave enough to look around you and realize everything was a trick, everything was a lie. But why not be a coward? It's just a lot easier, right?

Well, it used to be. This is the thing that's interesting. I would actually argue in the 1950s and 60s, if you were to agree with every single narrative and obey every single law and do exactly what you were supposed to do and pay your taxes, et cetera, you'd at least get a wife who respected you. You'd at least have children who go to school without being indoctrinated to a degree. You could have a nice house, you could have a pickup truck.

You could have a pretty good life if you just followed the rules. Yes. I don't think that's true anymore. I think that if you are a man especially and this is what I talk about I talk about masculine issues if you're a man who was born and you decide to do exactly as you're told, you're going to end up depressed, in debt, working a job that you hate with a wife who doesn't respect you, with kids who don't listen to you in a house you don't own until she leads you. And then you contemplate suicide a while.

And maybe you might find some purpose towards the end, enough to survive and pay your taxes. And then you're gone. I don't think a man who just follows the programming is going to find any happiness. But they don't care. Why would they?

They have no interest in masculine happiness, is another thing that's very interesting. They talk about men's mental health all the time, especially in the UK. I'm not sure about America, but in the UK, they had this big drive from men's mental health, saying that men commit more suicides, men a lot more, because it's hard to be a man. We commit more suicides, we're more depressed, we have all these mental health problems. I come along, I genuinely get thousands of emails a day saying I'm helping people men's mental health.

But, no, can't help it. The way Andrew wants. You can't tell him to go to the gym and stand up for themselves and have pride. What kind of man's going to have a solid mentality and not have mental health issues if he has no pride? That's part of being a man.

Part of being a man is proud of yourself. If you wake up and you're not proud of who you are and how you look and the things you say, how you ever going to have a solid mentality? So when I teach things that genuinely help men's mental health, that's outlawed. No, you're not allowed to do that. Instead, you have to take our version, which is to pretend to care about men's mental health, but not give a shit.

Give them a life they know they're not going to enjoy, pay taxes and die. And men are the backbone. Medicate them and medicate them. Medicate them long enough to keep working the same way as we medicate farm animals, bunch of injections. Just keep them alive long enough to get the milk, milk's gone, chop the head off.

Boom. They need to put you in prison. They're trying. Yeah, I can see why they're trying, and it's scary a lot of people. But then what do I do?

Do I just shut up? No. You don't think so? No, you can't shut up. I mean, because in the end, your self respect, your dignity, is the only thing that's right.

And this is what people don't understand. People say, Andrew, why are you fighting this war? And they don't understand that war is certain. You either fight war against injustice and you fight war against the things you know that are wrong and you feel good inside of yourself, or you accept the slave programming and fight a war with your own mind. You have to fight something.

I can shut up and believe what I'm told in the news, but then I won't why am I so unhappy all the time? Why am I depressed? Why does my life suck? Why does my woman ignore me? Why do my children not respect me?

Then you're fighting a war with your own mind. I'd rather have all of me on side and fight against what I know is genuinely evil. You can't escape the battle. The battle is here for all of us. So I've made my decision and that's why I can't be quiet because you just said I would lose my self respect and I'd lose my dignity and I don't think I can function that way as a man and I don't think any man should be able to function without self respect and me?

The reason men died on the Titanic was for self respect and dignity. They went into the icy cold water and died because they would feel honorless if they jumped on the boat and left the women to die. That's right. So when you have self respect and dignity you have a hard parameter and you'll do things that which are deemed crazy or insane because you believe in them and you stick up for yourself and that's why they don't want men to have self respect and dignity. Rather be a free man in your grave.

Absolutely. So I can't be quiet and I'm going to say what I believe is true and I genuinely believe I'm helping the world. I think that any young man who is a follower of mine, I will argue there's no influencer on the planet besides me who is genuinely benefiting their life. I know you're not big on the internet. I look at these other streamers and these other influencers.

They play video games all day, they smoke weed on stream, they talk garbage. It's a bunch of drama back and forth like girls. I'm the only influencer or streamer who's genuinely talking about making money because you need to have money to escape the matrix. It's very hard to resist enslavement when you have to pay the bills. Getting physically strong because a strong body is a strong mind, standing up for yourself, self motivation, all these things.

I'm talking about genuinely positive things. Very few people are. And I think that is an extremely important message that needs to be told and I'm not going to stop doing it because I know I'm genuinely helping the world and they're going to try and punish me for it for the rest of my life. I think this is just beginning and I think when I beat this case, which I believe I will beat, I think something else is going to come. And it's kind of scary because I am a little bit afraid and a little bit intimidated by the incompetence of my enemy because their standardized playbook is now failing in real time.

The standardized playbook is the media attack, the lie and it's not working anymore. And it got me a little bit worried about what the next move is. You used to just be able to lie about guy over the news and you win, right? But now it's like, Shut up. So now what?

I don't know. And that's what's kind of scary in my scenario, because nobody's going to believe any of the crap they print about me. Nobody believes it. Nobody believes it. Whenever I do an interview with the Matrix media, nobody believes they have to turn the comments off because everyone the comments are just ripping them apart.

You do seem very sad. On the verge of killing yourself, are you? Absolutely not. Really not. I never would.

And that's what you said, that I have to keep saying it. I have to keep saying it because it's scary. Right. But I believe you get three lives. I think they cancel you initially, and then when that fails, they try and put you in jail without a reason.

And if that fails, there's only one option left after that. That's right. So I'm in a very scary scenario, but I guess the same as the men on the Titanic just couldn't get on the lifeboat. I just can't stop saying what I believe to be true. If a young man comes to me and says he's depressed, I'm going to tell him how to become a kind of man who's proud of himself.

And if that makes him the kind of person that resists slave and slave programming, I'm always going to be public enemy number one. You've said depression isn't real, or it's not as the way we describe depression isn't accurate. What do you think of depression? When I say depression isn't real, that really upset the world, especially the liberals, because they all live on medication, right? When I say depression isn't real, I'm saying that because I don't believe in things that can take away power from me.

If I believed in depression, I would have been depressed in jail. But I can't be depressed if I don't believe in it. If you don't believe in ghosts, how could you be haunted? You have two people in a haunted house. One believes in ghosts, one doesn't.

There's a knock in the night, one wakes up, calls an exorcist, is terrified, looks for a ghost. The other guy doesn't believe in ghosts, knock in the night, goes back to sleep. It's the belief in the ghost that gives it the power. If I don't believe in depression, I believe in feeling depressed. Sure, we're humans, we have emotions.

Sometimes we feel depressed, sometimes we feel happy. I don't believe in the idea of becoming a depressed person who has depression. I don't believe in that. I don't think that's possible for me. So if I don't believe in it, how can it happen?

I don't believe in depression, so why would I not adopt the mindset that makes me the most capable predator I can possibly be? Why not adopt a mindset that makes me as competent and as fearsome as possible if you've to install software in your own mind, why would I not install software that makes me capable of not only driving a bugatti and flying on private jets, but sitting in a Romanian dungeon covered in cockroaches? I need to be able to do all of it. So why would I believe in something that made me incapable? I don't believe in depression because I think that even the belief in and of itself, when you feel depressed, you'll start to consider, maybe I have depression.

Then you go see a psychiatrist who tells you have depression. Then they want you on pills. It's the belief that goes down the spiral. If I feel sad, I go, I'm depressed today, I'll be fine tomorrow. So why I suspect you're right?

Or what you're saying is pointing toward truth. That's my personal view. But even if I disagree with you, okay, I disagree with you. Why is that so offensive, what you just said? Well, that's what's interesting.

Because when I said depression wasn't real, the number of people who would attack me defending depression, this is why I didn't understand. You say depression isn't real, but depression has ruined my life and it's super real and it's ruined my life and I lost my marriage. I'm like, if I told you it wasn't real, you should be coming to me saying, tell me how it's not real. Please help me with my depression. Why are you trying to convince me that it's real?

Why are you sticking up for it? Why are you defending depression? And why would I adopt the thinking of someone who's sad? You're going to convince me to take your worldview? You just told me your wife left you, you're fat and you want to kill yourself.

And you want me to sit here and go with my perfect life and go, you know what? I want to think like this guy. You're at your mind. I don't believe in it. And because I don't believe in it, it's made me the kind of person who can't become depressed.

And the reason they don't like me attacking that is because depression is a fantastic way to subdue a population, right? If everybody's depressed, it's hard to have a revolution. You're depressed, oh, they've locked us all in our houses. I don't want to go outside anyway, I'm sad, right? So depression is a fantastic tool of population control.

They have no problem with you being depressed. They have a problem with you being the opposite, principled and energetic. No, you don't want principled, energetic people, that's a problem. A bunch of depressed people, easy. If you were to invade a country, would you rather the opposing army be principled and energetic or depressed?

I'll tell you, I would not want to be invaded by a cheerful army. Absolutely scary. They're having too much fun, right? You want them all to be depressed. So a morose army is easier to defeat.

I agree. Absolutely. So depression is a defended idea. You're not allowed to even talk about it. You're not allowed to help people get out of it.

Right. They like the idea of a depressed population. And this is what I say to people now. I'm not stupid. I understand, like, PTSD is real.

I understand mental health is real. I'm not saying that. But I say if you're an 18 year old boy or 18 year old man and your life is pretty much okay, bacteria didn't steal your eyesight, which could have happened. You never had a car crash and lost both of your legs, which could have happened, you're actually very fortunate, and you wake up and you say, I'm depressed. I think you're an idiot.

I don't think you're depressed. I think you've been psyoped. I think you feel a little bit of depression, and you can fix that by changing your life. I think if you became rich and strong and smart and successful and you worked hard and you dedicated yourself and you were motivated and you tried your very, very best to become excellent, you probably wouldn't feel depressed anymore, which means it's not a disease, is it? The only reason you're even saying you have depression is because you believe in it.

So you're arguing for cause and effect. You're saying if you live a certain way, you're going to feel a certain way. Absolutely. And I also would argue that I think we've evolutionarily, even though I do believe in God, I think that we've designed ourselves, and the human has grown into a way where if you feel depressed or sad, I think that's a fantastic trigger or a warning signal to do something. If you were to say to me, andrew, you have to complete this monumental task, you have to conquer the world, I would say, okay, but I need an emotional motivation to do that.

I need to be unhappy having not completed the task. I need to be uncomfortable, right? If you're uncomfortable being out of shape, you'll get in shape. If you're happy being out of shape, then you're just going to stay out of shape, right. So if you feel a degree of uncomfortableness inside of your mind, I think it's just your mind telling you that something about your life needs to change.

Yes. You need to get up and change something. Guys would say to me, I'm depressed because I'm fat and I have no girlfriend. And I'd say, no, you have no girlfriend and you're fat and that's why you're depressed. If you go change those two things, you'd probably be surprised that your disease goes away.

I had another guy said he was going to kill himself. I said, Listen, back when I used to reply to my emails when I was smaller, I said, make me a promise. Get a six pack first of beer. I said, Get a six pack first. Get in fantastic shape.

And then do whatever you want. Didn't want to kill himself once he's in. Fantastic. So he did it? Yeah.

After. Before and after I put him on Twitter. Kind of interesting that, isn't it? So how are we going to say we have this disease, which is cause and effect? How are we going to say we have this disease where there's something wrong with you as a man, you have a disease because your life sucks.

I mean, I don't think that's true. I think that your life just sucks and you should change it. And another thing I also preach, and this is another thing that's very important. I also think as a man, because life as a man is pain and suffering. And when I say that, because you're never going to be a good man or good at being a man without pain and suffering, you're going to have to go through a bunch of shit and have a terrible life to become a good man, I think you should embrace that and accept it.

And I think that the correct mental model for men to have is a degree of stoicism and not to be too concerned with even how they feel. If I woke up today happy, if I woke up today and happy, I would have done this interview with you. If I woke up today sad, I would have done this interview with you. What's the difference? Why put so much importance on my emotion if certain things must be done?

I must work. I must train. I must see Tucker Carlson, I must resist the matrix. I've got things to do. So why are we going to sit around and talk about how I feel if it doesn't even affect how I act?

And as a man, it shouldn't. Because there's too much to do. And the masculine world is hyper competitive. This is another thing most people don't understand. It's hyper competitive out here.

All the women want a few men at the top. The Ferrari. You. You don't want a Ferrari to drive fast. You want a Ferrari because other men want a Ferrari and can't have one.

It's hyper competitive. So if you're competing against every other man for every dollar you make, every girl you see, the house you live in, the car you drive, the life you live, you're not going to be able to compete with the person who performs regardless of how they feel. If you only compete when you feel like competing. Right. Because there's men like me out there who will be sad every day and outcompete you regardless.

I don't care how I feel. I will still win. And that's the kind of mindset you need to adopt. So I don't win. A man come on a job to do.

Stop whining, go to work. Completely. I agree completely. So when men say I feel sad, who cares? The world doesn't care.

All the men who are out here to. Destroy you and take your girl. Don't care. So why do you care? The person who should care least is you.

You're the only person who wakes up every day who should have a genuine vested interest in improving your life. Nobody else wakes up and wants to improve your life, only you. So if nobody else cares about how you feel, why do you care? So my argument also for depression is you're depressed. Fine.

Have you trained today? That doesn't change what you should do with your life, depressed or not. And I don't say this because I'm an eternally happy person, I say this because I've experienced all ranges of human emotion. I was in a Romanian jail cell with cockroaches crawling all over me as I slept. I never missed a day of training.

I wouldn't say I was particularly happy, but push ups must be done, so they got done. You're very close to your brother correct. And you were locked away for part of that with him. Did you have fun at all with him? Yes, I do think there's something inside of men, whereas if you're with your boys or you're with your group of men yes, there's something inside of us.

Totally. And it allows you to make the absolute best of the worst situations. Maybe that's an evolution from war. All the men went to war and you saw all this pain and suffering and you saw heads, people decapitated and you're injured, but then you sit around the campfire and you're laughing, you're laughing. That's right.

It's something inside of us. It's like a coping mechanism when you're around men. So when me and him were together, no matter how bad the scenario or no matter what they tried to do to us, part of us would just look at each other like, cigarette. And you find joy in that. And, yeah, there's definitely and that's another thing I think a lot of men are lacking, a lot of men are missing is a masculine support network.

Buddies. Buddies. You talk to a guy and say, what was the highlight of your life? What was the best time of your life? And they'll say, Ah, college football.

It's not about the football, it's about the team. Yeah. And I think a lot of that's destroyed as well, because also, it's interesting how everything interconnects when you destroy honor and principle and the masculine essence inside of men. Well, now, as a man, it's very hard to have friends. I wouldn't want to have a male friend who had no principles, no honors, and didn't work hard and was always crying about being sad.

What do I want to hang around with him for? He's a loser. Right, so then your support network is destroyed. And I think that men have always needed that since the dawn of time, and I think that's gone. But they don't have friends.

Men, especially middle aged men, have no friends. Absolutely. Because they've been told that to give them all away and do as the wife says. And then she left him. No wonder he wants to kill himself, wouldn't you?

No wonder he's depressed. It sounds like the worst existence ever. And now we're living in a world now especially where everything is hyper competitive, especially the sexual marketplace. Like, if you're a 52 year old, overweight average income, no fame, dude, and you have to find a girl, it's going to be pretty difficult to find a good one. It's going to be very hard.

So of course he's lonely, and then his kids don't respect him. They're busy. Of course he's sad. It's actually heartbreaking to discuss. It is heartbreaking.

It's heartbreaking. But then how do you prevent that happening? Well, then you need to be a man of honor and principle and make sure that you keep your support networks and make sure that your woman does respect you. And a woman's going to respect you when she sees other men respect you. Yes.

And they're only going to respect you if you respect yourself. But to respect yourself, you have to be the kind of person who says no. What do you think of porn? There's been some statistics. There's been some studies done.

Most men or less men are having sex than ever before. I've seen that. Yeah. And that's that well, that's an extension of the fact that masculine virtue is being destroyed. That's the thing that's interesting about all these things.

They psyop, especially men. They say, listen, women want a feminist man. Women want a man with no moral principle who would make sure that there's a conversation about who should fight the burglar when your house is broken into. Because equal opportunities, equal rights, of course, don't presume just because you're a man that you should defend her physically. Of course not.

That makes you a bigot and a misogynist. So they convince men to adopt these virtues in ways, and of course, women by and large dislike them for it. So now, as men's, as masculinity has plummeted, a whole bunch of men are simply not having sex anymore. And then they become addicted to porn, which is cucking effectively. Two people are having sex and you're just watching it.

Good point. And it's become a pandemic. Right. So men are replacing genuine sexual relationships with just the computer screen and porn, and it's becoming a very, very big problem. And that's also exasperated by the fact that I think the sexual marketplace has become globalized.

This is the thing I say to young men. A lot of men come to me with problems, and my only answer to them is masculine excellence. I say that in the world we live in today, being a normal man or below normal is going to be terrible. You have to be an exceptional man, because the sexual marketplace, especially even if you just want to find a wife, is globalized. In 1955, if you met the hot girl in the Nebraskan town.

She was the hot girl in the Nebraskan town. If you meet her today, she's being offered to go to Corsioval and go skiing in France, and she's being offered to fly to Dubai. And there's millionaires who can just fly her anywhere and give her anything she wants. And who are you? It's getting harder and harder as a man to even find the most basic human function of reproduction.

Even to just find a woman you can reproduce with, it's becoming more and more difficult. You also couple that with the fact that they've destroyed morality in women also. So when you destroy the morality in men and you destroy how a man should act, and then you destroy how a woman should act, you're both going in the opposite direction. Most women out there are very happy to share a man who's just rich and famous and they don't care. So if you're the normal guy, there's this rich, famous guy with 30 girls, that's 29 dudes who are lonely and end up watching porn.

And if you have a porn addiction or you have a problem with porn, you have a problem with yourself. Because I guarantee if you were the kind of man you're supposed to be, you would have no time for that and you wouldn't need it. I can confirm that's absolutely not really the case. Yeah. So the fact you even need porn shows, there's a problem with you as a man, because if you were the kind of man you could be, and I genuinely believe that any man can become anything, then you'd have unlimited sexual options and you would have no interest in that.

And I do want to make this clear to the world because there's a bit of a misconception about my story. My father was in the military, and then he left to become a professional chess player. He was a traveling chess player layer. You don't make money with that. My mother and father broke up at age nine.

We moved to England purely because you get more help from the state. I was raised on welfare in Marsh Farm, which is the worst area of the worst town, Luton, with the highest crime rate. I went to a school with a 4% pass rate. Single mother household, effectively started from absolutely nothing, became a kickboxing world champion. Your mother was English.

English, correct. So I started at the absolute lowest echelon of life, and I would like to consider myself pretty somewhere near the top. Now, I've been through absolutely every stage. So when I say to men, you can become anything you want, and my answer to you is masculine excellence, there's no other answer. I can't tell you how to rig the game and cheat the game.

If we're all racing a race and I have a Ferrari and you have a Nissan, I mean, sure, you can get a bit better at driving, but you're probably going to lose. You have to get a better character to play this game of life. So that's why I preach masculine excellence. Because for many of the world's problems today, porn, sexual access, being respected by your peers, making sure that your wife's going to stay with you after the children are born, for a very long time, being happy, anything, it all comes down to who you are as a man. A lot of the answer, the only answer, is masculine excellence.

There's nothing you can do besides hard work. Accept the trauma and pain and suffering and work harder than everyone else around you worked. And that's why porn is a problem. So I will genuinely say to any man out there who finds himself loading up that website, go take a look in the mirror and realize why no one wants to fuck you.

And I said this to guys before. If you were a girl with all the choices she has, would you choose you? Think about it. And if you're honest with yourself, a lot of these guys, if they look in the mirror and go, you know what? No, I wouldn't choose me.

Work out why and do something about it. Absolutely not. Our self accountability, this is something that's also missing. I take accountability for everything in my life. Even going to jail, although it was unfair, although it's a Matrix attack, although it's garbage.

It was my fault. I sat there and go, what did I do wrong? How can I learn from this? Where is my part to play in this? What did I do?

Because my actions are what I have the most control over. I have self accountability for everything. If a woman doesn't want to sleep with me, I don't sit and say, women are this way. Society is that way. I just sit and say, okay, why?

What can I change? So any man who's loading up porn needs to go have a long conversation in the mirror and realize that he's not desirable or as desirable as he should be or could be. I come from absolutely nothing. I'mixed race. My father was black and my mother's white.

So statistically, mixed race, single household, single mother household, bad area. I ticked every box to end up in jail. I ended up in jail for the wrong reason. You fulfilled your destiny. Can't escape statistics.

I ticked every box to be a delinquent, and I refused to be one. I absolutely not refused to be a delinquent. I said, no, that's not who I want to be. I want to be a superhero. And I know the only way to be a superhero is to, one, suffer like Batman did.

His parents died, and two, work hard. What does your mother think? My mother is exceptionally proud of me. She still worries because mothers worry. But even when we were in jail, she said, well, I know you're both strong, so she knows she has men.

She knows she has. That's pretty great. Yeah, of course, I believe especially also I think a man has a duty to his last name. I think we carry the last name. We have a duty to our last name.

I am a tate. I am my father's son. The reason my father so is discussed so heavily is because of my monumental success. I keep him alive via my success. I would love to think my son does the same thing.

They will talk about my son in a way where they're so interested in his life path that I must be discussed by extension. And then I live forever. So I have a duty to tate, I have a duty to my last name. I must perform. And this is what I said to my mother on the phone.

I'm a Tate, it's fine, but the conditions are bad. Yeah, that's life. And even as a man today you're waking up, you want to load up a porn website, you should have respect for your last name and you should sit and say, is this who I am? Is this what I do? A lot of this comes down to the things we discussed at the very beginning self respect, honor, dignity.

Well, you have no dignity. I have too much dignity for that shit. And a lot of these men have no dignity, no self respect. And it's all an extension extends of why they're never going to be who they could be and also what they do to cope with that. And, yeah, porn is a coping mechanism.

What do you think of women? I think women are some of the most powerful people on the planet. Firstly, a lot of the conversations we're having, most people don't understand that women are the gatekeepers and women are the ultimate judges. Women are the ultimate judges, especially of sexual access, right? So when I say that maybe 40% of the letters I got in jail were from women just love letters, perfume on them and kiss kiss marks, and the traditional masculine role is still respected and loved by so many women.

If you were to ask the average woman on the street who hasn't lost her mind what she wants in a man, she would like to be financially provided for, physically protected. I love women. I think they are the most powerful and precious things on the planet. They give life. But I believe that when you love a woman, you should want to protect her and provide for her and take care of her.

I don't believe you love a woman by wanting to do everything she says and cucking to her. I don't believe that because I love women, I should have no standards on what I expect in a woman. I don't think loving women is sitting there going, a woman can do whatever she wants to me and I put up with it. I don't think that's loving women at all. I think loving women is saying, I'm going to be the best man I can be and the only way I'm going to be a good man is with a degree of standard and I'm going to be the best man I can be for you.

And when I say these things, I get attacked for being a misogynist, because how is that? I think misogynist means someone who hates women. Correct. Because I have conversations with women who are let's say I've done some podcasts with women who are very promiscuous and I've explained to them that since the dawn of human time, in every single society across the planet, promiscuity in females has been frowned upon. Yes, that's true.

It hasn't been frowned upon in men, but it has been in women. I explained in a big way, in a big way, in many parts of the world to this day, you can't get married if you're not a virgin. I'm not saying all women should be virgins. I was explaining to her that female promiscuity has always been hated. In every holy book it's disliked.

You've bought into this new think the last ten years and you seem to think it's empowering. And I would argue that it's not empowering. And I sat there and had a conversation with this promiscuous woman and I said to her that she is doing herself a disservice and she's dishonouring herself and she's never going to be happy or fulfilled jumping from bed to bed. And I was told that this makes me misogynistic, because women are empowered and they can make whatever choices they want. And I'm insecure to believe that a woman who slept with 300 men is somehow changed mentally and her ability to bond and love a man has been affected by that.

But it is that's true. Well, unfortunately, you're going to end up in a Romanian jail cell for being a misogyny. No, I mean, I love women and I've seen it and that is true, what you said. The thing that's interesting is that women intrinsically understand this, because if you see a woman dislike another woman, what's the first name she calls her slut. It's the first thing a girl says to a girl she doesn't like it's.

The biggest insult that comes to her mind is that she's promiscuous. Right? So it's interesting, but I've been a call to misogynist for that. And then I've been on the internet for a long time. I've made some jokes, I've made some videos, and people don't understand satire or comedy.

There's one that they keep repeating. I made a joke next to my bed. I had a glock, like many people do, and then I had a knife next to my bed and there was a comedic skit where it said, the girl caught me cheating and she picked up the knife and I slapped out of her hand and say, you still love me. And they cut the bit out where I talked about the girl attacking me with the knife. They just took the bit where I say, slap the knife out of her hand.

You're the boss. DA DA. And they he's a misogynist. He's a misogyny. And it's just taken out of context.

And that's another thing that's happened to me. And I am aware of this. And like I said, I take absolute self accountability. But the way you make jokes and make videos when you get hundred views is very different than the way you would make a joke or make a video when you get millions of views. And when they're trying their best to find that, look at a four hour video and find 3 seconds.

I'll give an example of it where it hurt me. Very recently, I did a podcast where I was discussing corruption. I discussed which country I believe is the most corrupt country in the world. They start a lot of wars. And the answer to that by the person I was discussing it with is, well, you live in Romania.

Romania is corrupt. I said, Romania is corrupt. Correct. But I don't think there's certainly corruption, but they don't start monumental wars which end up in millions of deaths. I would argue that their corruption, because a police man stops me and I can bribe my way out of a parking ticket or a speeding ticket is far less destructive.

So we discussed this at length for hours. They cut out the bit where I said Romania is corrupt and showed it to the judge that kept me in jail. Yeah, that's my problem in a nutshell. Long format content, people will find a little bit, edit it up and try and attack me with it. And that's where this whole misogynistic thing has come from.

It's either from me arguing with promiscuous women on podcasts designed for promiscuous women to argue their point and I destroy them so flawlessly I'm a bad person, or something taken out of context. And it's insane because like I said, the amount of support I get from women is actually monumental. The amount of mothers who write to me and say that their son's doing better than ever, the amount of women who write to me and say that their boyfriend's doing better than ever, the amount of women who love me and just want to meet me. This idea that I'm hated by women is probably the biggest lie about this whole story. I don't want to brag, but I can assure the world that's absolutely not true.

I had thousands of letters of support from women. In fact, there was one girl, never met her. She would play love songs from her car outside the jail. So she'd put the music on and play love songs. And I managed to tweet out, via my cousin, the songs I wanted to listen to.

White snake. Is this love? And she'd play them for me. Never met her. Don't know who she is.

So you're in a Romanian prison cell requesting White Snake on the radio in the car outside. Correct. And some girl would pull up and put kind of a surreal moment, put her speakers on full and play me my love songs for a good, like, three or four minutes for the police would come and make her move. But I got a song a day. But, yeah, this idea that I'm universally hated by women is insanity.

That's not true. So you said you're a mixed race. Your dad was black, your mom was not, was white. English, what do you make of the race conversation in the United States? I think it's deliberately they're trying to put fuel on the fire and they're deliberately trying to accelerate division.

This is what I believe. I think that if a black billionaire and a white billionaire meet somewhere, I don't think there's much conversation about race. No. I don't think there's any racism. Interesting.

They're not that interested in the topic, actually. They don't care. Right. But amongst the lower echelons of the populace, they seem very interested in trying to turn us all on each other. Yes, I wonder why that is.

And I wonder why they deliberately make laws and push media matters which are designed to do exactly that. I wonder why that is. We can sit and I have my own theories, but I think what certain people in the world would be most afraid of is the white people of a certain economic class and the black people of a certain economic class shaking hands and saying, this is bullshit. I think that would be very intimidating for them. So it's certainly accelerated.

And it's also very interesting because as a mixed race person, I will also sit and state I don't look particularly black. Most people can't guess where I'm from. I've had more discrimination against me for being a straight male than I've ever had for my skin color. I've had more people look at me or have problems with me purely because of my sexual orientation and my generally masculine essence than I've ever had anybody say anything about my skin color ever. And I'll also say, if somebody has a real problem with my skin color, who cares?

If someone's that ignorant, who gives a shit? I do find it amazing they managed to psyop people into being so brutally offended by it. If someone would come up to me and say, you're not white, I say, Correct. Have a nice day. Who cares?

It's amazing how they've got everyone wrapped up in this. But, yeah, it's certainly accelerated. And another thing that's very interesting about it, especially in America, a lot of Americans are insulated to, I feel like, world history. Yeah, I've noticed. You know, they're like, oh, slavery, slavery, slavery.

Slavery was everywhere. Every country had slaves. Arabs had slaves, chinese had slaves, aztecs had slaves. Everybody had slaves. The American Indians had slaves.

Everybody did. Correct. And they're like, oh, we've been enslaved. Everyone was enslaved. Unfortunately, the world wasn't such a nice place, right?

And there's been ethnic divisions in every single country on Earth since the dawn of time. There still is in many countries in the world today. They believe this is a uniquely American issue. And I would strongly argue that, one, is completely, utterly naught, and two, I think that if you are black, white, Asian, I think if you stand up, self respect, work hard, try your best, turn up on time, firm handshake, don't make excuses for anything, don't look for an easy way out. No matter what your skin color is in America or England or any other Western nation, I think you can be extremely successful.

I don't think anything's stopping you. That's not the message you get from, say, Kamala Harris, who's also mixed race. Her dad was Jamaican, her mom was Indian, but race is really at the center of her identity and her politics. What do you make of, say, Kamala Harris? Well, let's let's look at why they purport the idea that depression is so powerful and that you can just catch it from the sky, and now you're permanently depressed no matter what happens to you, and there's nothing you can do about it, and you can't improve your life and you can't be a better person.

Right. It's that self limiting belief. I think by also pushing this racism argument, it's also very much the same thing. I think if you adopt that mindset, if you wake up and you're a particular color, you're purple and you believe purple people can't make it, what's your chance of making it? Zero.

Yeah, right. So that's what's so destructive about it. This is why I'll even argue when I argue this point with people and they try and say, oh, but this happens. And they pull out these statistics and all this garbage from The Matrix. I say, Listen, even if the world's racist against purple people, the best thing you can do is be such an exceptional purple person that they need you.

They need you. The only answer is hard work. The only answer is self accountability, masculine essence, honor, dignity, making your ancestors proud of you because you hold the same last name as them. The answer is the same regardless, anyway. But when people at Kamala or Kamala are pushing this racism agenda, they're trying to say to people, effectively, you'll never be anything, and you don't stand a chance of ever being anything.

And I think that that makes people who aren't anything feel a little bit better about themselves. It's Cope and that's the only fans she has left are losers who she's told it's okay to be a loser because there's no way you could have not been a loser. And I will argue you could have been something a lot more than that, and you shouldn't listen to anybody who tells you not to be a loser. If someone were to come to me and say, andrew, you're a mixed race. You're from a single mother household.

You're never going to be rich, I'll say, Watch me. I don't believe you. I don't believe you. Who are you? So everything she's saying is, one, wrong.

Two, it's destructive to believe in three. I think it's her last hope at having any kind of fan at all, because she's largely incompetent. I don't think I've ever heard her put a compenduous, coherent sentence together.

And perhaps also, maybe that's the reason why she leans so heavily on race, because she's not impressive or competent. So she can say, oh, but I'm this color and I did it, instead of actually talking about how good of a job she's doing. Because if you have to discuss that part of her career or that part of her current life path, I think she'd be in a lot of trouble. I want to show you video of Joe Biden's challenger for the Democratic primary. Robert F.

Kennedy, Jr.

Runner. Runner. Runner. Run it.

So let's go, let's go, let's go.

Up.

What do you think of him? I think a strong body is a strong mind. I don't think there's anything wrong with the man exercising all until up until the age he dies. Why wouldn't he? I think that the bottom line of masculinity since the dawn of human time has been a propensity and a capability for violence.

I think that's what makes a man a man. I don't see any possible negative connotation with being in good physical shape. I think that's a fantastic way to show discipline, which is very important in any man who's important, especially a world leader. In fact, I love the idea of an elected world leader being in fantastic physical shape. I think it shows that they're a motivated, disciplined person, and I have a lot of respect for them for that.

And I think that in the military, we make it mandatory, right, to be in fantastic physical condition? Yes. So why wouldn't we have it mandatory for people who are in charge of the entire world? I think it's fantastic. The President of the United States seems to be failing physically.

As you look back at the country whose passport you hold at the President, what's your reaction? Well, sometimes, and it's not very often, I consider myself ignorant, but I feel like there must be some magic I missed, because wasn't he the most voted for president in history? Oh, yeah. Billions of votes. Yeah.

There must be some magic I just can't detect. Tucker, I don't want to more than Barack Obama. 81 million votes. It's insane. And I mean Barack.

Yeah, sure. He was very intelligent, articulate. He was concise and compenduous with his ideas. He could make you understand how he thinks. Yes.

But Joe must be better in some way. I can't seem to see how and I guess the fault. Is with me. I don't know what to say about that one. It's one of those lies that's so ridiculous that you're just like, okay, he got more votes than Barack Obama.

Shut up. He did. Shut up.

Excuse me, I want to get your take. This is sort of small ball, but I think tells you something about a largest trend in the United States. This is a state senator from the state of Wisconsin in a public hearing recently saying in a discussion on a crime bill, fuck the suburbs. Here she is. Fuck the suburbs because they don't know a goddamn thing about how life is in the city.

What is that? There's a hostility there. Where does that come from? That comes from being a perpetual victim. That comes from being told that everything that's happening to her is not her fault and she has no self accountability.

Even though she's managed to become a senator, somehow, she's still oppressed. And that means that everyone else who looks like her is also completely and utterly oppressed. And anybody who has a slightly better life in any way is, by extension, a bad person because they weren't oppressed. Yes, and that's where the hate comes from. The division is put there by these mindsets which are being purported by the people in charge of the world, convincing you that you have no control at all over your own life.

And that's why she's so resentful towards people who have done well in life, not even as well as her. I would also argue, perhaps I'm incorrect, that she probably lives in a suburb. Of course she does. So she's a hypocrite on top of that. But hypocrites are the fantastic thing about being a hypocrite is if you're a hypocrite with a little bit of power or influence, you're allowed to be a hypocrite because you're spreading information on the larger problem.

In fact, this is actually interesting. One of my funnest things. I'm going to announce this here on your show for everyone to know. This is a world exclusive. I want to become a climate change activist because when I was younger, people would say, what do you want to be when you grow up?

Do you want to be a fireman? You want to be Batman? Et cetera. And I wasn't sure what would really make me happy, but now I'm ultra wealthy, and I fly around on private jets all the time. I think that now is the time for me to become one of those hypocritical climate change actors.

100%. It's going to be super fun. Well, as your carbon footprint grows, your concern about carbon footprints grows. Absolutely. Eat the bugs.

Sell your car. How dare you eat meat on my jet? Of course I have meat, but I'm allowed to be a hypocrite because I'm spreading awareness for the overall pump for the greater good. For the greater good. I have to get to the climate change activist meetings, which happened to be in Switzerland.

I noticed, of course, although I'm flying on well, before this arrest, they're never in New Jersey. Never. So before this arrest, I was on about three or four jets a week, but every single time I was flying on my private plane, I was extremely concerned about the carbon footprint. Of course you were. And so I am now a climate change activist.

I just want to let the whole world know, because once you get to a certain level of power, of influence, you're absolutely not allowed to be a complete hypocrite. So you're allowed to live in the suburb and then tell everyone, fuck the suburbs and pretend that you're oppressed when you're a centerer of the most powerful nation on the planet because it's a logic fail on every level. So one of the human activities has got to produce the greatest carbon footprint is I would think war, right? I would think diesel powered machines, munitions going off. So I was a little bit surprised to see Greta Thunberg with Zelensky this morning.

What's interesting to me is this. Firstly, I would never kill myself. Secondly, imagine these people are so detached from reality. Imagine going, you know what we need to do, brainwave? We need to drum up support for this garbage.

Let's take the the most loved woman, Greta, and the most loved man, Zelensky. Let's make them meet. Think about the PR. Let's bring a camera and imagine people sitting around a table going, that's great. That's going to really make people support this.

Who gives a fuck? I don't want to swear, I'm sorry, but some young girl turns up to a war zone who has nothing. Why is she there? What are they going to talk about? I don't know, but what's their conversation?

I think she only yells. I don't think she does talk. I don't understand. Is she going to talk about how the childhood has been stolen from all those million Ukrainian men who have been blown to pieces? Like, she talks about childhood being stolen because we drive cars.

I don't think she is. I don't think she's going to mention that. Is it just a big PR opportunity? Like, what PR team came up with this concoction and thought, this will keep them on side? It's mind bending to me.

Who even thought this was a good idea? It's crazy. But of course somebody did. Somebody thought it was a fantastic idea. Have you ever met Greta thinberg.

No, but me and her have had some internet arguments. I think you went to prison for it, right? Yeah, correct. Which is amazing because I'm a climate change activist, so I'm on her team. I was in Sweden during COVID so we could have met.

She didn't want to hang out with me, unfortunately. And then now I'm flying around on my jet everywhere, spreading news about climate change. Same thing like in my Bugatti, obviously. It's got a big engine I make sure to talk about climate change out the windows as I drive. But I'm on her side.

She doesn't seem to be. Yell at the serfs as you pass about climate change. Yeah, don't eat meat, eat the bugs. What's wrong with you people? You don't care about the earth.

If you don't start caring about climate change all those politicians with beachfront property are going to lose their houses. Yes. And they're very concerned about climate change which is why they bought their houses on the beachfront. So they can be the first to let you know it's coming. The early warning system.

Right. They're very concerned. That's why they want to be right there on the beach. Quite honorable if you think about it. Kind of on the front lines.

The climate cris absolutely lead from the front. So good.

But one more point about this story. Sorry to go on and on. Oh I love it. But when I say these things, people, you don't care about the environment. And I try and explain to them I love nature.

You love hunting, fishing. You love nature. I love nature passionately. The problem with all of these things is not that I don't like nature. The problem is that nearly any issue which appears to be virtuous on the planet today is Trojan horsed with garbage.

That's the problem. I have no problem with fixing or maintaining or preserving nature. I have a problem with them telling me I have to maintain nature. Them Trojan horsing my bankruptcy into the middle of it, knowing that nature won't be fixed, then telling me it's about nature and telling me I should agree with it. That's my problem.

There's nothing left on the planet, no issue which isn't Trojan horsed with absolute garbage. And if you're going to sit there and tell me that I need to give more money to the government to stop the sun from being hot, I'm going to argue with you that I'd rather keep my money, thank you very much. Yes. So this is a problem with all these issues. It's nearly anything when I argue against some people.

You don't care about the issue. I do. But you're not smart enough to understand that the legislation around this issue is so large hasn't even been read by most of the people voting for it. And there's something in the middle of it which is going to damage every single person's life, which has nothing at all to do with the issue itself. And most people don't understand that.

They coopt people's best instincts, their love of nature, which is a virtue of course, their love of their neighbors during COVID Don't you care about your neighbors? Oh completely. You do? And your grandparents? I revere my grandparents.

Of course. And you're a bad person if you resist. I was a terrible person for going to Sweden. You're a very bad person. You don't care about anyone else.

And that's how they do. It's weaponized virtue and my opposers every single virtuous thing that comes out of their mouth is never from a place of virtue. It's from a place of hate. Yes, it's weaponized. And also and I don't talk about this very often, but people can go right now to Tatepepepledge.com.

I donate $25 million a year to feeding children in war torn countries, especially in the Islamic world, because that's where a lot of the war is. Nobody ever mentions that, ever. No mentions any of the charitable work I do. Nobody mentions any of the lives I save. Nobody mentions any of the people who support me.

They don't mention anything at all. They just come along and say, you're a bad person. I say, well, if I'm a bad person, let's talk about the things you've done to genuinely benefit humanity besides sit on Twitter and talk shit. Have you ever done anything for anybody ever? Are you capable of doing anything?

Because the things that make me a bad person, right? You don't like me for my principles and the fact I stand up for myself, and the fact I have parameters, and I say, no. Everything you hate about me, those are the things that allow me to even do good in the world. If I was like you, mush goo, I couldn't even help anyone. If you had to help someone today, how could you even do it?

You're broke and you're lazy and you're stupid. You can't even enlighten anybody. You can just spread hate. How is that helping the world? These people are a net negative, genuinely.

And that's what's so crazy about being attacked for your morality, like I'm being now. And when you're a good person, in general, they attack your morality, because the people who are attacking you are absolutely not immoral the ultimate hypocriticism, ultimate even more than my private jet climate change stance. So it's certainly unique. I do like to believe, though, we're entering a new stage of consciousness. I do like to believe at least from ten to 15 years ago, more people are I think COVID woke some people up.

I do like to believe the MSM credibility is tanking in real time. Trump helped massively fake news. Two words before Trump. When did you ever hear fake news? I didn't really hear it that often.

Yeah, fake news, fake news, fake news. And he did a fantastic job of that, and he's starting to wake people up. So I'd like to believe there's a degree of us winning, but I just want to make it very clear to the people who attack me and the people who attack anybody who stands up for what they believe in. A lot of their virtue their virtue, their virtue signaling is just hate pedaling. And when they can't call you unsuccessful and they can't call you stupid, they have to find a way to hurt you.

And the only way they can do that is to say you're a bad person. I've noticed. Yes, I have. So here's Joe Biden expressing his concern about how Putin is doing in the war in Iraq. Interesting, hard to tell, but he's clearly losing the war in Iraq.

He's losing the war at home, and he is coming to the fly around the world. Do you think Putin is losing the war in Iraq? I don't think he's losing the war in Iraq. I don't think he's fighting the war in Iraq. Okay.

He also said he's losing the war at home. I don't think he's fighting in Russia, and I'm also not sure he's losing. So it's pretty interesting statement on many levels. It's scary. It's a joke, but it's scary because I would never kill myself.

But I think the reason he was put into office is because he's incompetent. Yes. Because that makes him easy to control and influence. That's what's most scary. It's not scary that he's become incompetent in office.

It's that they looked at him and goes, that's who we need, that guy. That's what's most scary to me. Does it surprise you that the weakest president is also the most destructive? Weak men are always destructive because hurt people. Hurt people?

Yeah. Someone said that to me a long time ago. Hurt people. Hurt people. They were talking about a relationship, and I said, that's true.

If your heart's been broken, you're probably going to be a bit of an asshole and break someone's heart. Hurt people. Hurt people. And then I thought, well, if you're a weak command and you're going through life and you don't have the strength and resilience to resist the trials and tribulations of being a man, and you're constantly hurt by everything, and you're constantly upset and depressed and sad because you're weak, how could you possibly do good? Hurt people.

Hurt people. Right. To do good, you have to be a good person to begin with and to be a good person, you're virtuous, and you've gone through a lot of things that made you strong. This is what's mind bending to me. That the idea that strong men are somehow bad.

And it's the ultimate hypocrisy. Because as soon as something happens, especially physically, as soon as liberals attacked, they call the police. Defund the police. Call the police. Don't be masculine police officer.

They want a big, strong man with a gun. Guns are bad. They want him to have one. Right? So the ultimate hypocrisy on every level is absolutely gnarly, insane.

At the base realities of humanity, the absolute base reality, strength in men is respected and wanted. And I think that the closer you get to unfortunate circumstance, the closer you get to reality. They go hand in hand, and then everyone's looking for the strong men. So strong men should always lead, I believe. And for a longest period of human time, that's how society functioned.

The strongest men led. But in the Western world now, that doesn't seem to be the case anymore. And weak men are emotionally led. They're not particularly stoic, they are impulsive. And I would say that the most heinous acts, perhaps that happen in modern society today are purported and committed by weak men.

I don't think a school shooter is a strong man. I think it's a weak man. I think it's a man who's been picked on, got butthurt, is upset, girls don't like him, never learnt any emotional control. He's the kind of person who does exactly what the TV tells him to do act out your feelings, cry when you want to cry. Well, now he's angry.

So now what? You told him to act out his feelings. What do you expect him to do? I think that weak men do the worst things. I think weak men hurt women.

I think weak men rob stores because they don't want to wake up and work hard and go to work and do it the honorable way. It's a weak man who goes and steals. It's a weak man who beats the shit out of a girl. It's a weak man or school who shoots up a school. This is all weak men stuff.

And society as a whole is telling men to be weaker and weaker. Saying it's somehow the solution to everything. Because being a man is toxically masculine. Being a strong man is bad. It's toxically masculine.

To be a good man, you have to be a very weak one. Well, look at the most heinous acts that are committed in society. Show me a strong, honorable, virtuous man of principle who's doing any of this stuff. So weak men commit the atrocities in this world? Absolutely they do.

And it's weak men who also attack anybody of virtue. Because I think when you're weak, you're intrinsically unhappy. I don't think as a man you can be happy if you're weak. I think happiness and strength go hand in hand. Yes.

I think that's how we're supposed to be, right? Even strength of mind, strength of conviction, strength of something. If you're weak, you're going to be miserable. So I do find satisfaction in the fact that most of the men who truly dislike me are miserable and weak. And also, like I said earlier about women being gatekeepers, women are fantastic.

Women are a fantastic they're like a barometer for society. I would say you can measure the strength of a society or the virtue of a society, or how decayed a society is largely by the actions of many women. I'd like to argue that point. I can argue that point in many different ways. But women really want their man to be strong.

Of course they will punish you for being weak. And I'm not saying you can never cry to your woman. I'm not saying you can never open up to your woman. But there's going to become a time where she expects you to just be capable. There's a problem.

And even if you don't know how to fix it, your job as a man is to say, I'll handle it. Even if you have no money and no hope and to go and find a way to fix the problem. If you're weak and go I don't know, I don't know, she becomes very resentful towards you and she'll punish you for that, that weakness. And I think what she's trying to do on an evolutionary standard is inspire you to man up, because it's your job to protect her, isn't it? Of course.

So if she sees you and looks at you and doesn't see you as a man who could protect her, she can't respect you. So every survey of female happiness in the west shows just in a straight decline since about 970 till now. Women are becoming less happy in the west. I think it's very obvious what accounts for that. How can you be happy when all the men around you aren't men?

Right. We are the most beautiful union that God has possibly created on the planet. A feminine woman and a masculine man. It's the most beautiful union that can possibly exist. It raises children the best.

Both parties are happier, both parties gain. It's a net positive for everybody. There's no negative, there's no downside. But if you destroy one side of the equation, then the other side is going to be completely and utterly miserable and unhappy. How, as a woman, can you be happy if you can't find a man who you believe can protect you, provide for you, sticks up for you, has morals, has principles?

There's none of those men left. So then what they do is just go from man to man trying to find it. And by the time they've been through enough men to maybe find someone semi close to it, they've been through too many men to ever be happy. And then you have the absolute destruction of Western society. We talk about why men don't get married anymore.

I can tell you why I wouldn't want to get married in America. I don't see the point in being married to a woman who's had so many partners before me that she can't properly pair bond with me and then giving her the opportunity to financially destroy me. I think that would be a bad chess move. And I do believe in marriage. I think society would be better if everyone was married.

I'm saying that if you're living in an immoral society, being a moral person, if you're not careful about it, you can get wrecked. If the game is rigged, you'd be very careful if you play it. So how do we encourage men to get married? Well, they need to be worth marrying, but so do the women, right? So everything's decaying on both sides.

Everything's spiraling. One of the reasons I also got called misogynistic, and I'll say it here, I argue the point that for the longest period of human time evolutionarily, women had to adopt and find a way to take the ethos of an opposing tribe perhaps quicker than a man could. Because of war. If the men would fight and a tribe lost and the women survived, they had to change how they thought to fit in with the new tribe to survive. Yeah, because they'd be carried off.

Because they'd be carried off. Of course. Like the French women were sleeping with Nazis. Towards the end of it, towards the end of Paris occupation, all the French women were sleeping with Nazis. When the Nazis got kicked out, the French women had all had their heads shaved because they got caught hanging around with German soldiers.

The German soldiers killed their husband three years later. They need to eat. Do German soldiers have a wage? He's handsome. It's amazing how quickly they can adapt, and that's for their own survival.

That's fantastic. But then if you extrapolate out and you understand that to be true, then you also understand that women are more susceptible to programming. To a degree. I got called misogynistic by saying that if you sit 100 men and 100 women down in front of propaganda, I believe that women are more likely to believe a lot of that. I think a lot of liberals are female.

They're more emotional, and it's easier to convince them of something if you use an emotionally led argument. Right. So if by extension, you now have women who are emotionally led, who are being convinced, and their logic is failing because they're being tricked with an emotionally led argument, and the man they're meeting has no principle and no honor, and he can't resist that. She's in charge of the house. Well, now she's telling the man what to do.

Right. If I would have come home during COVID and my woman said, you need to wear a mask, I'd say, no, I don't. End of conversation. Or if I was a synth, you need to wear a mask. Okay, baby.

All right. So the women are also largely in charge of the psy op because the men are so desperate to get any kind of connection with a real person and avoid the porn screen. And then these women are being controlled by the mass media as a whole. I say this to I have children. I don't talk about it often, but I say it to the mothers of my children.

I say, look, either we program their minds or society does. Who do you believe in? Everyone is being programmed by somebody in something me, you, everybody. We're all programmed by someone. To sit and think you're above programming is incorrect.

What you have to do is sit and say, does the person who's programming genuinely have my best interests at heart? What do they want me to believe? Why do they want me to believe it? What happens if I believe what they want me to believe? Where does this lead?

That's all we can do. We're all programmed. We're all the sum of the five people we spend the most time with, right? So if you have women with no father, no strong, masculine influence, who's programming them? The kardashians and the news, the internet, porn stars, what kind of woman's that going to be?

And then if a man finally ends up with her and he has no backbone, what kind of man is he going to be? I don't want to comment on these things because I don't want to make personal enemies of people I don't know. There's a guy called Adam, 22. Once again, I have no idea who this man is. I just saw on Twitter yesterday that he was with a porn star who'd never done a male scene.

They got married, and like, a week after their marriage, she did her first male scene with some random dude and he's on a podcast defending it, but his wife had sex with somebody else. Correct. Why? This is the level you can but this is what The Matrix wants from you as a man. They want the woman in charge and the man below with no backbone, because if the woman's in charge, they can emotionally affect her.

They can scare her. You can scare a woman easier than you can scare a man. A man, a real man's, hard to scare a woman. You can make afraid of the vaccine, right? Be afraid, COVID be scared.

If she's in charge of the household, I would argue in nearly any household where the female was dominant, everyone's vaccinated. I would argue that point hard, of course, maybe I'm wrong, but I would argue it. I don't have the statistics. It's just logic to me. So talk about women being unhappy.

What's actually interesting about the female mind, once again, they're going to call me a misogynist is that when you're an emotionally led person, you're more prone to chaos. It takes real stoicism to lead. So why are these women unhappy? Because no one's leading them. No fathers, no man of no backbone, no man they respect.

So they're relying on society, which is promoting chaos and their own mental state. Women will say all the time, my period was coming up, so I was crazy. They'll say that themselves. So without any kind of hard rock of emotional security, to give her a hug and say, don't worry, baby, calm down. It's okay.

When you have no hard rock of emotional security and you leave her to her own devices, she's going to be, to a degree, chaotic. And you know who told me this? A woman said this to me. A woman said this to me. A woman said, most women are closer to her mental breakdown than you possibly believe.

Day by day, I was like, really? She goes, yeah. And that's what I love about my husband. He makes me feel happy and secure and safe. If I'm starting to have a problem.

I know. I go to him and he makes me feel safe. He's my rock. There's a woman said this to me a long time ago. Yes.

So why are women miserable? Because where are they going to get their happiness from? Where they're going to get their emotional stability from? It's not their job. I don't believe it's a woman's job to be emotionally stable.

It's a woman's job to do many other very important things that men can't do. More important, they're better than men at a lot of things, women are, but it's our job to be emotionally stable. Women are better than us at certain things are better other things. And that's why, as a team, we're so powerful to sit and pretend we're all the same the whole way through. Then why do we even need each other anymore?

Well, I don't think we do. You're exactly it. And this is why we have birth rates declining porn, women who are running around sharing one man with no intention of having children. Marriage is gone. Where do we think this is going to end?

And what's interesting about it ends with the training thing. Right? Completely. Yeah, that's the old no, I'm serious, though. If there's no scrambling the idea of the gender binary of sex differences, that is kind of the end point.

Well, the end point is, yeah, men are the same as women, so it doesn't even matter. Right? I can be a woman today, be a man tomorrow. None of it matters anymore. I also think a large part of this transsexual movement, I think a large part of it is a deliberate attack on us and our senses because they're trying to convince us to ignore our eyes.

I do believe that is a bottom line. I think the bottom line of slavery are your own senses. Like, no matter what I'm told that it's cold outside, I feel warm. That's the bottom line. So once they can convince you that your senses are wrong, well, then you're completely open for the slave program.

Once you can look at something with your eyes and ignore your eyes, you're a prime candidate. So I think a lot of this has also something to do with that. You are going to say that's a girl. That's what you are going to say because you have to. And if you say it long enough, you'll think it.

And if you won't, your children will. Because we'll tell them eventually you're going to say it. Then it becomes true. Then you ignore your eyes. Now you believe anything, right?

So the next thing comes along. Now you'll believe all the people on the jets tell you about climate change. It's all an attack on the senses.

This is America's most famous admiral. It's such an important issue for our youth and adults. As you said, some of these laws are actually extending into adulthood. We often say that gender affirming care is. Health care.

Gender affirming care is mental health care and gender affirming care is literally suicide prevention care. Would that be your view as well? I 100% agree. I want to actually genuinely give my heartfelt condolences to any young person who falls for this crap, because you're going to be so miserable for the rest of your life if you chop off your genitals, take a whole bunch of chemicals as a teenager, you are going to be miserable for the rest of your life. Yes.

You're never going to be the person you want to be. You're never going to be accepted as that person. You're never going to feel happy in side. If you fall for this, I genuinely feel sorry for you. That's the first thing I'm going to say.

The second thing I'm going to say I find it very interesting that the only surgery we call affirming is gender surgery. Imagine a girl woke up and said, I was born in the wrong body because my tits are small. I'm a big titted woman, but I was born in the wrong body. I need a tit affirming care. I need to affirm my true body shape, otherwise I have a mental health problem.

No, it's plastic, it looks good, perhaps, whatever. But we would never say she was born in the wrong body and we had to affirm her genuine body experience. Her triple DS. Yeah, her triple D's had to be affirmed. It's garbage.

You're not affirming anything. And also, I think it's kind of interesting, they say that trans people commit suicide at higher rate. That's sad. Nobody should kill themselves. I would hate for anybody to kill themselves.

They say that's because they're picked on for being trans. I don't know why anyone's ever had the argument that perhaps they have a mental instability before this trans stuff and that's why they're more prone to suicide in the first place. Seems like an obvious explanation. Seems like an obvious explanation. I don't think it's normal for anybody to want to mutilate themselves.

I think if someone were to come to me and say, I really want to cut my hand off, I would think they had a mental illness. Why? Don't like it? What do you mean you don't like it? I don't like my hand.

I don't want it. I would think that's very concerning. So I really, truly feel sorry for any young people who fall for this. I don't blame them. I think it's a massive psyop and I think if you fall for it, you're going to be miserable forever.

And one more point I'll make on this whole thing I found very interesting. I'm a professional fighter, so I spent a lot of time in Thailand when I was fighting. Kickboxing is big over there and I've always thought no one's ever mentioned that Thailand has a bunch of lady boys, right? But if you say to a lady boy, are you a man or a woman. She goes, I'm a lady boy.

What's that? I'm a man, but I'm a lady boy. They don't see themselves as women in the real sense of I am female. They don't want to compete against women in sports. They don't want to pretend they can have kids.

They don't talk about having periods. They're like, I'm a lady boy. It's like, kind of like in between. It's got its own thing. India has the same yeah, it's fine.

Nobody over there is genuinely arguing that they are actually female. Only in America are we doing that. And that's what's the craziest thing of all. Even if you truly, truly believe you need to change gender, and you truly believe it's the right path for you, and you believe you're not being Psyoped, and you believe you're going to be happy and you believe you need to mutilate yourself, that's all fine. But then to come along with the hubris and arrogance to tell me that I have to pretend you're something you're not biologically that's right.

That's absolutely not really arrogant. You can't tell me what I have to call you, right? I'm allowed to come to my own conclusions and opinions. And the whole point of being a human is that we've gone through life long enough to identify patterns. Imagine humans didn't identify patterns.

One person went and got ate by the lion. You watch it happen, then you go for a turn like, no, you work out over time. Don't go near the lion, right? If I look at a person who's six foot four, muscularly, built, with a big jaw and a beard, my brain and my life experience tells me that's quite often a man very often it is very often. That's the conclusion I've come to, to come along and say no, because I've decided to do X-Y-Z.

You have to ignore all of the patterns you've identified throughout your entire life and everything you believe to be true. You have to throw away all the science and your entire worldview and everything about how you view the world. You have to eject that from your brain and call me what I want to be called is extremely arrogant. And if I went through the world and said everyone had to call me King Andrew, they'd tell me, Shut up. Why?

If they can get called whatever they want, I should be able to get called whatever I want. I want to be King Andrew, number one savior of Earth, climate change activist. That's what I want to be. And if anybody calls me anything else, they're a bigot. That's what we're going to do.

We're going to go down that path. I'm going to make sure that my title is good. Lord of all lands of lord of all beasts of the land and fishes in the sea, the most honorable man who's ever lived, the fastest human alive. Who cares? Doesn't matter that I can't run fastest.

It doesn't matter, Tucker. I'm the fastest human alive. You must affirm my belief. I'm the fastest man alive. Greatest man in show business.

Sorry, Tucker. Best political commentator there's ever been. Let's just go down this path of insanity. Why not walk around with stickers on our head? Be great, be fun.

The scariest thing about all this stuff is that the world is still polarized to a degree, because there are certain places in the world which are too close to baseline reality for survival for any of this garbage to fly. You think you can go to Tajikistan where people are trying to eat and talk to them about gender and all this garbage? They'll be like, Listen, you're a man. This needs doing. Shut up.

Right? There's no time for any of that. So, as the Western world is self destroying, is self destructing in real time, there are places in the world where none of this crap is happening. So who's going to own the world in 100, 200 years? It's still competitive to a degree.

It's still bipolar. There's two sides to the world. I think that when men are men and women are women, and we stop arguing about dumb shit, that society overall is more competitive. I don't know how America is going to maintain its influence over the entire planet when it's doing all this garbage. How long can this possibly last?

Not long. Not long. It's like the fall of Rome. The fall of Rome. Everything became decadent.

Endless sex and orgies. No one had enough faith in the state to join the army anymore. And people talk about barbarians destroying Rome. Rome was destroyed from the inside. That's what happens.

And we're witnessing it in real time. And we have all these problems on Earth, and then they want to spend millions and millions of dollars on an investigation to prove that I'm a human trafficker for TikTok. It's clown world. Nothing even makes sense anymore. This is a video from a recent Pride march in New York, and I'm interested in your view of it for your children.

We're here. We're there.

So I have a few points on this. The first point is that it is an unfortunate reality, and I'm not going to be called a bigot. I'm going to talk about the reality that the homosexual community cannot reproduce in and of themselves. So for them to have a community into the future, they do need your children. That's how they think.

For there to be a homosexual community in 100 years from now, they need straight people's kids, because only straight people have children. So they're telling the truth. That's the first thing. They mean what they say. The second thing is, I think a lot of this is an attention grab by them.

I think they are slightly disappointed in how tolerant many people actually are. I have no problem with gay people. I don't care. I'm gay. Cool.

I want to get married. Fine. I'm going to wave my dick in your kid's face. Wait a second. Yeah.

They push it to a point where we have to react, and then when we react, they say, we're bigoted. Children are innocent, and destruction of innocence is one of the most disgusting things on the face of the planet. It's terrible if a child is killed in a war. It's terrible if a child's mind is warped by any propaganda mechanism. They're innocent.

What I don't understand is why imagine heterosexual men walked around naked saying, we're coming for the children. Well, someone gets shot. Absolutely. So why is it when you're a good reason. Completely.

So as soon as there's this sexual orientation, they're completely protected. And I think that the whole point of having children as a whole, is to instill them with your worldview. I know if I have children, I want them to be like me. We just talked about my last name and how I want them to honor me into my post death. Then I want them to be a representation of me, which means they should believe in my values and my creeds.

Why is a group of people in New York walking around telling me what they're going to teach my kids and what my kids should believe? They're not your kids, they're my kids. Right. And that's what's so scary, because children are impressionable and children are raised by the state and the Internet effectively, which is why they want me off the Internet. But they'll let a lot of people stay on the Internet that say a lot about a lot of things.

I'll argue that if I was transgender, the American Embassy would have told Romania they were bigoted and removed me pretty quickly. I would genuinely argue that point. They would say, no, what you're doing is abusive to the LGBT community. He must be removed from jail, of course. Immediately.

Immediately. But because I'm straight and heterosexual, it doesn't matter. We're the class that suffers the biggest bigotry that possibly exists in the Western world today. I would actually argue that point. But they're saying this to be deliberately provocative.

They're deliberately trying to upset people. They want to upset you so that when you talk against it, they can call you names and call you a bigot. And also they mean what they say, and it's truly scary. I'm obviously a Muslim. I'm Islamic.

What most people don't understand about a lot of the Islamic world is that a lot of these things are outlawed, right? But people say so. Gay people can't go there. If you go to Dubai, you will see gay people. If a guy wants to be gay and do whatever he wants to do with a full grown man in his own house, I don't care.

And you can tell. You might have a waiter who's gay, whatever, et cetera. The only reason it's outlawed is not to stop a man full grown man meeting a full grown man and doing what he decides to do. It's outlawed to prevent it bleeding into society and affecting the culture where the children are affected. That's why it's outlawed.

And I'm not saying it should be outlawed in America. But what I'm saying is, if you're not going to protect the innocence of children from any ideology, and if the ideology is deliberately targeting children because children are more impressionable and more capable of believing in things which simply aren't true, perhaps a man looking like a woman or vice versa, then that is a dangerous ideology that should be very closely examined. Well, if you're not going to protect children or if you're going to encourage women to fight your wars, why have a society in the first place? Well, this is the whole point of society to protect women. You know what's really interesting?

I argued this point once. They were talking about how the west is a patriarchy and it's so terrible to be a woman in the west. And I'm like, well, where's better to be a woman then, if it's not the west, please tell me, pick another country besides America where you'd rather be a woman garbage to begin with. But you're saying, oh, America is a patriarchy and Americans, we're all missiles, and men are so bad, and women have been oppressed since the beginning of time. It's always been a patriarchy.

If that's true, why don't women fight our wars? Think about it. We can get the women of our country and the women of another country and let them go die in a ditch. And us men can just sit around being patriarchs. Why do we have to go die?

Why do we have to go get our legs blown off? No, because we're a patriarchy. Women can go suffer. Or do the women get to stay at home and we go suffer? How is it a patriarchy, right?

So that's garbage to begin with. But I think genuinely, to go back to that point, any ideology which is waking up and saying our worldview is so extreme, the only way we can truly ensure it exists into the future is to find the most susceptible people on the planet to program and attack their minds children. I think that's a destructive ideology and should be very closely looked at. It doesn't matter if it's LGBTQ or anything else. I think if you sit children down and pump propaganda into their brain and that's the only way you can get what you want, then there's probably something wrong with your ideas because you're afraid to challenge them with a grown adult.

You don't want a fair fight, you understand? They don't want a fair fight. They want to sit with a child who has no idea what he's talking about and tell him that men are women and women are men, vice versa, and just completely confused a poor child because they don't want a fair fight against a rational adult, and that's scary. It doesn't seem a huge improvement over, say, ISIS to me. Absolutely.

That's how do you convince somebody to blow themselves up? Well, you find a young man, teenage boy, and you program his mind, and it's exactly the same thing. They don't try and convince an older man to blow himself up because he's going to sit there and go, why don't you blow yourself up? And then there's an argument. You go find a young, susceptible person.

Right. And that's what's so scary about all of it. And it's also kind of funny that this whole LGBTQ thing is also linked to the Patriarchy, also linked to all this other garbage and all these other false narratives and false ideas. And it's these people who are attacking me saying I'm dangerous for women because I'm a misogynist. You're dangerous for women for pretending men are women.

You're more dangerous for women than I am. I'm saying a man's, a man's, a woman's. A woman. You're saying that if I put a wig on, I could go punch women in the face in the boxing ring? Who's dangerous for women?

It's insanity. And again, they have no virtue at all. They just weaponize garbage and attack you with it. But I do think that children have to at least be the bottom line for society. That's the future.

And if you have children at home, you're raising them, and if you struggle to feed them, the government doesn't care. They are yours, and they're your problem and your responsibility. And you deal with all of the stress and all the worry of them being out late at night and all the responsibility of taking care of them, and you went through hell for them to exist. You don't owe their minds to anybody else. You don't owe it.

So there has to be a point where you stand up and say, no, I raised this child. That's my child. It's not yours. Absolutely. What do you make of Julian assange?

I think that it's crazy. It's the number one way to shut up the BBC, that's for sure, to mention him, say, oh, you're a journalist. You care about journalism. Do you care about a fair and independent story? Why is Assange in Belmarsh very interesting?

What do they say? They don't answer. They try and change subject. They always do. I did it.

I stole it from the Azerbaijani president. He started I saw that. Yeah. It's great. You know him?

I don't know him, but I've seen enough of his interviews to like him. Me, too. Yeah, I like him. And this is what I'm saying about the world. There's so many places in the world where they still live very firmly in the real world.

All of this garbage is just the result of the very simple, easy lives that we have inside the movie The Matrix, which I recommend you watch. The agents say, we tried to create a utopia for the human mind, so that your mind is in a utopian state and your body can just be used. But the human mind rejects utopia. We created the world in 1999 at the pinnacle of human civilization, before machines took over, because the human mind needs struggle and it needs problems, otherwise it rejects it. Yes.

And I kind of feel it was a whole bunch of people trying to just find problems and find struggle in their lives because they don't have enough motivation to do something that's genuinely difficult, like help people, but they can't live in this state of complete vegetation. So then they wake up and say, oh, I'm oppressed my pronouns. How much energy must it take to go through life trying to correct every person you interact with, to call you Z? Think of the calories burnt. I can't think of a bigger waste of time.

Think of the calories burnt. Every Starbucks employee is actually z. Correct. You are a moron, and you are just wasting so much energy. You could put that towards something beneficial.

You could volunteer, you could go to the gym. There's so much more you could do with walk instead of walking around and talk about z. You sound like a dumb ass. But they're just finding struggle because they don't have any actual importance struggling in their lives, and that's why it only exists in the decadent west. Do you think the coming famine will change that?

Absolutely. I would argue that when the famine comes, I think all these feminists will look for a strong man of resource who is stoic, who has a good network, who's capable and important and respected. It's amazing how quickly feminism disappears. In fact, there's a podcast I did called Fresh and Fit, and I did this podcast in Miami, and I was arguing about gender roles with seven girls, and during it, they were telling me that they can do anything. A man can do all the usual things, and they don't care.

They don't need a man. All this garbage, and some crazy fan knocked on the door for me, and he had a gun. He knocked on the door. You should have seen the women, how quickly they became feminists. When I had to go to that door, they all completely changed.

Go, go. Oh, the feminism's out the window. There's no feminists on the Titanic. There's no feminisms in a famine. There's no feminists at war, where's the feminists go to war, right?

I remember when Afghanistan, when we did that very well planned, very thorough evacuation of Afghanistan and all the schools that we opened for women got shut down by the Taliban. And I was having this conversation with someone, and I was saying, okay, well, you're an Afghan man, right? You've been hired by the Afghan Defense Force and America's now left, and you have a meager wage. And America's left and the Taliban are coming. And you're standing outside of the school with your AK, and they're coming with whatever they've got.

And you're looking at the school going, do I really want girls to go to school that bad? Not really. Just put it down. You walk off and this girl's like, yeah, but you know, it's really important. And I'm like, yeah, it is very important.

I agree women should have education and write the education. Completely agree. But you're also saying here that men should die for it, which is fine. I'm not saying that shouldn't be the case, but I'm saying that you should give men the respect they deserve for dying for your education. Because it's not the women who are going to defend that female school, it's the men.

So if you're going to shit on men all day long and say, we ain't worth anything until a war comes and then you want us to go die, that's interesting. When the famine comes, the closer reality gets towards baseline survival, the closer we become towards our gender roles, because it's the only way we can be competitive. If you took ten men and ten women and stranded them on a desert island, the men would be men and the women would be women, because if they didn't, they would die. That's the bottom line. And I think that if you look at history since the dawn of time, men were masculine, and also men, by and large, were generally ruling the society, not in an oppressive way, but in a protective way.

And I think that makes the society most competitive. And my argument for that is that if you name any society since the dawn of human time, men were protecting women, providing for women, and basically in charge of the society. And these are societies that never met. There can't be an idea that spread. The Ming dynasty and the Aztecs, they're pretty far away, but that's how society was most effective.

And when feminists argue with me and say, we this society run by women, I said, well, that's never, ever happened. And if it has happened, they got destroyed so quickly, they never had a history. We can't even name one. So it's a brand new idea, which I'm not saying is a bad idea. I'm saying if it's a brand new idea, you can't tell me it's going to be better, because it's never been tried, ever.

So we're going to see. But what happens if it doesn't work with the most powerful nation on earth, right? So we're feminizing men and women have more and more control and more power, which is fantastic. I'm saying this is untested. Who knows where any of this is leading?

And our competitors, America's competitors, are still very firm in their gender roles. So it's certainly an interesting period of history you're about to enter. It's very interesting. What's your view of tobacco? I love tobacco, so my diet is particularly strange.

I've been told I live on caffeine and nicotine so I eat once a day. I eat dinner. Only 80% of my calories come from meat. I have ten cups of coffee a day and three or four large cigars. So I like caffeine and nicotine.

I do too. Yeah. It makes me feel good. Makes me feel like my blood's on fire a little bit. Caffeine and nicotine, I think, are fantastic.

But you're a health guy. Obviously I'm a health guy. But smoking is fantastic for your testosterone level, and I think that's important in a man. I think that's also important in the resistance of slavery. You can feel it?

Oh, 100%. And I'm not saying that smoking is healthy. I'm not saying that because I also train exceptionally hard every single day. And when I was professionally fighting, I didn't smoke. But I think, in general, testosterone level is a fantastic way to measure your overall health as a man.

But nicotine has a positive correlation of testosterone. Absolutely. It's been proven. Yeah, it's been proven repeatedly. So that's why I love nicotine so much.

And then caffeine, I love to have that little bit of not jitter, but I like to feel energetic and I like to be hungry. My optimal state is hungry, but energetic. That's how I get the most done. I don't like eating. If I eat, I feel full, I feel lethargic, I like to totally, yeah, I like to be hungry and 1% irritable from my fifth coffee and a bunch of nicotine inside of me.

That's how I like to perform. So, yeah, I think it's a good thing. And it's interesting how focused the people in charge are on nicotine. Fentanyl becomes really common. 100,000 people die a year from it.

Nobody notices, but they're still trying to shut down not just tobacco, but non tobacco nicotine devices. Yep. Why? That's a really good point. We could argue it's down to testosterone level.

I don't know if you ever saw the study which linked people's testosterone level to their ability and capability to disagree with something. So they did a study which is pretty self explanatory. The higher your testosterone level, the more likely you are to disagree with a point. And the reason for that is because, especially in older times, if you're going to disagree with something, you had to fight over it. Yeah.

If you're going to say no to somebody or some tribe or some person, there's a very, like, there's a high chance that you're going to have to fight that person. You have to defend your idea. If you don't have the propensity or the capability to defend your idea, then why would you go against the ideas of the people who are stronger than you? So reducing testosterone levels make men more compliant and more complacent, because we're less likely to say no, because we can't defend what we think. Why would we say, you're wrong, but we can't do anything about it.

We might as well just say, well, then you're right. Mike makes right. So reducing testosterone levels in men is something which I believe they're trying very hard to do. And if you read the studies, they're succeeding. Testosterone levels have gone off the off the edge, off the cliff.

And perhaps that's why they attack smoking so heavily. I understand that smoking a lot of cigarettes can be very bad for you, but I think everything in moderation and I think that overall I would rather smoke a few cigars today and maintain my testosterone level, which it's good for, than not. I think the benefits outweigh the negatives. Couldn't agree more. And my final question is about digital currency.

Do you think it's inevitable and what would its effects be? CBDCs are inevitable and they're scary, they're super scary because it's the final absolute realm of control. I mean, they're already removing cash from society. I think they say that because they want to be able to trace things easier and that's certainly part of it. But I also have another theory on it.

I think if you have a $50 bill and I give it to the barber for my haircut, and then he goes and buys groceries with it from the grocer, and the grocer goes and gets his car washed. A $50 goes from place to place. And after 20 or 30 transactions, the $50 bill belongs to somebody and it's worth $50. Whereas if I pay by card, 1.5% goes to the bank. And then if he takes the money I've given him and pays for the groceries, 1.5% goes to the bank.

And after the groceries have been paid for, when he goes to get his car washed, 1.5% goes to the bank. So after 20 or 30 transactions the $50 is gone. The bank has it all. I think that's why they're so desperate to rid of cash. Interesting, CBDCs are the next level because once the money is completely digital, then they control everything you do with it.

They control where it goes, but they can also control how and when it can be spent. Imagine some terrible future dystopian society where your money arrives and they say it can only be spent on food or it can only be spent on vegetables because you've had too much meat this week. Or you can't buy transport to a particular area because there's resistance of government oppression in that area. So your money won't work for trains right now because nobody can go down there because we don't want everyone in a large group. We want everyone at home in their pods and they can track everywhere it goes and they can also track how it's spent and they can control how it's spent, they can put time limit on it.

You have an hour to spend this money. Scary. Like, think of all the ways they can inflict control over it. And I think this is actually one of the reasons why also I'm disliked the BBC said. This to me when they interviewed me.

They said, lucy, the very intelligent BBC reporter, said word for word, you have a Bugatti and a cigar. And that means it comes with a side order of misogyny. I said, how does having a Bugatti and a cigar come with a side order of misogyny? And you can order misogyny on the side. Looks like it looks like a sauce.

And she repeated it because she couldn't. Yeah, you have a Bugatti and a cigar, and it comes with a side order misogyny. So I was like, but they're not sending their best. Yeah, I don't think they have any best, to be honest. But the point they're making, what she doesn't realize she's making because she's not smart enough.

But what she wanted to say, but she couldn't say in a way which sounded negative, is financial freedom is required to a degree to resist. The reason I'm also disliked is because I'm financially successful. If I was broke, they wouldn't care why I say what I say. But I inspire young men, all of my fans, to become wealthy. And you'd think, that'd be fantastic for the society, right?

He has millions of young men. He's teaching them to work hard. He's teaching them different ways money can be made. He's teaching them to be fantastic salesmen. He's helping the society.

No, because if you have a whole bunch of money, then you can sit and say, no, I don't need your wage. That's bullshit. There was a video very recently of a guy in England taking down all the English flags and putting up pride flags, and a guy screams to him and goes, bro, you're taking down the wrong flag. And he replied, I know, mate. And the point is, what can I do?

I'm a flag, flag guy. If I say no, someone else will do it. Kids got to eat. So by keeping your money enslaved, they can keep you enslaved. You got to eat.

They don't want men to be financially free. If you're financially free, if you have enough money in the bank, you can one day go, you know what? I don't want your money. Even me, now, to this day, I've done enough and I'm successful enough that it's very hard for them to buy me. They come along, Well, I would never sell my soul anyway, because it's not who I am as a person.

But if I was destitute, they could come along and say, andrew, you have all this influence. We're going to change your message. You're going to you this. We're going to give you 10 million, okay? You can't buy me.

Can't buy Trump. He's rich already. He's rich and he's 80, 70 something. You think he needs more money? Doesn't care about money.

They don't like that. So being financially free in and of itself is now an act against the government. Because this whole idea that they want everyone to be rich and it's fantastic for the society. I'd actually argue against that. They don't want that.

They want everyone destitute, because when you're destitute, you need the government to feed you. And it's very hard to fight against the government who's feeding you. It's very hard to resist the people who give out the bread. Yeah, I think that's called something. It begins with C.

What's it called? Interesting. I also heard another interesting theory from a very intelligent person one day. And it was that every government on Earth, all of them and all of their different forms china, which says it's Communist and is capitalist and all the different in betweens to the capitalist west. Every government on earth is slowly encroaching on trying to become as controlling, as powerful as possible.

They all want to be as controlling as possible over their citizens. Communism is the end result of the most control a government can have, effectively, or some version of communism, but every single government on Earth is slowly trying to get there bit by bit. And the only thing that resists them getting there is the populace. And how much the populace will accept. And depending on how malleable the populace is depends on how quickly they get there.

But every government wakes up, it's kind of like AI you've ever heard, the robot is going to destroy us all. Because they wake up and go, we don't need the humans anymore. Their end goal is just survival. If a government is the same as an entity, its end goal is more and more control. And that's all they're trying to do every single day, with every law they pass, with the climate change law.

They don't care about the environment. They want more control, of course. And the more and more control they get, the final end result, if you give them what they want, is absolute slavery for everybody. So you have to be very careful, because that is their ideal government. The ideal government is where everyone complies, everyone obeys, everyone's controlled.

We know everything about everybody, and it's slavery. That's the only way to get that state. So even making money, making enough money to have an opinion, is an act of rebellion. It's crazy. Thank you very much, my friend.

Amazing. Thank you. Thank you. Young pair of people say the news is full of lies on Kennedy's Motorcade 239. Jeffrey Epstein.

It.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

REALITY WERKZ PERFEK – 01-14-2023

REALITY WERKZ PERFEK - 01-14-2023

The Hypothalamus: The Real Eye of Horus? 🔍: BLIND HORUS EYE - 10-15-2023

Episode Summary:

The document discusses the concept of reality, time, and the rapid changes occurring in the world. It delves into the "Naradigm by the overwho" and the constructed mental cage since the 1940s, intensifying after the assassination of Kennedy in 1963. The author mentions the "Overwhelm," which represents the bubbling up of reality, truth, and speculation. The narrative touches upon the Australian government's attempts to control thoughts and the inherent nature of the universe. The document also speaks about the "Mother Weppers" and their attempts to control reality. The author uses the analogy of a petri dish to describe humanity's existence and the external forces trying to hijack it. The narrative delves deep into the nature of consciousness, change, and the realm of permanence. The author also touches upon the World Economic Forum (WEF), its history, and its deceptive nature, drawing connections to secret societies and the Khazarian mafia.

#reality #ClifHigh #time #changes #Naradigm #overwho #mental #cage #Overwhelm #truth #speculation #Australian #government #thought #control #universe #MotherWeppers #petridish #humanity #consciousness #change #permanence #WEF #history #deception #secretsocieties #Khazarian #mafia #media #narrative #breakdown #society #nature #existence #forces #hijack

Key Takeaways:
  • The world is undergoing rapid changes, making it hard to keep track of time.
  • The "Naradigm by the overwho" represents a constructed mental cage since the 1940s.
  • The "Overwhelm" symbolizes the bubbling up of reality, truth, and speculation.
  • The Australian government is trying to control thoughts.
  • The universe's inherent nature is to explore variants and change.
  • The "Mother Weppers" are trying to control and hijack reality.
  • The World Economic Forum (WEF) has a history of deception and connections to secret societies.
  • The Khazarian mafia has been involved in various secret societies throughout history.
Key Takeaways:
  • The breakdown of established narratives will occur rapidly in the coming weeks.
  • The year ahead will witness humanity rebelling against controlling forces.
  • The Khazarian mafia's core will shrink and try to re-emerge under a different identity in the future.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

REALITY WERKZ PERFEK - 01-14-2023

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. Back again.

At some point, I'll stop. I swear I won't make any more of these. Okay, so 14th, yeah, 14th January. The year is just evaporating. Whoosh.

So much which is happening. You just can't keep track of the date and the time and stuff because there's so many events bubbling up and everything's happening. This is the actual summation, the subsummation of the Naradigm by the overwho, okay? So a bunch of videos a couple of years back about the overwho and how the solid reality that the normies had lived within this mental cage, really, that had been constructed by the Mother Weppers and the media since really, since 1940s. But seriously, since 1963, when they killed Kennedy, it really got into gear.

Then that whole thing was going to be subsumed by the Overwhelm, right? The bubbling up of reality, truth, fact, you know, speculation, guesses, all of this kind of stuff. See, in their world, you're not allowed to have even guesses or speculation or you can't even think about that. Look at Australia. I mean, pretty soon they're going to come out and this is going to sound really weird, but the government itself in Australia, so I'm informed, has a committee or a group that is trying to identify things that the Australians shouldn't think about that the government does not want Australians to think about.

So now think about this, right? In order for them to identify those areas, they're going to have to write it down and they're going to have to think about it, and then they're going to put out a list. All you people, all right, you're not allowed to think about fire hydrants. You're not allowed to think about elephants. Well, what do you got to think about?

Fire hydrants and elephants. Right? So anyway, that's the Mother Wepper's idea is a cage in thought. Now, this can't happen, right? Universe cannot allow that because of the nature of the experiment that is humanity within universe.

And so the Mother Weffers are attempting to hijack. So conceptually my understanding of Claus Schwab and all of the Mother Weffers is this that here we are. And this is a petri dish named after this scientist guy. This is what you grow bacteria in, okay? And this is humanity living in the petri dish.

And the petri dish is composed of in a petri dish. It's a little glass dish with a little tiny lip around the edge. For you kids that weren't educated in real science, you would encounter this in biology, microbiology, biochemistry, some of these kind of things, and you would put in a solution, an agar solution, which is made from originally used to be made from seaweed. Now that a lot of it is coming from chicken fat. You'd make this gel and you'd scratch it with your little things and you'd grow bacteria there, and you'd look at the bacteria under your microscope and see what kind of bacteria you were able to grow what kind of organisms you were able to grow microvite, right?

Little tiny life. Okay, so the concept here is that we're all humanity in the petri dish that is Earth and the mother wers, okay? So over here, little tiny dot over here, that's the WEF. And they're trying to hijack the petri dish. They're trying to take over the petri dish from universe.

Anyway, yeah, I find them very comical. All right, so anyway, universe can't have a condition exist in stasis in the materium for an excessive duration. This is a difficult statement to get across and a difficult idea to get across, but reality is composed of consciousness. Consciousness is never variant, okay? It's continuous, never variant.

It is always the same. Consciousness decided that it wanted to explore variants, change, but it can't explore change within itself. God cannot change himself or herself itself, however you want to think about it, right? Okay, so in order that there might be change, a place had to be created, and that alone caused change to come into existence, the creation of the space in which change was to manifest. And we call that or I call that space, the material within that material is all of the matter, okay?

Because only in matter, only life fused into matter can we actually get change. Life separated from matter cannot change itself. There's no randomness. It's as I say, it's continuous, constant consciousness. All right?

So that difficult concept aside, that consciousness had to split itself off and create a space within itself, so to speak, for change to occur. And that us humans living in here, living in the petri dish. Those of us that that are are educated, we call the place we're living in the realm of change. And that the other place, on the other side of the life death barrier is the realm of permanence because it can't change itself. And when you're there, we can get into that in a bit.

But in any event, so universe needed the material to be a specific weight, and the mother weapons are trying to change the experiment on the universe. Now, grasp this, though. That alone that the mother Weffers are trying to do. This is itself part of the experiment and provides success in that it is change. Even if the change they're trying to create is stasis.

Makes sense. Even though they're trying and working and stuff to try and create a situation of no change, where they're perpetually the kings and the monarchs and the rest of us are their slaves. That's what they want. That's their goal, okay? Take humanity back to basically all of humanity back to horses and oxandrawn carts for energy and have electric stoves that they can turn on and turn off at a switch to starve you out with a switch and turn off at a whim.

That's their goal. With them on top, writing in their jets, look how many they said 2500 jet plane flights, private flights going into Davos.

So anyway, that's their goal now and they want that in perpetuity. But just because they're trying to achieve that, that is change and that is success within universe's experiment. Because universe wanted to know, if I put all this shit into a giant stew, stir up all of this matter like mad, shove in a lot of life, what will actually happen? Well, the west happened. Okay.

And all of the shit that's happened to humanity happened. And so that's part of the experiment. That's all being recorded, so to speak. The internet nutters call it like the Akashic records and stuff, okay?

The ways that the WEF operate, okay? So let me be real clear. I call it the mother Weffers. The WEF. It's the World Economic Forum.

And I say make statements like in the 18 hundreds when the WEF did this, right? Well, the WEF as an organization didn't exist then. Schwab, I keep wanting to say Schwab, but Klaus Schwab wasn't born yet. Right, but that doesn't matter. The organization continues on under a different name.

They change their names periodically. The Kazars, the Khazari and Mafia used to be called the name Stealers by the Chinese, by the Russians, by the Armenians, by the Turks, by all the people throughout Europe because they would steal names. You could never trust these fuckers because they were always attempting to deceive you. Thus, woke arose from the Khazarians because they're attempting to deceive you. It is a man pretending to be a woman trying to deceive you and himself.

A task that he can deceive himself all he wants, but he ain't going to deceive me, right? And so woke is running into reality. But the woke itself, the woke ethos of inherent deception from the very, very, very core is what comes out of the Kazarene mafia that powers the WEF. Even all the way back through history. It goes all the way back through Albert Pike, through all of these people in the Illuminati chain, through the Freemasons, back through the British bankers financing slavery, the Kazareans owning all of the slave trade completely.

They were the ones that own the ships. They own the slave trading sites here in the US. They own the slave pickup sites in Africa. They own the armies of black people that went out and enslaved other black people. So, you know, so all of this, it just keeps going on and on and on.

And I call it the west because that's its current name and they're changing their name already for something else because they know they're in deep shit. And that core is starting to shrink into itself and it'll try and pop up somewhere else in a few years. It'll hide, okay? And that's its nature, okay? So reality provides us this, the materium, the realm of change provides us with the wealth, their history, with ourselves, with our reactions, with our emotions, with the environment in which to have all of this, such as our emotions, et cetera, right?

We got this sun and all of this kind of stuff. Now, we are all creatures and creations of universe. Nobody here was created outside of our material or created outside of our universe. Universe is inside the material, okay? There's a component of universe that is outside the material and that gets into some deep, deep, deep stuff, but we won't go there today.

So we're all creatures of universe, and universe makes us for specific needs. And this is all part of the process.

It is true. Okay? So there is a factual component that you can say personal luck or luck is universe favoring you at a personal or individual level. So if you're a lucky guy, for whatever reason, you buy a lotto ticket and it wins, right? You're a lucky guy.

That is universe favoring you. But you have to understand, really go all the way deep into the etymology of the word favor to understand fav, right, what it means, because this is universe providing a boost to the potential for random change to occur to it. It wouldn't be random to you because the constraints of that change are relatively small from the fav, the favor that it presented to you with winning that lotto ticket. So it's good that you get that favor. We think of this as a positive kind of a thing.

We get an emotional charge. We react to it. We interact with that in our relationship with universe. And most people, okay, but most people fail to recognize that you've got to grasp both sides of a coin at the same time. And on the other side of the coin of the favor is the responsibility, is the challenge that goes with that.

So obviously, if you win a lotto and you got a shitload of money and you were dirt poor and you've never been trained in dealing with money, then that's the challenge dealing with the money. And it wants to see what's going to happen and it's going to use you as a vehicle to cause things to occur in a wider realm. Right. It's going to stir all of the material up in the process of trying to see what will happen. All right.

Again, if you're a computer guy, you understand if you understand printed circuits and the chips, you know, there's no such thing as random, right? There's RND down at an assembly language level, at a firmware level, but that's a constrained sort of a quasi random, right? And it's even predictable. You can get one machine to predict what the random numbers are going to be that another machine might generate if you know what you're doing. So randomness is really difficult to achieve in this reality.

We don't think of it that way. But conceptually, if you wanted to sit down and really examine this with me over hours and hours of discussion. I can show you how things that are not really random ever here, even in our reality, a lot of it is guided randomness, just as we get guided randomness out of the Rand function on computers, right? Anyway, the Casareans have inherent characteristics because they were created by universe themselves and they've been very successful. But of course, their success is part of that coin.

They've got to hold the other side of that coin, which is the challenge. The mother weppers are facing the challenge now from all of humanity as we rebel and as we destroy their narrativeme and bring the normies on and start marching and burning their castles and their flags and shit, right? That's coming. That's this year. And next year it's going to go very rapid.

Once in just a few weeks, you'll just be blown away by what's going to be happening in like, say, a month.

Now, the inherent nature of the Kazareans is that they're tricksters, name stealers, okay? That's something they're apparently born with, something universe gives them with. And the normies are gullible, right? So the normies believe shit people believed, but head Corey Good had been to space and had come back and been made six years old again and regressed in time and age and all of that, right? The energy calculations alone to just do that for one individual would probably double the amount of energy that all of humanity uses in a year.

If it were feasible. I'm saying if it were feasible. Anyway, so the normies are gullible. The normies make up like, 75% of humanity at any given point. If you want to find out why you can read, I think it's like chapters seven and eight.

In Thinking and Destiny. He goes into that herald percival. I get into it at some other point. Now, the mother Weffers, the WEF, the people in it have the Kazarians have an inherent tendency towards deception. They even formalize it in that they have this thing called the coal Nidre.

Probably not pronouncing it, right? That's its translation out of Hebrew or I think it's Hebrew, maybe it's Yiddish. Anyway, the Kolmidra is all vows, and they say this on the Day of Atonement. It's a ritual. It's sort of a song, a chant kind of thing.

And it's blah, blah, blah, go look it up, you'll see it in English. And basically they repudiate all contracts and say, if you're stupid enough to deal with us on a contractual basis, we're going to repudiate this next year and not honor it. So you're real dumbfuck, but we're telling you up front in an obscure sing song way that we're going to do this so we're not at fault, you're just stupid. One of their methods of operation is that if they tell you in advance in a hidden manner that they're trying to deceive you, then they don't have any obligation. They think they can only hold one side of the coin then they can only hold the favor side of the coin for having tricked you and taken your money.

They don't see that they hold the challenge side as well. And so that's their thinking. So in that sense, they're really stupid, right? They think that these things repudiate universe and they think their god is bigger than universe, right? And they worship.

Well, we won't go into that. That's too much of a diversion. Anyway, so here's the point of all of this so far. The Khazarians like deception, and in order to get deception, they must use secrecy. So if you go back and look through history, you will find that all of the secret societies go back to the Khazarean mafia.

They created them all. And today's top dog organization ain't so secret, and it's the WEF. But Kazarei and mafia created the Freemasons, they created the Illuminati, they promoted Bladevotsky, they promoted all of the hermetic secret societies. And so all of these are secret societies. Okay, this tells you what you need to know about the Caesarean mafia, that they're big into secret and that they want the culture to control you.

So we have from the Kazarean mafia, we have Woke, okay? Because that whole woke thing is basically name stealing. Hang on a second.

I'm a man stealing the name of a woman, right? And I'm pretending to myself that this is factual and I insist that you believe it. That's mental illness at its core. So this all comes from the inherent nature of the Casarean mafia. Along with this, we get cancel culture.

This is a tactic of the Casarean mafia going back ages and ages and ages. They used it in Justinians time. They would have in the early days of the Byzantine or Holy Roman empire or Eastern Roman empire, the Kazarian mafia would have crowds of activists that were paid to go around and incite street protests and actions and denounce one noble versus another, one senator versus another. These crowds were paid to go around and incite the populace against these people, and they formed paid cancel culture, just like we have now with the media. That media is a paid cancel culture.

These are the hell horrors. The media, the mainstream. Anyway, so we have all of these things arising from the Kazarean mafia in order to support the nature of the secrets that they use to control the society. But they also use a smaller subset of society to control the secrets. So each of these organizations all the way through have a social component that is basically enforcement.

You must toe the line and believe whatever is the premise that is nominally projected in the creation of all of these things, right? And so you'll find this KKK, you'll find this in most political parties, they have a true believer subset that's a big sort of social club. Those are the guys that are not there to just do the work. They're there to socialize and be celebrities and be seen on the golf courses and all this kind of shit, right? That's the Kazare and Mafia, just as they're doing now with the WEF, everybody flying in and feeling really cool because they got their private jets and they're going to get their 5000, military people gardening and all that kind of shit, right?

All of that stuff is the social aspect of this that the Kazarian Mafia uses to support their whole structure. So this whole thing is like a big interwoven machine. And if you break one part of the machine, the rest of the machine goes to hell too. And that's what we're seeing now with the breakdown of the narrativem. Because all of this stuff here, all of the secret part, was actually supported by the media, which the media would allow that this stuff existed.

And then there's nothing. There the freemasons. There's only three degrees of freemasonry. And these are a bunch of guys that get around and puff themselves up and try and sell cars and insurance and shit to each other, that sort of thing. And then, you know, three or four times a year they go on out and throw a party for the general populace on all the money they've made off of them.

That kind of a deal. So it's nothing there. And so secrecy within secrecy revealing in order to hide information, right? So if you see it and you're misdirecting it to say, oh no, yeah, I see that thing sitting over there waving, and you're telling me it's just a stick, right? And I hear it, hear it making noise, and you're telling me that it's just some little cones on that little tiny tree and in fact it's a rattlesnake tail, right?

But if I get misdirected, it goes back to their understanding that they're not at fault. They're telling me that they're lying to me, basically. Cole Nidra they just separated in time. These guys are really big in time, but they're dumbfucks, believe me. They do not understand what they're involved with.

Okay? So the social aspect is used for enforcement, it's used for funding, it's used for controlling the normies as they provide the funding. All different kinds of stuff are all interwoven in this. These guys always do this. They just mix all this shit in there.

So you get born okay, so you're born in the 50s or the 40s during that period of time. There is the initial modern social surge of UFO stuff during that time. I mean, it dates from like 47, really goes back centuries, but but the modern surge goes from 47 in the US. So you're born in that period of time.

If you have an inclination by the time you get into your teens, late 50s into the early 70s, depending on when you're born in there, it was possible to encounter the secret societies in an interesting period of time where they had lost a lot of their intrinsic support. As the people came back exhausted from World War II, exhausted from Korea and it took them a long time to gen up Vietnam and they wanted it to happen right after Korea. They went boom, boom, boom. Anyway, so everybody was just exhausted at a social level. And so there was this period of time where the secret societies were exhausted and they went on recruiting drives, so to speak.

They accepted a lot more individuals because their process is to take you in so induction and then filter you, right? They would have a bunch of filters here to determine what your personality is like because they are looking for pedophiles and sociopaths.

Everybody else is diverted off into these lesser understandings of the secret society itself. Now, in the we had a flurry of secrets revealed about the secret societies in that period of time. We get like for instance in the 50s Harold Percival wrote Thinking and Destiny. He and a whole group of people. It was quite the effort.

And in there they detail all of the Masonic rituals and understanding and the whole structure. So there's nothing that's hidden about the Masons. If you read his book, you can even get I think they still sell the separate little book in which it's that big chapter about the Freemasons. But all of these societies by the Km, because of their own twisted nature and their own issues with it, the Kazarian mafia is dominated by religion.

Not spirituality, not worship, not emotion, not transcendence, not enlightenment. Religion. There's a difference, okay? This dominates them and they inculcated that into all of the secret societies and within all of them. The major premise is that the Secret society exists and was created to guard a great religious secret away from the great unwashed, from humans that wouldn't understand, that couldn't cope with the idea, that would just be too much for them and they'd they'd, you know, fall on the floor and shit themselves to death, that kind of thing, right?

That's every single one of these things. KKK has that at its at its core attached to Whiteness, right? The Illuminati has that at its core attached to the Prussian Ethos, which also goes back to the Kazareans. The Freemasons have that at its core. Yada, yada, yada.

All of the female ancillary associated societies are the same bloodovsky. All of these people were guarding a great religious secret that was just too great for the rest of humanity to understand and have. That because they wouldn't accept it or it could cause problems if they got half assed into it and this kind of thing and all of them go to enlightenment.

Okay? That's the secret right there. That's the secret that supposedly backs the premise for the creation and existence of all of these secret societies is that enlightenment can be achieved. And they are guarding the true one true religion that can show you as a human how to get there, okay? So that's their thing.

Structured beyond belief, intricate engineered, built, constructed all of this. That's their whole world. They've impressed this world on the normies. They built the narrative for COVID and all of this stuff based on all of this, all of their agents and all of these various secret societies all working towards the same end, even if these guys didn't know it because they were useful idiots, right? Because they're being shunted off here.

They can still get them to do work because they're associated with this. And they make money selling insurance or cars to the other guys, right? So that's the nature of the wealth reality or the wealth illusion that they are trying to sell to the normies as reality. And it is all based on secrets. Now they really just simply use those.

They actually believe this, okay? Kazarei and Mafia actually believes it's, guarding this universal religious secret that can't be given to anybody. Kazari and Mafia, for the most part, those actual individuals Bill Gates, Claus, Schwab, all these people are Jews, okay? The Jews are not Hebrews. The Jews never were in the Bible.

The Jews are not the same people in the Bible, okay? They only exist around the Talamud. But these people, the Kazari and Mafia, do believe that they are separate from all the other Jews and that they have the real truth that's that's been extracted and even obscured within the Talmud. And they have stuff that's even deeper than that and real power and shit, okay? That's their whole thing.

And they even are willing to sacrifice all Jews in order to protect themselves. They have no allegiance whatsoever to Jewsm as a religion. They guard the true religion as their understanding. Now, these people are secret addicts, okay? They are so addicted to secrecy that they can see no other aspect of the world.

And so to that extent, they sort of resemble a paranoid. So I understand them because I'm a paranoid. So the thing about paranoids is we believe that other people have secrets that are injurious to us and so we want to ferret them out. And so they don't like true paranoids. They're only in this religious paranoia, right?

This artificial structured paranoia. Now what I want to present to you is something about reality. We see the breakdown of the name stealers, the WEF. We see the breakdown of their Naradium. Now it's occurring around us.

All around us. I just finished writing a quick little box populi to try and scare the shit about out of my local Washington state legislators and their legislative assistance by pointing out how the Naradigm is breaking down. And hey guy, what the fuck are you going to do about it when we've got shining a giant spotlight on all your actions because you've got no power to bribe anybody to keep it secret. So that's the thing here, right?

Secrets cost big. It takes a lot of dollars to keep your secrets. That's breaking down starting on January 19 with the debt ceiling thing, all right? We'll really see it. We know it's starting.

It actually has started already because we're looking at Bitcoin prices and Bitcoin is getting ready to do it. One of its major bull runs, which is indicative of the dollar running into some serious issues. The dollar supports all of these secrets for the west, okay? We're paying for the west to keep secrets that injure us. So paranoia is good.

It teaches you that, in fact, that's reality, that there are people out there with secrets trying to fuck you over. And yeah, there's one of them right there, and his name is Bill Gates. There's another one there's. Claus schwab. And you can just go on and on and on.

You can point these fuckers out. Okay? So this is all breaking down. All the Naradigm stuff is breaking down. It's going to change the planet or change humanity on the planet.

This is occurring in this year and going forward. This is the great revealing. Now, there's always been another approach, okay? So the WEF has this one approach, religions and all this other shit, right? And it leads to concentration of power.

It leads to people that want to concentrate power. There's another approach here, okay?

And the other approach has always been individually expressed through humanity because universe wanted it, right? So I did not create myself. I did not in any way make myself as I am.

My reactions to those things that universe presented in my life elicit from me aspects of my true nature, okay? Aspects of my character, if I examine them, how I react and what's going on.

But I'm not creating anything. I'm exposing myself to myself by my actions. Universe is providing the set and setting for that to occur. So this is the nature of life as I understand it. Now, lots of people don't grasp this and they don't think of life that way.

And then that's fine. I'm not criticizing it at all. I'm not saying I'm right. I'm just saying that this works for me. This understanding that reality is unfolding, and I'm part of that unfolding process.

And how I do things at the moment of any particular aspect of unfolding is participating in the grander unfolding of everything and at the same time illuminating to me my true nature. Okay? So I'll use Zen words, right? Like your true nature. These are from, like, Zen sitting, meditation, za, Zen.

Anyway, so there's this other approach, and this other approach is the shaman approach.

And the shaman is somebody that is doing this as an individual. There's no, like, secret society of shaman.

There's no secret society that any shaman would want to join. No person that is a shaman ever wants to keep any secret from anyone. You may keep a secret for a while. I mean, you may not express something. But you're not deliberately attempting to keep something secret in order to deceive, right?

You may not express something because in that moment the expression would not be favored for yourself or the individuals that you're dealing with. But it's not a secret.

So it's a different approach entirely. Most shaman are disturbed individuals to some degree by universe deliberately that these shaman might seek out psychedelic entree into real universe, into real reality. This is where we get into some interesting kind of language trying to discuss this shit. Because if you take psychedelics and you take psychedelics that are real psychedelics, I'm not talking ecstasy or even acid, acid won't get you there. LSD, you need to take like magic mushrooms, mescaline, peyote, these kind of and DMT.

DMT will do it but you don't have any control. Okay? A DMT is like being shot out of a cannon and you don't want that. You want mescalin, which is like being able to fly, or magic mushrooms, which is like being able to swim in hyperspace so you have control and understanding. It can move around and stuff.

DMT or cannonball, you can't do shit, just observe as you go along in it. It's like that. So I don't favor DMT, even though all of these other drugs do have DMT as a component and they affect DMT in your brain. In my opinion it's better not to take the DMT hit in order to get to hyperspace. But shaman are usually twisted in some way by universe such that they would seek relief.

And in the process of seeking that relief, they encounter and they encounter, and then they say, okay. So in other words, when you're a young shaman and you're just starting to heal yourself and you're starting to figure this shit out, you can't stop talking about it? It's like, wow, look what I discovered dude, and no one wants to hear this. And they push away, it's all horseshit to them. It doesn't affect their life.

You don't understand that 75% of the people you're interacting with are normies and just don't want to be involved in any of this kind of stuff and so you end up basically shutting up. You just don't intrude on people because the process of going through the relief, through the psychedelic encounters and dealing in hyperspace makes you, it changes you, okay? Fundamentally changes you. True change is expressed that way. And if you look in history you go all the way back through the Elysium, all the way back through the mysteries.

Every single one of the secret societies supposedly is guarding the mysteries and they never let any of the adherence of that secret society anywhere near those mysteries because the mystery you can only get there by taking a psychedelic and if you do, the first thing you're going to do is fuck you guys you're so full of shit. I can't deal with you bastards anymore. And by the way we've examined all of the secret society's hidden core teachings and they all have nothing to offer. It's all a scam. Blottovasovsky, all of these people, the hermetic, if you get into all of the magic and all of this kind of stuff, it's all missing a component that would make it actually work because it was bogus and bullshit to begin with.

All trying to obscure the mysteries and the ability to alter and accept and participate in change that the encounter in hyperspace offers in the way of relief for your condition. That made you a shaman to start with, right? Because shaman don't make themselves. You don't wake up one day and say, dad, fuck being a lawyer, fuck making all that money and getting all those women, to hell with that, I'm going to go off and be a shaman. You don't do that because it's a good career choice.

You do it because you have no other choice. Basically, universe wants you down that path and and down you go. And so we find shaman in all kinds of cultures. We are going to be hearing about shaman from Mexico or the Mesoamerican region. We'll be hearing about them in this year and into next year and the year after and so on.

They're going to be quite a phenomena as we go forward because of the association between these guys. The minerals that are in Mexico and space aliens way the fuck back when.

These are like Brugo or cure and dero. Okay? So cure and deros, they're people that you go to, they're doctors. And so there's something about the shaman and I express this, right? You come to me and you're ailing.

You send me some idea of really what's going on. I'll respond as best I possibly can, no medical advice or any of that kind of thing. Just saying, hey, this sounds like this or whatever, right? All shaman are that way. Once you've gone through that experience, you don't want to keep a secret.

You see that there's no point in keeping any secret from any other human. And if someone wants to know the absolute secret of reality and they ask you, you sit down and you tell them it's not your responsibility as to how they deal with that information. That's another one of the mother aspects of the west is like mama says don't do that.

Mama says don't think about that. Mama says, don't think about yellow fire hydrants and big gray elephants. Mama says you can't go there. So the WEF is a little annoying and they're mother Weffers on many different levels. So the secret societies are breaking down because we're now into the Age of Aquarius, which is the Knowledge Bearer.

And in reality it is a male figure dumping the knowledge river onto humanity. What we take and what we accept is our responsibility. And it's all coming out now. And the Naradigm is breaking down because of the shaman. In reality, leading all of the people that are antivaxxers and all of this kind of thing, right?

It's all of the fringe element, the outliers and the non normies that are basically out there jumping up and down these last few years saying the vax is a hoax to kill you, it is the bioweapon, all of that. Now we get the normy media just sort of cracking a little bit, saying, hey, there's something connecting the vax to illnesses and all of this sort of thing and vacs to excess deaths and we'd better have a look at it. Well, maybe a month from now they won't allow the vaccine, the mRNA shit to be injected into people, the COVID injectables, right? It'll come fairly rapidly, maybe it'll be two months, but I don't think it'll go that far. I think 30, 40 days maybe.

And all kinds of things are going to ripple out from that. But we're going to have other shit appear before we get into that part of it, that'll pile on and so on. Because as the narrative of sinks in the overwhelm, it's splintering and cracking up and there's more and more stuff coming out which makes the overwhelm be able to seep into that area and this sort of thing.

Now it's going to start affecting the normies in a visible way in social media. And so in that sense, we're going to get into this really intense period of the Big Ugly. And so I think of The Big Ugly as having started last year because we were creeping in on it. And it's so difficult to say this is the start day of something that involves millions or hundreds of millions or billions of people and it's spread out over the course of time just because it takes all those people different amounts of time to absorb things, right? But I think of the big ugly as like the Python Digesting.

The pig. And so we start into it and then we get into January here and we start getting into a little bit of the bulge for the pig. And then as we go forward, we'll have this kind of an effect in our progress. And I think maybe this area out here is June, maybe July. Now, this does not mean that the Big Ugly is over, okay?

It means that we've expended some level of emotional energy and we've dropped down. We've examined reality and we've dropped down to understand. And so we've lost some level of emotional energy as a result of this process. And it's the build up, the emotional energy, the angst, the rage, the anger, that's part of what twists your mind into that ugly space along with the fear. And I'm saying that some aspect of that will have abated to the general population by the time we get into June and July.

Not that things are going to be good or anything like that, but it won't be getting any worse. It may extend longer. It's just going to depend on how many people are going to react and how badly. We could also lose this energy fairly rapidly if people get really violent, okay? So we could come crashing down in this energy level if there was mass rage and they slaughtered doctors and killed all the people that worked at the FDA and the CDC and were hanging foulkey in the streets and chasing biden down and beating them with classified documents and that kind of thing, right?

That would expand huge amounts of energy, and so it would go very rapidly down. I don't expect that to happen. There is a potential of some unknown amount that that could happen, that we could have a violent reaction, all right? Not as I'm describing it, but a violent reaction in some other way that goes through the whole social order. So now that would not be like George Floyd, okay?

The whole George Floyd Black Lives Matter thing was engendered. It was built by the west. They had to work their asses off to create this. I'm talking about mob violence sparking. Now, I've seen this myself throughout my history, back in the troubled history in North Africa and in Europe as a result of the French frank crashing.

So I know what can happen, right? Totally spontaneous. We are at the cusp of having that much static energy in our capacitor as humans that we might spark into violence. I don't expect it to happen. I'm just saying that it could shortcircuit this process and bring us out of this bulge earlier.

But after that, we will have a steady state of rising revealing that will circle back and add to our emotions about the whole thing. We'll learn a lot, but in general, this will be a release aspect of built up tensions that go back hundreds of years. So the revealing aspect of it in my mind is a good thing, but you're going to get this done.

I think really that's basically what I needed to cover. Now, one other thing, okay, so let me just give you a graphic that may aid in terms of thinking about how this is going to occur. Now, this will affect finances, politics, international politics in her family, politics, all different kinds of stuff will have this different kind of feel as we go forward in the big, ugly all right? So in our past, all throughout my life, 70 damn years of this shit, let me tell you, it's annoying. The mother Weffers have had us on this.

So this is like our emotional baseline and the mother, Weffers have had this society up here doing these little loops and doing this shit all the time, rising up to peaks and doing all this and they're just working us the whole time and creating wars. And our emotional state has just been twisted by them all this time, right? So that's how they would progress through history is by twisting the emotional state of the populace in this manner this whole period of time. And we're right here in 2023. Now they've lost the narrative at this point in January, okay?

The naradium is broken. They're having to abandon Biden. The deep state's gonna go to get him out on the 25th Amendment and put in who knows how, who. After that, what's going to happen? It's going to be chaotic and more building tension, but also more release tension.

But here's where we're at relative to something that the west does not understand that since they started. I'm going to change the scale here. So this is 2023. And you know, maybe this is like 1860. We'll just pick that as a starting point.

But I'm going to change our scale here and I'm going to say that we've had a period of motherwifer domination. Let's just say it began in 1947. And by the way, one of the secrets that the Casarean Mafia is protecting is the UFO secret. We'll have to do that in another one. Since 1947, if we were to flatten this huge line like this, we would end up with something that was still all curly, cute and brought us all up.

And so this whole thing is compressed down into this space here. But now in 2023, we're entering in a period of time where we're going to go like this. Now I'm going to exaggerate this. So I'm going to take something that's going to cover only a couple of years. And we don't know how many years that is.

Maybe it'll go out to 2030, I just don't know because we're going to have a lot of shit in involved. But it's going to look like this, okay? And so this is the emotional trend line that we're going to have over these next few years. This emotional trend line is not going to be like this. This is not a flattening out of many of these little curves into a generalized up and then down in this way.

This is the action that you get at a civilization crises. You get an emotional wave up globally and then it crashes or changes, okay? We can think of it as a change, not necessarily a crash. And then we get into the rebuilding phase. And so this here is the great revealing.

Now we'll still be doing revealing out in here. But maybe this point here is like 2030, right? And here we are in 2023 and it will still be going on for maybe centuries. I don't know how far. We got to go way back.

We got to go way back 785 Ad. We got to go way the fuck back into before Common Era. So we got to go back 6710 thousand years if we can. And so that will take us a long time. But that shit that is affecting us now, we're going to get into like that.

And so probably maybe this is like 24, right? And then things totally radically change. That would be fitting on a lot of different elements, but it might be this year as well because we're going to have the financial crash and money, their currency drives everything. So that's it for today, guys, a long one. I'm sorry about that.

It's just that it's the mother Weffers with their problem reaction solution where they always come up with the way they want you to go after causing you to to have the problem to begin with versus the collapse of civilization emotional trendline scenario. Because we're right here now, we don't have this shit going on and phew, I'm glad. Fuck the motherwifers. That crap was boring and stupid and kept going up back and forth in the same kind of stuff and we need something totally new. We got to bust out from the mother weffer's mental cage that had been put on reality and they actually did things motherwifers believe in magic.

In 2001, September 11, the bringing down of those two towers was magic that they intended to use to freeze humanity in a particular mental state and they expected it to last almost 50 years to 2051. So anyway, they're that goofy. It obviously didn't work, but it worked for some level for some period of time now the mainstream media is going, the Naradigm is going and everything is going to change. And once we get up into the well, we're in the building period in here somewhere. So this could be maybe this all really starts going here in June, right?

So as we get through the big ugly maybe there's been such a huge transformation that we reach a peak of understanding and we just start actively throwing out all of the information and discussing it and so on. That's what is involved in this right here as we go through the emotional release of seeing how you've been deceived and taken advantage of and yeah, these motherfuckers want to kill you and all of that kind of shit. Okay? So anyway though it's going to be massive upheaval crash of civilizations into the Roman Empire, great sea voyages, all of these kinds of things, huge amounts of heroic expenditure kind of stuff coming in and dealing with this year and right now. So enjoy, get your popcorn and remember, there's only one point to a secret society that's to keep a secret.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


The Delingpod: The James Delingpole Podcast – Interview with Clif High – 11-04-2022

The Delingpod: The James Delingpole Podcast - Interview with Clif High - 11-04-2022

The Delingpod: The James Delingpole Podcast - Interview with Clif High - 11-04-2022

Episode Summary:

The PDF document is a transcript of a conversation between James and Cliff, a self-described schizotypical individual who has had unique experiences and insights through the use of psychedelic drugs. Cliff discusses his ability to access a space he calls "hyperspace" where he interacts with non-human minds. He believes that his schizotypical characteristics and psychedelic drug use allow him to journey to hyperspace and interact with other minds, gaining valuable insights and ideas.

Cliff shares a story of exchanging ideas with a non-human entity in hyperspace, which he believes helped the entity's civilization. He also discusses his understanding of the human psyche, stating that all humans are inherently psychic but are unaware of it due to societal conditioning. According to Cliff, people's choice of language reveals their psychic nature as it often precedes events and behaviors. He has developed a system to analyze language on the internet, extracting psychic leaks from the vast amount of data. This system has allowed him to make predictions, including the rise of Bitcoin, which he knew about before it was named.

Cliff has worked as a software programmer for various companies, including Microsoft, IBM, and airlines. He created a system that analyzes language on the internet, extracting psychic leaks from the data. He believes that humans are inherently psychic, and their choice of language reveals their psychic nature. This insight has allowed him to make various predictions, including the rise of Bitcoin, which he was aware of before it was named.

He further elaborates on his understanding of reality, consciousness, and the experience of death. According to Cliff, reality is vibratory, with everything vibrating into and out of existence at a rapid rate. Consciousness is the force that allows for this continuous recreation, bridging the gaps of non-existence or the "void". Cliff believes that consciousness is permanent and is what people refer to as God. He does not adhere to any religion but has a deep understanding and belief in consciousness and the vibratory nature of reality.

Cliff also shares his experiences with death, stating that he has died three times in his life. Each time, he has had unique experiences that confirm to him that death is not the end. He believes that everyone has a personal experience of heaven after death, but the experience is not uniform for all. Cliff's perspective is a blend of spirituality, philosophy, and personal experience, offering a unique viewpoint on life, death, and reality.

#Cliff #Hyperspace #Psychedelics #NonHumanMinds #Insights #Schizotypical #Language #PsychicLeaks #Bitcoin #Predictions #Reality #Vibratory #Consciousness #God #Death #Spirituality #Philosophy #Experience #Heaven #Afterlife #Life #Understanding #Internet #Analysis #Programming #Microsoft #IBM #Airlines #Society #Conditioning #Existence #Void #Meditation #Energy #Frequency

Key Takeaways:
  • Cliff identifies as a schizotypical individual, gaining unique insights through psychedelic experiences in "hyperspace".
  • In hyperspace, he interacts with non-human minds, exchanging valuable ideas and insights.
  • Cliff perceives psychic leaks in language, which he believes precede events and behaviors.
  • He developed a system to analyze language on the internet, extracting psychic leaks and making predictions, like the rise of Bitcoin.
  • Cliff explores the vibratory nature of reality and the permanence of consciousness, which he equates to God.
  • He shares experiences of dying three times, each time gaining unique insights into the afterlife and consciousness.
  • Cliff believes everyone has a personal, unique experience of heaven after death.
  • His perspective is a blend of spirituality, philosophy, and personal experience, offering a unique viewpoint on life, death, and reality.
Key Takeaways:
  • Cliff predicted the rise of Bitcoin before it was named, utilizing his system of analyzing psychic leaks in language.
  • He suggests that everyone has a personal and unique experience of heaven after death, although the experiences are not uniform for all.
  • Through his understanding of vibratory reality and consciousness, Cliff implies that individuals can gain deeper insights into the nature of existence and reality.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

The Delingpod: The James Delingpole Podcast - Interview with Clif High - 11-04-2022

Welcome to the delingpod with me, James. Delingpod? And I know I always, always say I'm excited about this week's special guest, but I really am excited. I'm bouncing up and down and I see he's got his whiteboard in the background. It is none other than the legendary Cliff.

Hi, Cliff. Welcome to the delingpod. I've been so thank you very much. Now I don't know how far down the rabbit hole we're going to go. I just wanted to congratulate you, first of all, on that, your podcast, there's a Bug in My Woo, I think it was called, was just one.

I mean, I think you really pushed the boat out there.

Do you agree with me? Yes. The woo thing is a deliberate strategy and a tactic and that was a bit of work to get into that. Yes. Well, we might go on to that if we've got time.

But I know that the people listening to this or watching this are going to be divided between those who are going, oh my God, it's clif high, I'm so excited. And those who are going, who is this guy? Why do we want to listen to him and why should we listen to what he has to say? So for the benefit of those who don't know who you are, can you sort of explain what you do and how it is that you have these kind of insights into what's going on in the world and the way things are going to pan out?

I took a lot of drugs. I took a lot of psychedelic drugs in the psychedelic states I was able because all right, let me back up even further. I am what is described as a schizotypical, that is, a person who has survived, a family member who was a primary Schizophrenic and an early onset Schizophrenic. These people usually die young. My brother died young.

He passed in middle age. He was a lifelong schizophrenic. Siblings that survived Schizophrenic families are called schizotypical. This is not a psychiatric definition, this is a sociological definition, more of a collection of parameters, but it defines a certain kind of a mindset. It is my belief that because of my genetics, because of my schizotypical characteristics, I am able to take psychedelic drugs and I am able to journey to a place that I call hyperspace.

In hyperspace I am able to interact with what I call the other minds that are not human. A mind, other minds. There's much we can discuss about that, but I just call it the other. It is clearly a mind that is not human. In doing so, in my youth, I was fortunate enough to have an occasion to interact with a being that was a hominid, that was another that was amicable, and we transacted.

In hyperspace, I was able to exchange in hyperspace, there is no you exchange things of value, but obviously these are ideas and not material goods. Because there is no matter in hyperspace. You journey there through the psychedelic drug. How he got there, I do not know. There is not language as we describe it there.

There are thoughts that are made expressed in the medium of hyperspace by your mind that are not vibratory excitement of air, as I'm doing now. So I don't know how he got there. It was difficult to communicate. I was able to learn things. I did him a great favor by presenting him with an idea that may have aided his civilization.

And it was an idea that they did not natively arise on their own. It is the idea of a sacrificial surface. We call this idea paint. They were having a crises on their planet that involved conditions of an environmental change, and they had no way of coping with it. And because of the nature of the being that he was, they did not have sacrificial coverings like clothing.

Okay, they had decorative clothing, but they're just a strange being. In any event, though I taught him about the idea of paint, a great deal of deliberate experimenting on mine, I did not know how to make paint at that time. I had to go to my local state library and immerse myself in the chemistry of paint and try and get this idea across to this being. And he got the idea in exchange for that, he gave me the idea that all emotion for all hominids is intricately related to our vagus nervous system, and that our vagus nervous system is what allows us to peer through our energy bodies and extract patterns from universe that we might think of as present. I took that one stage further because of things that he taught me and applied that to language.

I then wrote a series of programs. I made my living as a software programmer for microsoft, IBM, gecmark, british airlines, american airlines for years. And as a programmer, I devised a system that went out on the internet and brought in millions and millions and millions of words and reduced them down to a thick word soup, from which I extracted all of the psychic leaks that people are continuously leaking out. One of the key things I learned from this individual in hyperspace is that all humans are incredibly psychic. We are trapped within a mind control that forbids us from seeing our own psychic nature, but it must leak out, and it leaks out in our choice of language.

Our choice of language precedes behavior and events by some distance. I was able to tap into that. That's probably my biggest claim to fame. So I knew about bitcoin before it had been named bitcoin. Thus I was able to be there when bitcoin was ten cents and take advantage of I have known about things because of things, right?

So because of this language aspect, and because of the knowledge I learned in hyperspace, I have learned things here in this material that I find to be of value for humans because others have listened to me. There are now many millionaires in cryptocurrencies that just listened to me and made their own decisions. I was not advising people to buy or sell or do anything. I'm just pointing out what is available to be seen if one knows how to see it. That has got to be the best self job description I've ever heard and an unbeatable intro to any podcast.

Thank you. At that point, I tell you, Cliff, at that point there's going to be a fork. Some people are going to be going, I'm not going to listen to anymore of this crazy shit. It's already gone too far down the rabbit hole. And other people are going, I had no idea that Cliff was this cool.

Anyway, you'll be pleased to hear that I'm in the latter camp. But it's good that you do have that, I think even the normis. And as you know, I was, until very recently a Norman myself. This has been a very steep learning curve for me this last six to nine months, whatever. But I think one thing that normally need to deal with somebody like you is they need a kind of anchor to the reality that they understand.

And I think they can probably relate to the idea of algorithms, of sort of searching words.

They examine word frequency, is that right? No, actually I do that to throw out all the meaningless words. Okay. So there's a key aspect of this that I've sort of hinted at, but I've never really gotten into the details of my emotional reduction engine. I figured out a way in programming to reduce words down to some quantified numeric, values, intensity, duration, in other words.

So I did a lot of work. I mean, I did over decades of work figuring out things. So I would put out on a forum, I would put out an outrageous statement that we should never ever celebrate Christmas unless Santa Claus has a blue beard. Something just really strange, right? And then I would use algorithm to find how far this word propagated out into this phrase propagates out into the internet.

So I was tracking language much more intensely than in mere frequency. So I never cared about frequency. Then I discovered some key things that I won't reveal the totality of it, but in England, in the UK, I'm sure you still maintain some of the older linguistic ways where they would say, oh, my palm is inching and it means something, right? It means you're going to get money, relatives, or, you know, I got a toothache. It means my aunt's got, you know.

So there's this like psychic connection kind of stuff to your body and the clues that your body provides. I was able to systematize that. Okay? So I was able to find the language of people leaking out in their casual conversation and gardening fora that would tell me that there was a new financial system coming. And I did it on the terms of hundreds and hundreds of millions of what I called reads.

And a read was finding these keywords and then gathering 2048 words on either side of them should it exist, and then coming back and running this thing through my engine. So I would run these routines where I had servers just sitting all over the place, dragging stuff off the internet, capturing words and capturing metadata about the words where we found them and so on. And then we'd run that for 18 or 20 days, and then I'd run processing for 18 or 20 days. It was a batch system. Because of the nature of the way I developed it, it was never interactive in that sense.

Right. I had to trigger it off and run it this way. And I would go through 100 million internet captures in order to produce an individual report. The vast majority of the 100 million internet captures were thrown out because it was conscious language, and I was not after conscious language, after that inadvertent slip of using one word as opposed to another. So I can give you a flavor of it by saying that there's three different types of language.

There's immediacy language, there's shortterm language, and then there's long term. Longterm generally tends to be legal language, right? And informal language that's going to have a long term impact on you. Short term language is like the everyday kind of stuff.

Immediacy language has an immediacy effect out to about three or four days, maximally out to three weeks. Shortterm language is from the beginning of the fourth week until the end of the third month, and long term languages from the end of the third month, out 19 months. And so by slotting language into these different slots, I could get an idea of when that thing is approaching to us, so to speak. And so that's what I did for timing. The timing clues were just terrible.

It was just terrible, terrible, terrible. Like 1215 years of work to get even close on that. And then the censorship, and then I got polluted by this blue chicken space cult, and it caused my data to go wonky. Nonetheless, for a while there, it was dialed in very accurately, and that's what allowed a lot of people to make themselves millionaires following my crypto analysis and these kinds of things. Good.

I wish I'd been a cliffhigh fan at that point. I'm a bit late in the game to pick up on this newfangled thing called bitcoin, but maybe there'll be other trends that you can spot that will help us all listening. I can tell you about those now. Yeah. So it's not a problem.

Don't worry about it. Good, because actually, one of the many things I love about you, cliff, is that you bring a message of hope. Now, there are lots of people on the internet engaging in what you might call woo, or sort of variations on woo. People have gone down the rabbit hole. But A, I think a lot of them are bullshitters.

They're sort of regurgitating what they've heard elsewhere. And I'm not going to name any names, but we know who they are.

Absolutely. You can also well, maybe they do carry messages, but I trust your messages of hope more than I do those of other people. I think there's something about you which I think is honorable and informed. Maybe I'm wrong. Well, no, you're correct.

Thank you for that. I count myself an honorable man. Right. So I'm a Sigma male, which is an unusual thing in our society. Sigma males are like alpha males, but we basically think beyond our own deaths, and we don't really necessarily want to involve ourselves in the social order.

And we generally live alone, are self isolating. And I have found that among Sigma males, you will frequently, if you can identify a sigma male, usually they have that characteristic we call honor. And I found Sigma males that are the head of motorcycle gangs right. That are nonetheless honorable men. And so I take that as a compliment.

I understand that as a compliment, and that is something I hold myself, too, is this particular category of honor. And this is very necessary, in my opinion now, because that's what gives us the hope that we all want. Yeah, well, totally. One of my experiences in the last six months, say, is finding God. I was brought up a Church of England, and I went to one of those schools where you had chapel services every day and twice a day on Sundays.

But religion was not the same thing as actually believing in God. Where are you on that one, by the way? Do you have a religion? No, I don't have a religion.

I'm not a joiner. Okay, so Sigma males, I'm a schizotypical. So schizotypicals are isolated. Something people don't know about schizophrenics is that schizophrenics have a tendency to put out pheromones that make people uncomfortable around them. So individuals not of my family could not stand being around my brother because he put out pheromones that basically caused them to freak out.

So a lot of mentally ill produced stuff in their sweat that makes us feel bad around them. And if you ever encounter an emotionally disturbed individual in the street and you get close enough to them, you will feel that reason to back off. And it is a pheromone. And so these issues with schizophrenics are formative in terms of how we relate to people and so on. Right.

So it was not in the nature of my family to be joiners just because of that. And I am an a Sigma male, so I'm not a joyner. So I would not have a religion in the sense of belonging to an organization that way. And I do not count religion, which is the organized discussion and analysis of an understanding, a philosophical or spiritual understanding, as being that spiritual understanding. So I live in the Whoo.

I've also lived in the woot, right? So in my world, I go by that old, and I don't even know where it appears, but that old Christian saying that a man's self is God, okay? So in yourself is God. Now, I have gone to some great examination into examining reality, some great thought into examining reality, and I've come up with a theory that I called a wobble. And this Wooble explains magnetism in a way that no physicist in quantum mechanics or anything can explain magnetism.

And I can measure the explanation. There's a part of my magnetism theory that has a measurement in it, and I can make that measurement that validates that theory. It proves itself. Okay? The underlying core of that theory is that the reality we live in is a vibratory reality.

Like Nikola Tesla says, frequency is everything, vibration is everything. Well, we are vibrating at 22 trillion times a second. We are vibrating into existence and out of existence 22 trillion times a second. And in between each of those vibrations into existence is a gap that the meditators called the void. And I'm a deep zazan meditator, and I've come close to touching the void and I know it exists.

And this void is a space where there is nonexistent. It happens so fast, our minds are not aware of it at any conscious level, but they do. They are aware of it. And I will tell you right now that there is one thing and one thing only that causes us to recreate our bodies 22 trillion times a second, to jump the gap of the void, so to speak. And that one thing is consciousness.

So in my understanding of reality, and if you go look at my video called Just Another Wu Cult, I get into these various frequencies. But if you go all the way down to 22 trillion times a second and touch through the gap, you touch consciousness that is there, that exist in permanency. That is what people call God. Okay? So I know I live in that consciousness.

So for me, I've never felt the need for a religion. No. But it's reassuring to have confirmation that God, as we call Him, exists. I think that's cool. Okay, so I've had confirmation in another way much more striking and brutal, and that is that I've died in this body three times in this life.

In this body's life, I have perished three times. Most recently was on Friday the 13th July in 2018 when I perished of colon cancer. They took a colon cancer out of me that was 5 CM by 5 CM by 4 had blocked my intestine, and I had lost £50 in the course of less than six months, and I perished. And in that perishing, I had the same experience that I'd had the previous two times of dying and so I had three times as a trend. And so I know that that's what happens when I die.

And so I have confirmation that death is not the end. Right? And is it better that the world that we go to after death better? We have to be careful about words. Better.

How do you define better? And so on. It is different. There's no fear. There's plenty of good stuff about it and it's different.

It is simply part of what we're doing. And so in my understanding, what happens is that you die. And if you are of a sufficiently deep understanding or accurate understanding, you are presented with the image of the mechanism of reality as it exists. Otherwise you're presented with what may be described as an artificial reality, very much like the artificial reality that we're in now. You would find it very difficult to tell the difference between this material that we're in now and the artificial reality that presents itself after death.

For most people, that is the case. Myself, I've died so many times and have lived so many times that I'm at that point where I'm interacting with it on the mechanistic level. So I do not experience or see what others would necessarily see. It is not a ubiquitous experience for all. And in fact, I can assure you that everyone who dies has a personal experience of heaven.

An absolutely perfect existence of timeless joy in heaven. I can assure you that this does indeed exist. But it is far more complicated than that statement would tend to suggest. Right. Where are you on good and evil?

I like good. I don't like evil. Yeah, they are objectively. They do exist, don't they? I mean, they're not just yes, all of our reality, if you go and look at my Wobble video, it gets into it deeper.

But all of our reality is based on asymmetry based on duality. There is the pulse that keeps us created 22 times, trillion times a second and there's the void. And so we're always oscillating between these two aspects. There's always going to be oscillation. There must be a counterposition for any position that anything ever assumes in this reality as we go forward.

So evil must exist simply, if for no other reason than to define good. Yes, funny enough, that was exactly how I explained it to somebody the other day. Somebody was saying, well, how do you know evil? Evil exists? Or how do you know good exists?

And yeah, the duality makes total sense to me. It seems to me look, we are living in extraordinary times, I mean, even unprecedented times. Have we had anything like this before? Not in the last 2780 years. There may have been a period of time, actually in around 1100, in the 1100 BC in which we had a chaotic time within humanity.

And that was the collapse of the Bronze Age civilization, right? Yes, I remember you mentioned that on the bug podcast. Okay, so in modern history and going back before the Romans, there's never been a time like this, correct? Right. And that itself is so amazing to me.

On the other side of the pulse, where all of us exist in our non alive state, the medium psychosis, it's called that point of time between lives, that's the land of permanence, okay? The realm of permanence is basically what we all call it there. Over here is the place where change can occur, okay? Change can only occur because of the pulse. The fact that we have the void allows us to move very much like moving pictures, only we're doing it at 22 trillion times a second because it allows our blood to move, our hair to grow, all of this kind of stuff, right.

It's got to be at that fantastic rate. But this ability of change is why the material exists. The material is where all of the matter exists, right? Where we are. The material exists for us to encounter change in order that we may be able to learn and grow and then take that back to the other side with us and thus grow and mature in progress through our various incarnations.

What has happened here in this reality? The material has been hijacked, in my opinion, and it has been hijacked for at least the last 2780 years, if not for the previous 2780 years. And it has been as though there has been a spell on us. The last such spell that was put on us was on September 11, 2001. The attack on the World Trade Center put a spell on the whole planet that froze us for the next 15 years.

They put these spells on us, the powers of the be, to put the mind control on us in order that they might freeze our emotional progress, if you will. And in doing so, we get change. But it's at a very mundane kind of a level, very trivial kind of change right now, as you say, we are in an extraordinary period of time where the ability of them to put the spell on us is breaking. Why you changed over these last nine months at such a core level is specifically why their spell is breaking, okay? Because there are billions of all of us going through the same thing.

Now. People like myself, David Ike, Max Egan, universe had us addressed those same issues decades back such that we would be here now to talk to all of you as you're going through these same issues, okay, so that we can all get on the same page, because universe has decided that they won't be able to put spells on us anymore, and we shall have change. This change is going to undo thousands of years of history, and we're going to start fresh. It is the most sparkling diamond of pure change that could ever it's a great gift to all of us. You cannot know how great this gift is.

Well, that's exciting, but I know that leavening this joy and excitement. You've also mentioned that loads of people are going to die in the process before we reach this.

It's a crossing. As we progress up and through the change, many people will leave us, right? Yes. I suppose you're not going to make this new omelet without breaking a few eggs. Before we go there.

I just wanted to go back slightly because you mentioned earlier rather excitingly, I think that we've all got these natural, tremendous you didn't say psychic powers. What did you say? We've got intuition, psychic abilities. Abilities. And is that in our pineal gland?

Is that wherein it lies? No, the pineal things. Okay, so we only have four senses. We don't have five senses. What we call the sense of touch is a sensation.

There is no sense organ there. All of our sense organs are up in our cranium. Okay? Sense organs are complete subsystems, so you do not hear the sound and then decode it. Your ears do that for you, just as your eyes decode the light and give you the image in the back of your brain so that you don't actually have to see the little light and put it all together and structure your reality that way and you're delivered taste and smell.

These are obscure to our science because they are complete subsystems. The pineal gland is such a complete subsystem. Okay, the pineal gland is extremely interesting. Now, in an unfortunate sense, I got to go outside the body to describe what's going to happen, all right, with the pineal gland. So when you die, your soul okay, so all humans are born through the process wherein the mother actually inhales the soul that will become her offspring, of the being that will become her offspring.

It enters in through her breath. The soul goes in, and the soul can be thought of as like a personally designed template for your body that is impressed over the developing fetus in that woman. So if your soul did not go into that woman, it would go into some other woman, but you would arise the same way out of either of those two women with some small physical differences based on the genetics, the inheritance characteristics of that woman. But the soul describes your body in a very detailed template format. Your soul is not self aware.

Your soul does not have consciousness. You are conscious. But your soul is a separate thing from you that is not conscious in the same way you are. Your soul is conscious of its task and its duties, and that's it. At the end of every life, your soul is reduced to a single drop of what we in the material here call intuition.

The single drop that the soul is reduced to is the sum total of everything you have learned from your experience with the Karma that your body had to deal with. Not your knowledge, not your emotions, but the Karma karmic things that's reduced to a single drop of what we call intuition. It is your pineal gland that accesses that intuition through its subsystem. So we do have five senses. But the pineal gland, even though it's a sensor, it's not as though the other senses so in the material.

We don't really think of the pineal gland as like taste or smell or something, but it delivers to you intuition. And so if you do things and fill your pineal gland full of calcium and you have a bad diet and stuff and it's not functioning, then you will have very little intuitive ability. Right. So it's really very important to keep your pineal gland decalcified. That's interesting.

Yeah, because I've just been taking this fermented skate liver oil, which apparently is very cool. I love that stuff. Yeah, it's really good. The stuff of Vikings. Yeah.

It goes back to your Saxon roots. Yeah. Well, I think I've noticed the difference. So some people are just more in tune with one of my I don't know whether you saw the podcast I did with a friend of mine called Jonathan Miles Lee, who was very, very he got me on to drinking distilled water and taking microdoses of psilocybin and into the importance of the pineal gland. And he was very I mean, he was psychic.

All sorts of interesting experiences. But most of us are just living like we're sort of these lump and beings, aren't we just completely in denial, right? We're condensate. Okay. It is not true that E equals MC squared.

Einstein was 100% wrong about that. The nuclear explosions in atom bombs and nuclear reactors are, in fact, electrical reactions. They're not nuclear. There's no such thing as nuclear forces. It's all vibrations.

Right? And so we are vibrating. We are spirit that motivates matter. Matter is very dense, and you can't extract the energy back out of it. All you can do is rip the electrical bonds, and that's what creates the nuclear explosions.

But matter being dense, that's what gives us the lump and feeling. But the psychic aspect of this, you've got to be very careful about it because some people are extremely psychic. I was extremely psychic in those last six months before I died. It was because my body was deteriorating on me, and it was basically becoming more and more simply pure vibration. And as a pure vibrating antenna, I pick up ancillary I would ruminate with what was going around on me.

Right. So I became extremely psychic. So many of the people that I will meet in the course of my life and have met that are psychic individuals don't have a good body. Their bodies are not doing well. They're vibrating too much.

They're taking substances that make them psychic, more psychic and increase. That vibration at the cost of their adrenal gland and all these other functions within the body. I personally would never drink distilled water. It leaps minerals out of the gut and it is a precursor. Your gut has only got one cell thick of lining on it with the villi to take nutrients out of there.

And distilled water can disturb that greatly and potentially could cause colon cancer. I died from that and the pain of that, it's not something to occult. Okay, Cliff, what do I do about that one? Obviously, the target is full of shit. Okay, so here's what you do.

You can have filtered water and distilled water, but distilled water, water wants to have minerals in it. So you need to have some level of effective mineralization in the body if you're going to be dealing with distilled water. Filtered water is different. All right? So you can distill water out and simply let it sit out so that it can become oxygenated and it will grab some level of minerals, nitrogen, etc.

E from the air. However, another way to do it is to get very pure filtered water and then make sure you have adequate minerals in your diet. And these are like 93 trace minerals you need. You can look them up. It's like folic acid.

Put a couple of drops in your water and you're good. So you just need to be advised that psychic ability is okay. It's great, but it frequently comes at the expense of your body, and that's not good in your overall general progress from life to life. Right? Okay, so let's go back to what's going on now and this extraordinary thing.

It seems to me that the world has been hijacked for a very long time, actually, by an elite. Or maybe the elite are in the service of a higher power which is tormented and evil, whatever it is. You call it, the bug. It's just a placeholder, right? Okay, so you're right.

We've been captured. All governments have been infiltrated and captured. And now it has become visible. And as it becomes visible, that alone is a catalyst to cause your thinking to change, which can cause a change in you, which will turn feedback into this loop. And you cause a change in the reality around you by having made that change internally.

So look at what has happened. We have a situation where the powers that be have decided that they need to call the herd. They need to kill us all off. The reason that they need to do this is they can't pay pensions. Our financial system is breaking down and they can no longer it's not going to last two more years.

It's not even going to last one more year. Absent the COVID and everything we would have had the mother of all crashes in the financial system in 2020, late 2020 would have been the ultimate death of all of the financial system. Structure. We're there now with the backdoor repo on the overnight on the Federal Reserve, the swapping of all of these DRS, they're trying to jen us up to the next level of system, and it's all of debt slavery. Now, in the past, every 100 years, they would institute a plague and then followed by wars or a war, followed by plagues.

They would alternate it sometime. If you look back through history, basically every 100 to 120 years, this happens all the way back to the Middle Ages and the plague years and the origination of the plague laws, okay? So the plague, the Black Death, in my opinion, was engineered by the power elite, and there is even some evidence that you can find that supports this. And they're attempting to do this playbook all over again. But some of the humans, some of the herd, have wired up for the last long time, maybe 60 years, there's been an active self organizing collective that has put together a plan and has engaged with the Bug, the power elite, the captured governments, and is in the process of undoing them.

And this plan, in my opinion, is brilliant, absolute, shining brilliance. And step by step by step, we shall have victory. And we're very, very close, right? Because there are two scores of thought on this, one of which is that what you're saying is the purest hopeium. And hopeium is a trick designed to fool us into thinking that good things are going to happen, when actually it's not.

They don't. Sure, no. hopeium is a bugs weapon because they put up the savior and then allow it to crash. Put it up and allow it to crash because they're feeding off that emotion from the crash. And I'm not offering hope him, okay?

I'm just giving you a projection, and I'm saying that this shall occur. I could be 100% wrong, but I have evidence to support my projection, in my opinion. And then there's something else. I have a pretty incredible track record in projecting future occurrences. Okay, so tell me, first of all about the do we call them White House, the people who sort of formulated this plan.

I call them Asalk self organizing collective. Right. And these will be what? People like you and me? I mean, generals?

No, not generals astute military analysts, okay? People that would have been in the if we had to give them a rank, I would say they would be in the colonels. Some of them would be called Iron Eagles, okay? So in our country here, you have a lieutenant colonel, a lieutenant colonel that has a one insignia. And then when they become a full colonel, they become what we call full bird, and they get this little image of this stylized eagle for their emblem.

If they do not become a general, that eagle becomes iron, so to speak. They're going to finish out their career as a colonel, all right? So these Iron Eagles are people that don't have any political pressure to try and advance their career. They are content, and they've got all these resources, and they have acumen, and they are astute, and they've been trained by the best lifelong university ever in observation, and they saw the bug, and they decided among them how to best do it. And they put a lot of thought in it over a lot of years and came up with a very incredible, clever plan.

Not clever, brilliant. There's a difference. And do we know what the plan is? You obviously know what it is. You're going to tell us what it is?

Or is that giving away? No, there are very few. Okay, so I know the plan. I'm not involved with these individuals. I'm simply an A student analyst on my own, and I was trained by my father, and I am my father's son.

My father had a very interesting military career. He was in the United States Military. He was an Iron Eagle, and he exited the military after a lifetime career there. But he began his military career as an inductee in the Korean War, in which, in the second engagement, he was involved Heartbreak Ridge. He saved his entire company and another company after the officers were wiped out, and he took the objective, and bear in mind, he'd only been in country, like, 15 or 20 days at that point, and he was given a battlefield commission.

Okay? So that shocked the hell out of him, for one. And so he went through the War college, and I went through it with him. So I've been trained in these kind of analysis, and so I have been able, with my acumen, to be able to see certain things being said or done years ahead of the point of it. And so I'll give you an example.

I think it was maybe back in March or April of 2020, maybe it was even earlier. I'd have to go and look. But then President Trump made a curious statement in a speech. He said, I have great enemies, powerful enemies. They're very displeased with me.

I have to go away. It will be for a short while. Do not be afraid. Things will get better. Now, why should he say these things in the course at the intro to a speech back then?

So Trump, in my opinion and I've analyzed him, I don't know Trump, the personality. I've never followed him. I didn't watch any TV or any of that kind of stuff. So I've only done this after the fact. But I've analyzed his actions and stuff, and he's been dropping clues to what's going on this entire time in his presidency.

So he's been doing things. So he told us he had to go away for a while, but it was legit, and that he had to go away because he's got big, powerful enemies, specifically the Big Pharma. And so we see things like that. If you see several thousands of those kinds of things going on, then you can say, the reality being presented to me, to my eyes, ears and so on, is not the reality that isn't in existence. And thus we can make certain conclusions about what's actually happening.

And so you hear people say, oh, you're never going to get rid of the infiltrators, and all of the people that are duplicitous in occupying roles, they should not yet. Okay, that may well be the case. In our experience. They've had a long run, they've been very successful and so on. But I see now certain things that are occurring that are very curious, and that is that, yes, there are FEMA camps in the United States, and so maybe you could think they're going to be used for COVID quarantine or something, right?

But curiously, the military is involved in a very large couple, more than a couple of projects building prisons. Even at this extraordinary time of hyperinflation. They're busting their butts to build these big ass prisons in a couple of places in the United States. They're not large scale quarantine camps like we see the Australians building for their population. This is a specific prison situation, right.

And these prisons have various interesting accoutrement with them that suggests something other than an ordinary situation. In other words, these prisons are being built with courthouses. You don't usually do that unless you're going to be running. Unless you're basically what I'm saying is I'm seeing people in the military getting set up for a production run of prisoners. They're going to be able to run them through a court situation and then right into the prison right there.

And so this is very unusual. It would not make any sense at all. Does not make any sense at all from the perspective of the captured institutions doing it. It doesn't aid them in any way, shape or form because they're not trying to encapsulate a relatively small number of people. They want to visit a great number of people, the whole country.

So there's all these things that are not hoping, that are evidence, and we see it all over the place. Is there a sock equivalent in the UK? Please say yes. Yes, it is. Okay, so here's the thing.

This is why Americans are having such a hard time, all right, and the rest of the world for that matter, because so many people clue in America as the great shining beacon on the hill and their source of hope, right? Yeah. All right. So here's the problem for Americans and for everybody else. This is not about Trump.

This is not about Trump coming back. This is not about anything that has been brought up within any of the political structure that you've heard about so far. This is, as I said, this is about removing the book. This is about freeing humanity. This sock set out to liberate humanity at some point they discovered it was not simply the United States.

It may have been very early in their investigation that they saw that this was global and growing larger, that it was a giant octopus upon us all. And this socks set out to liberate all of humanity. So, yes, I can assure you that the UK is involved, as is Denmark, Sweden, France, any country you care to name. There will be some level of representation or contact in those countries because it is globally coordinated. And so I know that there are iron eagles in various countries that are participating, but it is not 100% military.

It is necessary that the military be the face and take over the brunt of it because some ugly stuff has to be done. So I'm not giving hope you I'm not saying that we're all going into the wizard of Oz land as of any particular day. I'm saying we've got a very long, hard years of suffering, years of deprivation, years of shortages, years of your life changing until you will no longer even remember what we used to call normal. And in that process, in that process of going through that, the agony and the suffering and the death, we will become a free humanity. And that is worth it.

Right? When you say they go do some ugly stuff, what do you mean? People dying everywhere. So many people dying that the nature of our social order changes. So many people dying that someone will come to you and say, james, we're going to need you to work next Saturday to come in on the body disposal group where we're going to need you with your dogs to go from apartment to apartment to apartment to see if people have died and to flag them and this kind of thing.

Are you talking specifically about the go away phone? Anyway? You're talking about what I call the death jab.

It's that bad? Because it's interesting, isn't it? You know, Cliff, I'm just about the only job I don't want to exaggerate. I'm not the only one. I'm just about certainly the only ex mainstream media journalist to have to be on your side of the argument to believe that this is a kill shot and stuff.

And people sort of, I imagine, if they talk about me at all, have conversations like, whatever happened to James Denningpal? He used to be his boat went round that bend in the river. Yes. They think I'm just completely mad. If they saw this podcast, they'd think I was even madder.

I mean, I can tell you, isn't it, it wouldn't be wrong. But here's the thing. Just because you're crazy, it doesn't mean you're wrong, right? They are trying to kill us. Here's something that I tell people.

Nothing in this world today makes any sense at all. Bring up any kind of thing you want to talk about. There's aspects of it that just make no sense. The powers that be what they're doing, the populist response. The populace is out here saying basically, what's going on?

We don't know. Nothing makes sense at all. All right? But if you will slot one single idea into your thinking, everything will become instantly clear and instantly makes sense. And that one single idea is they want to kill you.

If you plot that in, if you go on in and you say it is a deliberate, depopulation agenda to kill as many humans as possible, then it all makes sense. Then it makes sense. Why are they continuing with the jab when we've got thousands dead and the swine flu was shut down with only 25 dead? And why do we have all of these different things happening? All of it makes sense if you just say they're trying to kill us.

And so I don't know how people are going to conceptualize the they, but sooner or later, you start looking at who the they are, and then you see that they're trying to kill you with bad food, with too much electromagnetic radiation around you in all these different ways anyway. And so it all makes sense that they do want to kill you. And then you start looking into Bill Gates. You find out that he said the best thing that could happen to humanity would be 2 billion people dying right away, and then another 2 billion dying in about five years. And by the way, he's the head of all of these vaccine projects, but he's not a virologist, and there's no medical degree or anything like that.

And so why would you ever want to take a product produced by an individual who has a stated goal of killing off at least four sevenths of humanity? Where in your life have you ever gotten medical care free? I mean, in your case, it's different. Here in the United States, we pay for everything, and yet they're giving away these death jabs, and so obviously, they want to give them to you. And there's another thing about this.

As in advertising, if the product is free, you are the product. Yes. So there we are. And so if you think about it that way, they're trying to kill us, it all makes sense. Then you can start analyzing, is there some substance to that idea?

And you go and you see some doctors that say, in my clinic, 62% of the people presenting themselves with illnesses that are vaccinated have blood clots, micro blood clots, and elevated Ddimer tests. And so then you can tell someone that's had the shot. You can go find out if they're trying to kill you, go get this simple blood test called a Ddimer, and you guys have free medical stuff. Well, hey, turns out I hear that the medical system in the UK, they don't want to do this de dimer test that no matter what you do, unless you go to an outside physician, they're not going to do it for you unless you present at the hospital. I don't know that that's true, but that's what I'm being told.

How come? Because all this seems obvious to me. Crazy, but obvious. So how come so many people I mean, number one, how come so many doctors who've sworn the Hippocratic oath or whatever and you thought became doctors to do good, to heal people? Okay, politicians, we understand why they're doing what they do because they're just like they have no principles.

But doctors are captured.

Here's how they capture them. The medical school is designed to cultivate a particular kind of mind. That mind is dominated by memory, not cognition. Most doctors would have a hard time coming into a new situation and analyzing it and coming to an effective conclusion to fight their way out of a paper sack. I've seen doctors that can tell you every bone and all of this kind of stuff.

They've got memories all over that can't figure out a mechanical latch on a garden gate even after I've demonstrated it to them. And so they do not think, they don't analyze. And then these memory beings, these doctors that are all memory and jammed full, are captured by the institutions that they work for, and they're like everybody else, they're amenable to being squeezed by the salary, being able to support their families and so on. So they may indeed have good intentions and see no evil in anything they're doing because they believe the mainstream media, they haven't examined the results of their own actions and thus are not that way. Now, I was just on another interview with Greg Hunter here in the US.

And I brought up this thing because this guy called me. He's a doctor, and he's quit his job several days back, and he drove from where he was in the Midwest and the US. Down to California, basically in a mental fog because one day he went into work and he actually had to fill out paperwork that brought a staggering idea to his he's an Er doc or a hospitalist and brought a staggering idea to him, and that nine out of every ten people he put on a ventilator died. And now he understands that he shouldn't have put them on ventilators. He's starting to grasp it, right, starting to understand nine out of the ten people that he put on ventilators died.

And he's understanding now that his lack of attention and his lack of thinking has caused him to be in this position. And he's been killing vaccinated people with ventilators that got the so called delta variant. Yes. And of course, you know that it's illegal for you in the United States to know which variant you have. The reason it's illegal is because the test that would tell you which variant you have has to be certified in order to certify that test.

It costs several million dollars. Nobody is willing to do it so when they say delta variant, they're just making it up. It could be Moo, Lambda Epsilon, it doesn't make any difference. And we also now know that all of the vaccines as of like two weeks ago perhaps are 100% ineffective because there's no longer a COVID circulating in the general population on the planet has the spike protein that is in the vaccines. They have 17 or 16 other spike proteins because there are 17 spike proteins involved in this.

And so all the vaccines have that one spike protein in them to supposedly protect. And it's not circulating in the wild anymore. The vaccines that we know, don't we, from the vaccines, socalled vaccines, were prepared before the pandemic. They've been sort of doing the rounds, waiting for an opportunity. Do you think they were actually designed as kill shots or is it a kind of byproduct of their rush process?

No, it was not rushed. It took them well over a year. From the Falky emails, we know that Falkie's chief engineer, virology engineer was succeeded in attaching a spike protein to the coronavirus somewhere before 2015 and bragged about it in a video in 2015 16. So they put the spike protein on the coronavirus to cause this. At that point they were also engineering the vaccines along with the progress of that attachment of spike proteins.

Spike proteins were delivered in a final form for the vaccine to Mederna and to pfizer in 2019, early 2019, ahead of the pandemic being released the next year. I tumbled to the pandemic when I was watching the Chinese Dark Web before they shut it down on April 1 in 2020. And I saw the activity in late 19 in China that was circulating on the web and really freaked out. And so the bioweapon was deliberately released and sometime in 2019 and they've had this all set up. The kill shot is designed to kill, that's his point.

And the way it kills is they don't want to kill everybody. The day they go in, only one out of 3000 people drop dead that day from the shot. An additional one out of 3000 will drop dead in the subsequent week. But everybody is getting damaged. And the idea is that they'll give you enough shots that you'll just go home and die one day and they won't have to worry about you.

We have that situation here now where EMT people, ambulance people are telling me that a shift does not go by, that they don't go and haul a dead person out of an apartment that simply died alone following a shot of some number of them. They don't know if they've had two shots, one shot or whatever, they're just hauling dead people out of apartments all over the place. These are not old people, they're middle aged and reasonably young. So it was a death shot. It had to be done in this way in order to get as many people as possible to take it.

This is why the Biden administration and everybody was trying to get an extraordinary number for herd immunity. If you go to an animal vet, and if you go to a vet, if you go to an animal hubandrus that deals with herds, they will tell you all throughout history, herd immunity is 12%. Not 70, not 80. It's 12% of a herd of cows, 12% of a herd of goats or sheep. If you get that many immune, you don't have a problem.

Okay? So this idea of getting 70% of the United States shot with this stuff was intended to kill people. It was not intended to create herd immunity. And as a matter of fact, now we've already reached 80% of the people in the United States have either contracted and developed natural immunity to COVID or are vaccinated. So we should technically be able to simply cease vaccinations now, not put the effort into it and not worry about it anymore and be good isn't part of the problem with their plan.

Or maybe they've got a counter plan here. The people who are not taking the job are the very people who they ought to most want to eliminate. People like you and me and the cupid difficult people. That is indeed their biggest issue. Their thing was that we should not have existed.

It shouldn't have rolled out this way. Okay, so the self organizing collective came into existence and became global sometime in the became active in the early part of this millennium, right? As the century changed, there was a plan on the part of the bad guys, the globalists, whatever we want to call it. That plan was able to be implemented to a certain degree. The SoC became aware of it and started tracking the plan in about 2004, electronically.

And so they knew that the plan was to put Obama in office for eight years, followed by Hillary Clinton for eight years. Obama was to get his goal was to have all of the guns in the United States taken away the same way they did in Australia about the same time you noticed that we go through those same events, and they tried to do it here. Obama said that he never had any scandals, which is bullshit, all these other things. But Obama administration had more mass shootings that have ever existed in the United States, and most of them were concentrated on schools and all of this kind of thing. And poor Alex Jones got all kinds of deep problems for the Sandy Hook issue.

Now the Sandy Hook school shooting is being resurrected because they're trying to again get our guns under Biden, because Trump put the plan back. Hillary Clinton was not supposed to lose. They cheated to get Hillary Clinton to win. But the sock knew the cheat was going to happen. And they had previously asked Trump to occupy this role in the giant battle against good and evil against evil from good side.

And so Trump was to be president. He was President, but he was definitely acting within his role, within the sock. He put their plans back four years, so they're having to rush everything right now. Their plans were to have a nuclear war that would take out all of us cussed ones. We were going to lose this nuclear war in the west.

It was going to hit the United States, it was going to hit Australia, it was going to hit England, and we were going to lose and we were going to lose our constitution here in the United States and in Australia as the Chinese came in as the winners of the war. Because the losers don't get to keep the Constitution, right? Yes. When we took over Germany at the end of World War II, we gave them the Constitution we wanted, and so that was the plan. Well, Hillary Clinton didn't get to have her nuclear war.

The bioweapon was supposed to come after the nuclear war to finish off the last part of the process. So they've been thrown all out of kilter by the sock and are now struggling to maintain the status quo and recover, even as parts of their plan still are attempting to be pumped out. And so Biden is now attempting to make up for the failure of Obama in taking our guns and to maneuver us into this next war, et cetera, et cetera. They're trying to rush it all. They had a plan that this was supposed to go down by 2050.

This is all written down. We've seen this stuff written down since the 1860s in freemason literature and so on. So we know what the plan is, that their plan is, and for some reason, something motivated them to bring that plan forward from 2050 to 2020. That, I think was their undoing. And in any event, though they shall be undone.

I'm not offering opium here because this is a war we're going to suffer. Lots of us will die in this process, but we will win because we are determined to win. Because the thing is, the SoC formed itself up and has control of the military and a big chunk of the power. They know that they're dealing with an insurrection, an insurrection that is truly evil and is global. And the only way to deal with an insurrection is through a counter insurrection.

A counterinsurgency, right. Yeah. And so this counterinsurgency has two main elements. It has the military and the populace. The military is on board and doing stuff.

Now, as we note from your reaction, from your personal change over these last six months. Now the populace is getting involved and becoming awake. As we reach a certain point of everything being awake, when we reach a certain number of awake individuals in the populace, then things can go into a much more active and visible level of the theater of this. War. And that is coming very quickly.

Yes, this is good to hear, but if you went into any of the various chat groups I'm in, one of the most common complaints is like, we are so few. Why do so few people get it? It's so obvious to us. Are you telling me that this is going to change? This has changed.

Here's the problem. The chat groups and every way in which you communicate is controlled by the enemy. The enemy employs thousands of people, each running hundreds of cell phones and hundreds of computers through gang software to control and create the impression they want. All right? The enemy is attempting this is an information war.

At this stage, they live and die by information. The more information we have, the weaker they become. They are desperate to muddy that and delay that and destroy our ability to get information any way they can. Thus all the censorship and all of these things. So all of these things tell us how weak they are because they're not in control.

If they were in control, they wouldn't have to censor us, they wouldn't give a rat to us what we were saying because they were in control. Just like in Australia, they don't care what the population says because the population doesn't have guns. And so basically they're in control. Now the population is starting to take different actions and so it's become a little bit upsetting down there, but so this is the war we face. So I'm able to say, because of the software I've written and the analysis I've run, that that process of controlling the dialogue on the media, on the social media, is breaking down very, very rapidly.

And so you are correct that people are saying this, but they're saying that they think they know they're awake and they just don't see it in the people around them. But their experience is altered and controlled by their enemy. So if they were to take another approach to that experience, they may find that the people around them that they think are asleep are not. So you have to go and talk to that person to see if they're awake. Right?

And so you may be able to you don't have the appropriate conversations with these individuals because it is not appropriate within the milieu that has been described for you and the paradigm you're operating in within the structure controlled by our enemy. Very soon now, it's already happening, but very soon here in the United States and throughout the rest of the world, there will become a certain level of openness and you will find a great many people that will also be able to describe that. I'm awake too. I just didn't want to say anything because I thought you were asleep. Right.

And now you've got people that are your relatives that are taking the shots and all of this kind of stuff. But a lot of these people that have taken the shots are waking up themselves because they're experiencing the death shot. So I've had numbers of people contact me to say, they took one shot, they're feeling so bad, what can they do? They're not ever going to take another one, blah, blah, blah. And so I give them what I hope I can in the way of their body, and then I point them to some areas that can assist them in aiding their mind and getting their head wrapped around all of this.

And so that's happening all over now. We can't believe the numbers that are coming out because the bad guys control the media, the evil controls the media. So of course they're going to tell you that over half of the United States has been jabbed. I don't think that's true. I think it's far, far, far less.

And I know millions of people that have gotten one shot and aren't going back for the next. I know this because I haunt the deep web and I have all this software that can go out and find stuff for me, right, and I've got conversations between parts of the deep state saying, well, shit, we've got 15 million doses of this stuff, we've got to get somewhere else. It's just going to go bad up here. These people are not coming back for the second shot. Yeah.

And so I see these things and so I know that this is available out there. Anybody can do this kind of research that I do right now. You could begin doing it on your own without my software, because there are so many people like ourselves that are doing their bit in this war, standing up and making videos, saying, look what I learned today. Yeah. And then that's all you have to do.

But you're not going to see it on the controlled media, so you're not going to see it on YouTube, right? You're going to see it on BitChute, Rumble, Odyssey, all of these other platforms. So as long as you're corralled, all you're going to see are the other sheep. If you've decided you're not a sheep anymore, you got to get out of the corral. Yeah.

Is there any hope? You're right. My parents have taken the vaccine and sorry, not the right word, but they've had the shot, the death shot. You control that language, can't help it.

They both did so reluctantly, and I think they regret having done so. They did it because peer pressure, all sorts of things. Is there any hope for them? Can people who've had the death shot do anything? Yes, there are things that can be done.

If you go to my Twitter feed, I put up an image of things that the vaccinated can do. There are things to do. The first thing you need to do is start having a dedimer test every six months, because the dedimer test looks for the debris in your blood that indicates you're having these microclots. The microclots are going to induce exertion intolerance. They're going to cause strokes, all of these other different kinds of problems for you.

And that's the real problem. If you're having those, you can get on blood thinners that at least eliminates that part of it. Yeah. There are remedial actions you can take to strip the material that was injected into you out of your body. So we know that the ibermectin binds the spike protein and puts it out through your gut.

So you excrete it or comes out of the urine. We know that nak, an acetylcysteine, provides cellular repair, clears the lungs and AIDS in the electrical charge in the blood and other effects. It also AIDS in boosting glutathione. If you take glutathione itself, then you can get rid of what's known as the SPIONs. These are the things that make the people magnetic.

These are super paramagnetic, iron oxide, nanoparticles. Glutathione will get rid of those C 60, which is this called butt. Mr. Fullernee this product here, C 60 in olive oil, induces apoptosis in cells and kills off the damaged cells that the spike protein is damaged. So you get them out of your body.

It also induces stem cells, so you'll replace those cells. So there are things you can do. You can take chaga to protect you from encountering the COVID Again, your problem as a vaccinated person is that your immune system has been damaged. It will continue to be damaged as long as you don't take remedial action. The very first time you encounter COVID, you will have a very bad reaction because your body has been primed for that reaction.

It's called pathogenic priming, or antibody dependent enhancement. And so you can do things there. One thing you can do is to prevent yourself from having a receptive cell. A receptive cell has a positive charge on the outside of it, and it allows the virus to attach to the outside of it. A cell has to be both receptive and permissive in order for the virus to take over that cell.

Just having cells that are not receptive means you won't encounter covet. It won't get into your body. You can do that by just walking around constantly, sipping on chaga tea, taking lots of vitamin D until your vitamin D is raised way up there, and so on and so on. So these routines are known and you can find this information on the Internet. And it does work.

That's good. I'm going to leap ahead to another question I was dying to ask you. The Bug, this super entity, on one level, it's extremely powerful because it's taken over. I mean, it's got humans at high levels to operate on its behalf. Is that right?

Am I right in thinking that people like Boris Johnson, the awful President Bieber of Canada, they're all kind of creatures of the Bug? They've just been brainwashed? Correct. They're mind controlled, and it's very subtle and very deep and very pervasive. The bug, in my understanding the bug was the very first thing I encountered in hyperspace.

Okay? I encountered this being that I thought all of hyperspace was like this first encounter and it is not okay because I popped into hyperspace in a bugs laboratory. I call them a bug, but they look basically like they're called mantids, but they look more like an ant. Being in hyperspace, when you pop into hyperspace because you're getting there from a psychedelic you don't have your body, your spherical because in space the sphere is the most efficient form. You can then express your body by remembering what you look like.

Very difficult under psychedelics to have this kind of mental control. That's why perhaps people like Joe Rogan only go to hyperspace for a few brief seconds and then come back out. But that people like myself that have some of the schizophrenic tendencies have some perhaps quirky genetics that make us more able to exist in there. But nonetheless, I encountered the bug at my very first entry into hyperspace and learned just from that encounter. And then when I encountered this other being, the guy who told me about the Vegas nervous system, he told me that they had to have the bug in their solar system and they had many planets in their solar system and they got rid of the bug and that they actually had the bug physically in their solar system and it was over a thousand years.

If I understand the numerics, numerics don't translate well in hyperspace, but if I understand it, it was over a thousand year war getting the bug thrown out of their solar system. And the bug is the most ancient of all of the life's life forms that this hominid that I was discussing the things with that his species had ever encountered. And so the bug is extremely ancient and it's an insect. That doesn't change, it's invariant. It doesn't like us.

We're noisy, we're psychic, we change all the time, we do things badly. According to it, the bug created communism. It created all of the top down hierarchical structures and we've existed under it for all of my life and for thousands of years because the bug put this on us at least 3000 years ago, if not much further. So on one level it's supremely powerful because it can control all these people, the people in positions of power. And it's been effectively ruling the world for 2000 or 700 years or longer.

And yet at the same time it seems to have weaknesses. It's very weak. How does that work? Okay, so they are insects. This other that I encountered, this first one is an insect.

And so I encountered a very ancient being, I don't know how old it was, probably several thousands of years. It was very powerful. Now it threw me out of its environment with its mind, basically. What are you doing here in my laboratory and kicked me out. I came back because I was so angry because all of these different reasons I have authority issues and I wasn't going to take this crap from an insect.

So I came back. Okay. And when I came back I discovered something. Even though I was a sphere, I could project power. Now at that point I'd been taking martial arts since I was eleven.

So I understood fighting and this sort of thing. And so I fought the bug with my mind and it was like freaked out that I came back. And then it was freaked out that I was able to throw a barrier up that prevented it from getting in at my thoughts. And then it was freaked out that I was able to project the barrier and push on. The bug took a great deal of energy and it threw me out of its environment that point into the rest of hyperspace.

So the bugs are powerful enough to be able to cordon off spaces in hyperspace and keep the rest of the activity out of there while they do their experiments and stuff. But the bugs are they don't have digits like we do. They're not manipulative. They don't have technology. They have to work through other beings and they have to do it at a resonance level that is always inimitable to those other beings because it's buglike and we're not bugs.

So there's always a tendency on the part of the other beings to break free because we don't want to be bugs and we don't want to think like bugs and act like bugs. So it is a part of universe, in this duality of universe, in Materia, the bug is not allowed to rule always, forever, constantly, because its very presence sets up the opposition to it. Right? Makes sense. I bet the bugs love the Chinese more than they love us.

This is the thing the bugs love. So they don't like black people, okay? The bug has decided the whites have to go. So there's a white people genocide going on now because they can control the other races easier. This is why the Wegars in China are being eliminated because they're Aryan, okay?

So they're Chinese white people, so to speak, right? And bug through all of its control mechanisms does not like sovereign individuals that are self actualizing. And so bug, you've got to join the hive. It's got to be a hive mind. So there are Chinese, there are 140 different racial groups in China's and there are Chinese subsets in there that are not cooperative with the bug.

We know that these are the people that are not cooperative. And so this is like the way Gars Ube, the Yao, these are the people that the CCB will not give vaccines to because they intend harvesting their organs, okay? And they know you can't sell a liver that's been vaccinated just as in this country in my country, you can't give blood if you've been vaccinated nor donate any organs. That should be a big damn thing to everyone. Yes.

That leads me to a question that I've been dying to ask you.

Okay. I had a good education. I was taught how to think. No, sorry, you were schooled. Okay.

When I went to university, I was blessed with a particularly brilliant tutor who enabled me to think for myself, to think critically. And I was very, very lucky. And I'm always grateful to him. It's the best thing that happened to me intellectually. But I wasn't the only one who had this education or this experience, let's say.

So why is it that why are so many people still now being taken in by this shit?

Because it's so pervasive and because the bug can think of they think out 1000 years and then they work all the way back to this moment to figure out what they're going to need for that thousand year plan. The bug understands emotions even though it doesn't have them. It attempts to manipulate emotions and frequently goes overboard, but it understands them, but it does not experience them. And so this is our key thing. I know emotionality, as I was told on one of the journeys to hyperspace, is the key to breaking free of the book.

You can break mind control if you can get the emotions whipped up enough. Our mind control is from the minute you are born. Okay? So the mind control starts everywhere. So people males are circumcised as infants as an act of mind control.

I can tell you this right now, but it's not as you think. It's not as you're thinking right now. Circumcised males have lost between 2 million and 5 million sensors. These sensors react to hormones produced by the women that they're having sex with. It is these hormonal receptors that allow for males to mate for life because of the bonding that takes place during that intercourse at the hormonal level.

Absent in all cultures. In all cultures where circumcision is practiced, divorce rates are 50% or higher. In cultures where you don't have circumcision, look at what you have. I, as an example, am not circumcised. I've been married for 48 years.

Okay? This is a rarity in our social order. That is how deep this goes. Specifically targeting 2 million receptors because of the effect on the brain later on. So why is there a huge struggle?

You have to ask yourself. You can go down these rabbit holes. Here's another weird rabbit hole for you. OK, straws. Straws and sippy cups.

Yeah, straws and sippy cups alter the brain. And so if you want to grow up to be an actual selfactualizing male I cannot speak for females because I'm not one. Right? And I'll never be one. This is the nature of reality.

I'll never be born reincarnated as a female. I will always be male. But if you want to grow up as a selfactualizing male. Don't drink from straws, because there's a different function in drinking from a straw that shapes your mouth differently, changes the nature of your jaw, changes the nature of your throat, and affects big chunks of your brain. And the longer you sip on straws and little sippy things, the longer you will be infantile.

Wow. It's a bit late for me now to go back into my youth and not drink. But you can change. You will see a remarkable change in as little as six months, eliminating all sucking motions. Wow.

So no cocktails, or at least by martinis if you had a drink? No. If you had a drink, you need to take that full. There's a different action in the throat. It is difficult for people that sip a lot to get a custom and climate change to that.

And as soon as they do, it will really start changing your brain and how you carry yourself in reality. What do I need to do? Tell me. Just take a regular cup. No straw or anything.

Don't suck your lip with liquids. Take a mouthful and drink it and swallow. Oh, I see. Yes. But that makes it harder to drink it when it's hot.

Well, there's something else. Yeah. Look at our diets and the things that we do. So I'm an iconoclast. I don't do things the way that other people do.

I examine everything before I'll do it and so forth. It takes me a long time to examine stuff, but I examine the frequency of the lights. I examine how I drink and all of these different kinds of things and adopt those things that make sense. Our social order is so taken over by the bug that it affects whether or not you arrive with a foreskin in life. Right.

So every aspect of our lives are being controlled by things. And if you examine these things with the idea sort of asking yourself, is the bug doing this? Is this something that is beneficial for the bug? By changing the social order, you will see a great many things that are indeed that way. That's extraordinary.

So what can we do? People are going to be desperate to know what can we do to prepare ourselves for the shit storm that's coming? What's your advice? Well, you have very little time. Okay.

Because the next thing that's up the sock is already today. We're in the midst of the economic breakdown, so the financial system is breaking down such that our economy can be freed. You and I have never lived our lives in a sound money situation. I touched one 10th sound money in the form of silver coins when I was a kid, but they were withdrawn from circulation before I was, like, two or three years old. So sound money is coming.

It will change the global economy, and we will truly have prosperity based on that. But there is no quantum financial system. There's no Nisara, no socialist reengineering. Nobody's going to put money in your bank account. Banks are going to fail.

Vast quantities of banks around the planet are going to fail. Huge industries are going to fail. We have to restructure our entire social order for humanity. It's going to take decades, perhaps hundreds of years. We're beginning it in earnest as of a few weeks ago and the Chinese bonds are starting to crumble.

The bond situation is going to take down the rest of the banking system. It's happening now. So you need to look at your immediate needs for the next six to eight months and then start getting together with neighbors and friends and forming communities to get through this all this time. We're still going to have the oppressors trying to oppress us. So we have to do this stuff knowing that they're out there trying to oppress us and doing things.

And we have to take actions around that oppression to maintain ourselves over these next few months as we get into this, the horror time. And the horror time is going to be threefold. It's going to be the financial structure system collapsing and that's going to have impacts on food and all kinds of social stuff. There's also going to be tons of information coming out about evil and how evil things have been and for how long they've been. We're all going to be forced to deal with it.

And then on the other side of that is the dieoff, the evil and the exposure and the financial system crumbling have to come ahead of January and the beginning of next year, the depth of winter in northern hemisphere because that's when the diaphragm to come and we're going to be really occupied in that for a long time. We've got to get our minds right ahead of that. So the sock is doing things now in my opinion, that I've sussed out. It's doing things now to bring these things to a head fairly rapidly. And something else that will be coming out is the audits here in the United States that will show that indeed Trump won all 50 states and indeed it was the largest ever, most massive steel of votes.

And indeed every single country on this planet that uses machine counted votes has to look at what they've been doing. So it's not just audit Arizona. It's not just audit one county in Arizona. It's not just audit that state. It's audit all states, all countries because we've all been captured and that's coming out.

So when that comes out, mindset changes and the people around you will start changing. Even if they've never looked at your podcast, you will see them changing and you'll know, that's good to hear. Where are you on gold? I mean, should one buy physical gold? Is that a good thing?

Yeah, I love this stuff. Okay, so here's the thing. So I was just talking about this with Greg hunter. Cryptos are good because they're not controlled by the bug. It wants centralized digital currency, not decentralized.

The cryptos were released by the sock back when, all right? It was designed for that purpose. I like gold and silver because we're going to be trading with that. We're going to have a period of time after the financial system crashes that we have to rebuild our economy during this very terrible time where we're getting all this ugly information and people are dying in that period of time. We will need sound money.

We will have terrible, terrible circumstances. There won't be much to buy, all right? But for those things that you're going to buy, you can get cash because cash will still trade for some period coins and bills, and you can get gold and silver to be used there as well, and also with crypto. Cryptos will continue and will preserve value. But we're going to get into a funny situation as of next january.

And that funny situation could be phrased this way, that we may go into January with, say, bitcoin at $100,000 per bitcoin, and we may come out of January with bitcoin being worth $9,000. Okay? But it won't be 9000 petro dollars. It'll be 9000 new dollars with their new purchasing power such that bitcoin per se hasn't lost any of its purchasing power, even though it may have lost 90% of its petrodollar valuation. Yes, I see that.

Okay, so food, cryptos, gold. Here's the other thing, too. We're in a period of shortages, so things that require maintenance, you better get those parts. Anything requiring a chip, forget it. You have to figure out something else to do for that device when it breaks down because you won't be able to replace that chip.

So if you need clothing for the winter, you better buy it now. It may not be available this winter. We won't have supply chain and shipping and so on. The war is about to come out into the public. When that does, we can expect some responses and reprisals from the deep state as it is fighting this retreating action.

And it will do everything it can to harm as many humans as it can during that period of time that it's getting beat down. Hopefully this is the only hopeium, is that I personally think that there are reasons to suspect we will not go to a national to national war. So in other words, they could devolve. This is what they wanted. They wanted China to defeat the US.

And the west in a nuclear exchange. Hopefully that need not occur now. Okay? Hopefully we're past that. Now that their plans are so disrupted, we know that they're losing.

There's great many areas of evidence to suggest that the bug and his group are losing and it's just a matter of time before and that we must take these steps. So basically it's like Gandhi facing the people during the salt marshes, right? He was going there to get salt and he knew he was going to be beat, but he had to take the beating. And that's where we're at now. We've got tough times ahead of us.

We'll survive them, but we're going to get injured in that tough time and we're just going to have to take the pain because we're there now. Yeah.

Why are the Cabal so into pedophilia and child sacrifice and stuff like that? Longevity Adrenal. You ever see the movie Monsters Inc. Yeah. Okay?

That's all about adrenochrome. All of these monsters, the Cabal were going into children's bedrooms to make them fearful and scream and cry. That's what they have to do to produce Adrenochrome. So here's a terrible secret for everyone. Schizophrenics die most frequently from Adrenochrome overdoses.

Schizophrenics rarely die of cancer. I had a terrible cancer that was 30 years undiagnosed and I suffered greatly for 30 years and when they cut it out of me, not a sign of metastasizer, but it was growing for 30 years, okay, all my lymph nodes are clean and so on. Something about Schizophrenics protects us from dying from cancer. Not that we don't get it, we just don't usually die from it. That something is the fact that Schizophrenics run with their Adrenals just going constantly.

When your Adrenal complex goes constantly, it degrades your body but it produces Adrenochrome, which is the oxidized form of the Adrenal hormones. People that are not Schizophrenics that take Adrenochrome find that it is a longevity substance, that it restores youthful function and sometimes youthful appearance as well to a huge degree and it is super psychedelic, okay? And this is why Schizophrenics are always not there, it's because they're constantly under psychedelic load. Adriacrom also may be what protects me in hyperspace because I was, I think, a fully formed Schizophrenic and should have died before my brother. But in an early age I became aware of my mental illness and I deliberately set out to kill myself or cure myself with psychedelics and I did both.

So I think that has protected me and given me something of a view of this. But I know that the Adrenochrome is the whole goal for the Powers that Beat. Now the bug on the other side of that doesn't care if these guys live or die or how long they live or so on, right, but it needs something to motivate them and Adrenochrome is the ultimate drug, you get it from a living adrenal gland can't be extracted from a corpse, okay? So it is the most horrific thing you've ever started to even think about and that's coming out. You're going to get inundated about information about this and it is going to be truly, truly horrifying.

And so many people are going to exit this planet because of the circumstances that they're going to be facing. They will not want to live with it, they just won't. Even want to think about it. Can you explain that? You mean the bad guys are the good guys?

No, the normies. So many of the norms are going to be shocked at what has been going on and how industrialized it is. Okay, so there are a lot of the bug adherence, there are a lot of the powers that be, they need a lot of adrenochrome. So right now on this planet, there are more slaves than have ever existed in all of humanity's history. There are more children now dying to produce adrenochrome than you can possibly imagine.

And it is a production, it is an industrialized process. And this, if you plug that in, so if you plug in the idea that they're trying to kill us and you keep plugging in all these horrific ideas, all of reality will make sense to you. So this makes sense of all of the horrors going on at the southern border here. This makes sense of all of the grooming gangs in the UK, all of the mass immigration. This makes sense as to why Soros is paying for all of this.

It makes sense as to why Soros is on his 12th liver and his 7th heart. Yeah. Are we going to get killed saying this stuff?

There had been a time ten or 15 years ago that that might have been the case. No longer is that the case. Too many people are talking about it. There are individuals that they won't touch for whatever reason. I don't know that individuals are protected, but there are individuals that can say things and get away with it.

And others don't know me. I'm paranoid. I'm assuming people are trying to kill me. I've got stalkers, I live in a walled compound, I'm heavily armed just because people try and stalk me. I'm a 40 year martial arts veteran and so I know people are trying to kill me.

And so it's just an ordinary part of life. They're not specifically trying to kill me for this anymore because this information is out there too much. Right, I see. Yeah. Well, I'm assuming that if they kill me, at least I go to heaven.

Exactly. And you'll never suffer, so they just bring you that much closer to your rewards. Now, in that process, by the way, in your medium psychoses, the more activity you do here on Earth in a given life, that lengthens the medium psychosis. So you will see instances of people, especially in India, where a child says he's got two families, he's five, remembers his previous life, they can go back and tell you all his previous brothers and all of this kind of thing. And that was an individual that died young and didn't do much in his life.

So his medium psychosis, the time between lives was very short for all of us, you included, that are out here broadcasting and putting themselves out and doing all of this stuff. We're doing a lot in this life. And so we can expect that our medium psychosis will be very long indeed because you go through heaven and hell. The hell is the part of your soul being reducing all of its experience down into the intuition that you'll take into your next life. And then the heaven is where you are.

Your consciousness is during that period of time. And this is what is called the long rest or the long sleep. And so it's a really complicated guy. The woo is deep and it is very old. But there are people now, Obama I know for sure and the man that he claims to be, Michelle, his wife, I know both of these individuals to be participants in what I call the war through time.

And so there are things you can do to affect how and where and when you are reborn. Some of us will not do that because it has consequences. Others in the service of the bug, they do do that. And so this is why you will see Obama going to visit a statue in Egypt that looks exactly like him carved several thousand years ago because in his previous life that was him. Right.

And he had a long medium psychosis, a long rest, and popped out into this life. And so this also, if you plug in these things, a lot of this stuff starts making even more sense. Yeah, well, presumably I hope there are bad consequences for this kind of shit that they do. Yes, they can delay and delay and delay, but the scales are here now. The time that these things occur that come out are the shift of ages.

Astrology is us looking at the energies of life and making certain categories and decisions about them. But those energies exist whether we would care to examine them or not. And so as we change from the Age of PISCES into the Age of Aquarius, as we have done, certain energies are now popping in that didn't exist in the past and we are responding to those. It is at these cusp points, these great changes that you find things happening to the planet such as we are going through right now. And it is at these periods of time that the scales of justice are balanced.

And so there's a lot of misery coming to our enemies. Yes, yes. But ultimate reward for the good guys, I mean, presumably good does get rewarded ultimately by the universe or whatever. That's above my pay grade. I don't make those kinds of decisions.

Right, right. Because then you have to what is a reward? Who would be giving the reward? That implies an ownership of the being that's being rewarded and so on. So I don't know.

The universe quite works that way. I know that we are here to learn what to do and what not to do and that I know that when we go into our medium psychosis. We allow the changes that we experience here to alter our beings. Bear in mind that we're permanent beings, eternal beings that are simply mortal. Okay?

We live many lives. We're not eternal, we're not immortal, but we are eternal. And so we allow ourselves to be changed so we can grow. And this, again is a great boon to not be static and constant the way everything is in the land of permanence. So in my reality here, things are as they are.

But I don't answer why questions because that goes to intent and I can never suss out intent. And I just basically attempt to look and accept and make decisions based on what I see. Well, Cliff, I've so enjoyed this and it's going to just completely blow people's minds, which of course is exactly what you want. Very quickly, when you talk about psychedelics, which ones you're talking about? DMT.

Iwasca DMT is too quick. I like masculine and I like shrooms. I like yellow teachers or Thai teachers. It's a particular type of psilocybubensis. But when I take mushrooms, I take shamanic level doses.

Right. I don't do these things as recreational, so I used to make my own mescaline, which is taken from the San Pedro cactus from Peyote. And masculine, in my opinion, is the best for reaching and sustaining time in hyperspace. It is not a particularly good psychedelic relative to the other uses, like getting off of smoking or quitting opiates. Right?

You're better off taking mushrooms. Never take LSD or any of the synthetics if you want to get the hyperspace. They just will not bust you through. DMT will bust you through, but it's going to haul you back real quick. Okay, that's good.

Yes. Anyway, I'm sorry, I've got my supper waiting for me and I measured it's late. Well, while we still got food available. But Cliff, it's been fantastic. I've so enjoyed this.

And just my remind my listeners, please support me on patreon and SubscribeStar if my website is working again. If you didn't at the moment, you can support me on PayPal as well and check out Cliff's other do you want to plug anything? Cliff, have you got any? No, I'm old. Retired guy.

I got into bitcoin. I don't need to sell things. Yes, so hold on to cryptos and are there any other things that I want to know about that? No, that's basically it. Okay, we're going to go through tough times.

We'll pull out. Cool. Okay. Thanks a lot, Cliff. It's been great to talk to you.

Okay. Okay. Yeah. Bye bye. Thank you.

Bye.

Close video.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.